Volume 5 Part 1: The Crown, The Treaty and the Hauraki Tribes 1800-1885 Supporting Papers


Volume 5 Part 1: The Crown, The Treaty and the Hauraki Tribes 1800-1885 Supporting Papers

1 Cover

▲back to top

1.1 1

▲back to top

 

The Crown, The Treaty

and The Hauraki Tribes

1800 - 1885:

Supporting Papers

THE HAURAKI TREATY CLAIMS

VOLUME 5

PART 1

Hauraki Maori Trust Board

1.2 2

▲back to top

 

The Crown, the Treaty,

and the Hauraki Tribes, 1800-1885

ROBYN ANDERSON

Supporting Papers: Part 1

HAURAKI MAORI TRUST BOARD
1997

1.3 3

▲back to top

 

First published in 1997 by
Hauraki Maori Trust Board
PO Box 33, Paeroa
Aotearoa New Zealand

ISBN 1-877198-07-2
© Hauraki Maori Trust Board

This report was commissioned by the Hauraki Trust Board
as part of its Waitangi Tribunal claim research programme.
Any views expressed and conclusions drawn are those of the author.

All rights reserved.
No part of this publication may be reproduced,
stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means,
electronic, mechanical, including photocopying, recording or otherwise,
without the prior permission of the publisher.

Typeset by Wordset Enterprises Limited, Wellington
Printed by GP Print, Wellington, New Zealand

2 Preface

▲back to top

2.1 4

▲back to top
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Generator" CONTENT="OmniPage Pro 15 - http://www.scansoft.com">
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=UTF-8"></HEAD></HTML>


2.2 5

▲back to top

 

PREFACE

This is the companion volume to Volume 4 The Crown, the Treaty, and the Hauraki Tribes, 1800-1885 by Robyn Anderson. It contains all the essential reference material that Dr Anderson considers necessary to support her report. There are three parts to this volume because the eighty documents that are reproduced, comprise just over 1,500 pages.

In Addition, the supporting papers referred to by David Alexander in his report The Activities of the Trust Commissioner are located in Part 3 of this volume. There are just over fifty documents comprising another 100 pages.

The Activities of the Trust Commissioner is a small self contained report included as Appendix III in Volume 4 The Crown, the Treaty, and the Hauraki Tribes, 1800-1885 by Dr Robyn Anderson.

The index to all supporting papers are set out in the preliminary pages found at the start of each part of this volume.

2.3 6

▲back to top

 

THE CROWN, THE TREATY, AND THE HAURAKI
TRIBES 1800 - 1885: SUPPORTING PAPERS

PART 1   INDEX

Doc 1, pp. 1-6: Bunbury to Hobson, 6 May 1840, end. 3 in Hobson to Russell, 15 October 1840. GBPP 1841 (311), p. 100; Bunbury to Hobson, 15 May 1840, end. 6 in Hobson to Russell, 15 October 1840. GBPP 1841 (311), p. 103-4.

Doc 2, pp. 7-11:   Clarke Report, end. in Gipps to Russell, 7 March 1841. GBPP 1842 (569) pp. 93-100.

Doc 3, pp. 12-17:   Judgment of Justice Chapman - The Queen v. Taylor, encl. 1 in Governor Grey to Earl Grey, 24 July 1849GBPP 1850 (1136), pp. 10-15.

Doc 4, pp. 18-37:   Fairburn case file. OLC 1 590(repro 111) (extract)

Doc 5, pp. 38-49:   Whitaker case file OLC 1 1130

Doc 6, pp. 50-53:   Grey to Pakington, 9 November 1852, despatch No. 1, in despatches from Governor Grey, GBPP 1854 (1779), pp. 166-169.

Doc 7, pp. 54-59:   Extract of Minutes of Executive Council, 24 November 1852, in despatch 121.G 8/8.

Doc 8, pp. 60-67:   Wynyard for the Executive Council, 25 November 1852. G 8/8.

Doc 9, pp. 68-69:   Agreement with Maori, 20 November 1852. New Ulster Gazette, 26 November 1852.

Doc 10, pp. 70-71:   Preece to McLean, 7 August 1856. McLean Papers. Correspondence MS-Papers- 032-0516.

Doc 11, pp. 72-104:   Turton's Epitome C.299-305, 310-316, 321-337.

Doc 12, pp. 105-110:   New Zealand Gazette, 22 November 1861, pp.300-305

Doc 13, p. 111:   Despatch of Grey to Newcastle, 29 June 1862. GBPP 1863 (467), pp18-19.

Doc 14, pp. 112-19:   Shortland to Fox, 2 November 1863. MA 1 1863/342

Doc 15, pp. 120-24:   Outward Letterbook to Resident Magistrates and Civil Commissioners, 1865. MA 4/60.

Doc 16, pp. 125-148:   Mackay Report, 23 June 1865. Le 1 1865/138.

Doc 17, pp. 149-161:   Hauraki Claims. Compensation Court: Mackay's Awards. Waikato Confiscations. DOSLI Raupatu Document Bank, vol. 104, folders 3/16, pp. 40005-10; and 3/17, pp. 40013-19.

Doc 18, pp. 162-176:   Proceedings of Compensation Court, Wairoa Block, File 1/3, Waikato Confiscations. DOSLI. Raupatu Document Bank, vol.102, pp. 39142-39156.

Doc 19, pp. 177-185:   Royal Commission re Native Grievances, NLC File 13/H. Wairao and Otau Blocks. Raupatu Document Bank, vol. 51, pp. 19900-7.

2.4 7

▲back to top

 

Doc 20. pp. 186-194:   Le 1/1869/124 Letters from certain Natives objecting to the taking of lands beween High and Low water mark at Shortland for gold mining.

Doc 21, pp. 195-317:   Le 1/1869/133 Correspondence between the Government and James Mackay, Civil Commissioner, from 1st June 1868 to 5th May 1869.

Doc 22, pp. 318-321:   NZPD 1868, vol. 1, pp. 27-8; vol.2, p. 247-8

Doc 23, pp. 322-328:   The Auckland Gold Fields Proclamation Validation Act, 1869.

Doc 24, pp. 329- 334:   NZPD 1869, vol. 6, pp. 833, 876, 899-905.

Doc 25, pp. 335-340:   Evidence at Kauaeranga, Hauraki Minute Book 4, pp. 231-234, 236-237.

Doc 26, pp. 341-347:   Judgment at Kauaeranga, December 1870. Hauraki Minute Book 4, p. 235.

Doc 27, pp. 348-352:   Pollen to McLean, 31 August 1870; 12 June 1871. McLean Papers. Correspondence. MS-Papers-0032-0507 and -0508.

Doc 28, pp. 353-367:   Power to McLean, 10 October 1871, 15 April 1873 (extracts of). McLean
Papers (partial typescript) MS-Papers-1347.

Doc 29, pp. 368-418:   Memoranda and Registered Files, Native Affairs Department. MA 1/16/ 1854.

Doc 30, pp. 419-515:   Extracts of evidence re Karaka and Te Hape, 26 August 1872. Hauraki Minute Book 7, pp. 119-215.

Doc 31, pp. 516-517: Approximate map in Puckey memorandum, 2 April 1872. Papers relative to the extinction of the Native Title to the Thames Foreshore. Auckland Provincial Council Session Papers, xxix, 1873-4. NZ MS 595. APL.

Doc 32, pp. 518-524:   NZPD 1873, vol. 14, pp. 526-528; vol. 15, p. 1007-1010, 1263-64.

Doc 33, pp. 525-544:   Auckland Provincial Government General Inwards Correspondence. AP2/72/3512.

PART 2

Doc 34, pp. 545-573:   Proceedings of Native Meeting Held at Thames on 11 & 12 December 1874. MS-Papers-2520.

Doc 35, pp. 574-577:   Alley to Grey, 29 March 1875. Auckland Provincial Government General Inwards Correspondence. AP 2 29/980/75.

Doc 36, pp. 578-614:   Petition of Epiha Taha and other Natives of Ohinemuri, 18 August 1875. Papers brought before Parliament and Select Committees. Le 1/1875/12.

Doc 37, pp. 615-634:   Petition of Ohinemuri Natives. Papers brought before Parliament and Select Committees. Le 1/1876/7.

Doc 38, pp. 635-652:   Petition No.395 from Hoterene Taipari anr. Papers brought before Parliament and Select Committees. Le 1/1877/5.

Doc 39, p. 653:   Third schedule to Public Works Appropriation Act, 1878.

Doc 40, pp. 654-662:   New Zealand Gazette, 16 May 1878, pp. 600-8.

vi

2.5 8

▲back to top

 

Doc 41, pp. 663-676:   Wilkinson Report, 1 July 1879. Native Land Purchase Department
registered File. MA-MLP 1 1879/202.

Doc 42, pp. 677-685:   Lewis evidence, 29 June 1880. Le 1/1880/6.

Doc 43, pp. 686-692:   E W Puckey, 31 July 1880. In Hauraki Gold Field Petition, Treasury Statement Relative to MA 13/35 (c).

Doc 44, pp. 693-694:   Rawiri Taiporutu, 21 May 1882. Ohinemuri Goldfields special block file. MA 13/54(a)

Doc 45, p. 695:   Return of Goldfields Revenue from August 1867 to June 1882. Mines
Department Registered File. MD 1 82/714.

Doc 46, pp. 696-699:   Kenerick to Under Secretary Gold Field, 27 December 1884. Mines
Department Registered File. MD 1 85/2.

Doc 47. p. 700:   Return showing the amount of Gold Fields Revenue, 1877-1883. Papers brought before Parliament and Select Committees. LE 1 1883/138

Doc 48, pp. 701-719:   Report on the question of Miners' Rights. NO 89/1255. Justice Department Inward Letters. J 1/96/1548.

Doc 49, pp. 720-964:   MA-MLP 1 1885/18 Maori Affairs Head Office file.

Doc 50, pp. 965-1009:   MA 13/44 Extracts from Komata special block file.

Doc 51, pp. 1010-1025:   NLP 89/388, in MA 13/64 (b) Piako special block file.

Doc 52, pp. 1026-1237:   Statement of the facts and circumstances affecting the Ohinemuri Block. MA 13/35 (b). Hauraki Gold Fields Special block file.

PART 3

Doc 53, pp. 1238-1325:   Turton Deeds: Mahurangi District, 192-193, 198-199; Auckland District, 207, 219, 221, 233, 247; Private Land Purchases, 347; Coromandel District, 292-313, 333-346; Piako District, 394-403; Hauraki District, 357-359,386-387.

Doc 54, pp. 1326-1331:   AJHR 1862, E-7, pp. 11-16: Reports on the State of the Natives on the Arrival of Sir George Grey.

Doc 55, pp. 1332-1336:   AJHR 1863 D-8, pp.1-5: Papers Relative to the Probability of Finding Gold at the Waikato and Thames.

Doc 56, p.1337:   AJHR 1863 E-3, p. 62: Despatches from the Secretary of State and the
Governor of New Zealand (Section 1: Grey).

Doc 57, pp. 1338-1339:   AJHR 1863 E-7, pp. 8-9: Colonial Responsibility.

Doc 58, pp. 1340-1360:   AJHR 1867 A-20, pp. 7-27: Papers relative to Affairs at Tauranga.

Doc 59, pp. 1361-1397: AJHR 1869 A-17, pp. 3-36 with maps: Report by Mr Mackay on the Thames Gold Fields.

Doc 60, pp. 1398-1400:   AJHR, 1869 F-2, pp. 3-4: Report of the Public Petitions Committee on the Petition of Thirteen Natives owning Land at the Thames Gold Fields.

vii

2.6 9

▲back to top

 

Doc 61, pp. 1401-1416:   AJHR 1869 F-7, pp. 3-18: Report of the Select Committee on the Thames Sea Beach Bill.

Doc 62, pp. 1417-1430:   AJHR 1870 A-19, pp. l-16: Correspondence Relative to Ohinemuri and Native Matters at the Thames.

Doc 63, pp. 1431-1432:   AJHR 1871 A-2A, pp. 43-4: Case of Ngakapa Whanaunga and Papers with reference to Survey.

Doc 64, pp. 1433-1435:   AJHR 1872 H-11, pp. 3-5: Report of Select Committee on Native Affairs.

Doc 65, pp. 1436-1452:   AJHR 1873 G-8, pp. l- 17: Reports of Officers engaged in the Purchase of Native Lands.

Doc 66, pp. 1453-1461:   AJHR 1873 1-2, pp. 1-9: Report of Select Committee on the Timber Floating Bill.

Doc 67, pp. 1462-1476:   AJHR 1875 C-3, pp. l-9: Correspondence Relating to Claims Upon Lands Taken Over by the Province of Auckland from the General Government; C-3A, pp. l-4: Further Correspondence; C-3B, p. l: Return of Names of Europeans from whom Lands etc have been Purchased; C-3C, p. l: Return of Lands Purchased by Government from Europeans in Waikato.

Doc 68, pp. 1477-1491:   AJHR 1875 I-l, p.iii-iv, l-13, 34-5, 64-71: Report of Tairua Investigation Committee (extracts of).

Doc 69, pp. 1492-1493:   AJHR 1876 1-4, pp.1-7: Reports of Native Affairs Committee.

Doc 70, pp. 1494-1495:   AJHR 1877, G-l, pp. 4-5: Reports from Officers in Native Districts.

Doc 71, pp. 1496-1498:   AJHR 1877 G-7, pp.6-il: Purchase of land from the Natives.

Doc 72, pp. 1499-1502:   AJHR 1877 J-3, pp. l-4: Petition of Reha Aperahama and 47 Others.

Doc 73, pp. 1503-1509:   AJHR 1879 G-6, pp.l-7: Reports by Puckey, Native Agent, Thames, relative to Native Disturbance at Ohinemuri.

Doc 74, pp. 1510-1511:   AJHR 1880 G-4, pp. 4-5: Reports from Offlers in Native Districts.

Doc 75, pp. 1512-1515:   AJHR 1881 G-8, pp. 8-11: Reports form Officers in Native Districts.

Doc 76, pp. 1516-1517:   AJHR 1882 G-l, pp. 3-4: Reports from Officers in Native Districts.

Doc 77, pp. 1518-1520:   AJHR 1884 C-2, session II, pp. 5-7: Lands Purchased and Leased from Natives in the North Island.

Doc 78, pp. 1521-1532:   AJHR 1885 G-l, pp. 30-41: Notes of Native Meetings

Doc 79, p. 1533:   AJHR 1886 G-l, p. 10: Reports from Officers in Native Districts

Doc 80, pp. 1534-1545:   AJHR 1891 G-l, pp. 35-44: Report of the Commission of the Native Land Laws.

viii

2.7 10

▲back to top

 

THE ACTIVITIES OF THE TRUST COMMISSIONER SUPPORTING PAPERS

INDEX

Type   Title   Doc. No.

AJLC   Report of Committee on Native Reserves Bill. AJLC 15-8-1870. pp 8-9   #l-2

NZPD Speech of H Sewell. 29-8-1870. NZPD Vol 9 pp 359-362   #3-5

NZPD NZ Parliamentary Debates. Vol. 9 p 362   #5

NZPD NZ Parliamentary Debates. Vol. 9 pp 362-364   #5-6

NZPD NZ Parliamentary Debates. Vol. 9 pp 364-365   #6

NZPD NZ Parliamentary Debates. Vol. 9 pp 365-366   #6-7

NZPD NZ Parliamentary Debates. Vol. 9 P 455   #8

NZPD NZ Parliamentary Debates. Vol. 9 P 564   #9

NZG   The Native Lands Frauds Prevention Act 1870   #10-12

AJHR Instructions to Trust Commissioners. AJHR 1871 G-7A   #13

AJLC   Instructions to Trust Commissioners. AJLC 1871 p 162   #14

AJHR Report of the Trust Commissioners Year ended 31-5-1871. AJHR G-7   #15-29

AJLC   Orders of Reference for Comm. to Inquire into Council report. P 53   #30

AJLC   Report of Committee of Legislative Council AJLC P 142   #31

NZG   The Native Lands Fraud Prevention Act Amend. Act 1873. NZG P 167   #32

NZG   NZ Gazette. 1871 P 275   #33

NZG   NZ Gazette. 1872 P 3   #34

AJHR Trust Commissioner to Agent for General Government 1871 G-7   #16-19

NZG   NZ Gazette 1871 p 1   #35

MA   Trust Comm. Auck. to Undr Sec. Native Dept. NOD 1874/6814   #36-37

NZG   NZ Gazette 1874 pp 810-812   #38-40

NZG   NZ Gazette 1871 p 277   #41

NZG   NZ Gazette 1873 p 30   #42

AJHR Trust Comm. Auck. to Native Min. AJHR 1877 G-6   #43-44

MA   Trust Comm. Auck. to Native Min. MA Head Office papers   #45-48

AJHR Trust Comm. Auck. to Native Min. AJHR 1876 G-8   #49

AJHR Trust Comm. Auck. to Native Min. AJHR 1877 G-6   #43-44

NZG   The Native Lands Fraud Prevention Act 1881   #50-53

NZPD NZ Parliamentary Debates, Vol. 38 ppl74-176   #58-59

NZPD NZPD Vol. 35 pp 225-227, Vol 37 pp 59-60, Vol. 38 pp 174-176   #54-59

NZPD NZPD Vol 37 pp 59-60   #56-57

NZG   NZG 1882 pp 258-260   #60-62

NZG NZG 1882 p 686   #63

NZG NZG 1882 p 791   #64

NZG NZG 1883 p 1359   #66

NZG NZG 1883 p 1358   #65

MA   Native Min. to US Native Dept 21-4-1885 NO 1886/636   #67-69

NZG NZG 1885 p 512   #70

NZG   Notice by US Native Dept. 9-6-1885. NZG 1885 p 760   #71

NZPD NZPD Vol. 54 p 463   #72

NZPD NZPD Vol. 62 pp 15-16   #73

NZPD NZPD Vol. 63 pp 460-l O475   #74-75

NZG   Native Lands Frauds Prevention Act NZG 1888 ppl37-139   #82-83

NZPD NZPD Vol. 65 pp 380-381   #84

NZPD NZPD Vol. 66 pp 261-265   #85-87

ix

2.8 11

▲back to top

 

Type   Title   Doc. No

NZPD NZPD Vol. 66 pp271-272   #88-89

NZPD NZPD Vol. 66 PP 380-381   #90

NZG   NZG 1890 pp 180-181   #91-92

NZG   NZG 10-7-1890 pp 775-776   #93-94

NZG   NZG 1890 pp 1181-1182   #95-96

NZG NZG 1890 p 719   #97

NZG NZG 1891 p 1109   #98

ST   Native Land Court Act 1894   #99-100

3 Part 1

▲back to top

3.1 12

▲back to top

 

No

Governor Hobson to the Secretary of State for the Colcnies, 15 Oct. 1840.

Sir,   Pearty Bay, New Zealand, 8 May 1840,

I LATELY Rev. H. Wlliams a of treaty between Her Majesty Queen Victoria and the chief of New Zealand, for the approtal and signature of the chiefs living between the East Case and Ahuriri, together wide hale of blankets for distribution among the said chiefs

I am happy to you that the leading in this have hare signed the treaty, and there is no doubt the rest will follow their example. In about a week I expect to proceed to the East but it will be the and of July or August before I shall again see the natives which is to the of Table Cape.

Supposing that it is of importance to obtain the general approval of the natives, I shall snot transmit the is complete, but you mey in the mean time rely upon prompt attention being it.

The blankets have been given at the sate of one to each leading chief, and it will require at least 60 more to complete the bounty through

I take this occasion of sending, for the information of his Excellency the Governor, some account of a most transaction which place in January last, being an attempt on the part of a Captain Rhodes, of the barque Meanor, from Sydney, to dupe the natives out of a tract of , extending from Port to the northern side of Ahuriri, in Hawke's Bay, and from the northern bank of the river Wairoa to the north of Table Cape. For this embracing a coast line of about 160 miles, and intended no doubt to extend as far into interior as may be property to the amount of about 160/. has been paid to the natives. A list of the property I have in my posseession. From the circunstance I doubt not but that is Excellency will take measures to set a side the whole but in addition to fact, I am prepared to establish, first, that a large of the land was bought from persons who had no interest in it; secondly, that those person signing the deeds king proprietors of the land, did not understand their thirdly, that some of who signed the deeds expressed their disapproval after their signature was given, by to receive the payment ; fourthly, that the most body of the proprietors was not consulted in the matter, the parchase having been made board ship, and expreced their most decided disapprobation.

I am,

To Wdloughby Esq.   (signed)   Waliam

(4.)

No, 35.
Governor Hobson
to the Secretary of
State for the Colo-
15 Oct 1840.

Tiraran intends going to the Bay of Islands, in company with Captain Heald and party, and you will therefore, no doubt, have an opportunity of seeing him. I have every reason to believe that he is well disposed towards the Government. I saw Parore the other day, who said that he should do the same as Tiraran, which I believe is the sentiment of all the chiefs in this quarter.

Moping that his Excellency will soon be restored to perfect health, and praying that that Lord directs all the important affairs of this infant colony.

I remain,

Willoughby Shortland, Esq.   (signed)   James Buller.

(3.)

Her Majesty's Ship Herald,

Sir,   Coromandel Harbour, 6 May 1840.

I AVAIL myself of the opportunity afforded by the expected departure of a vessel this morning for the Bay of Islands, to report to your Excellency our proceedings since Her Majesty's ship Herald sailed from the outer harbour of the Bay of Islands, on the morning of the 20th ultime. The following day the ship having anchored at Coromandel Harbour, Mr. Williams and myself went on shore at Mr. Webster's establishment, in order to arrange means for securing the attendance of the native chiefs, and fix a day for them to sign the treaty a native was also dispatched overland to Mercury Bay, with letters from Captain Nias and myself, to Mr. Stewart, requesting him to pilot the Herald, and to notify to the native chiefs at Mercury Bay one object in visiting the coast, and to request their attendance with himself at Mr. Webster's establishment, on Monday the 4th instant, that day having been fixed upon for the assembling of the natives. Mr.Stewart's answer I herewith inclose.

On the day appointed, Captain Nias, with several officers of Her Majesty's ship, together with Mr. Williams and myself, went on shore about 11 o'clock, but no native chiefs lied at that hour assembled. A considerable number of Europeans appear, however,to have been attracted by the report of the expected meeting; subsequently a number of natives did assemble, with six chiefs of different tribes, and after a variety of objections on their part, we succeeded in obtaining the signatures of four; one of these being the principal chief of the district, the celebrated Horeta, of Bamin's Island notoriety. The principal orator, an old chief named Piko, and another of inferior note, refused to sign, alleging as a reason, that they wanted more time to assemble the different tribes of the Thames district, and to consult with them, when they would also sign; but that he could for himself, see no necessity in placing himself under the dominion of any prince or queen, who might govern the white men if she pleased, as he was desirous of continuing to govern his own tribe. It was evident they had heard of the occurrences at the bay, respecting the murder of an Englishman by a native, and although he did not complain of the injustice of the proceedings, it was evident they had some weight with him, and that he had been tutored by some Europeans. Mr. Williams explained the treaty ; its object in consequence of the increasing influx of strangers ; and that the claim of pre–emption on the part of Her Majesty was intended to check their imprudently selling their lands without sufficiently benefiting themselves, or obtaining a fair equivalent. It was to me very apparent also that a trifling present was expected in payment for his adhesion, but, in their exalted idea of the Queen's munificence, they at first all refused the present of a blanket, which was offered after their signatures had been obtained, and which I wished them to consider was a gift personally from myself.

It is I conceive much to be regretted that objects of ordinary traffic between the natives and Europeans should have been selected as presents for the tribes on the coast; and I fear, therefore, that the blankets, pipes and tobacco with which I have been furnished, must only he employed in payment for messengers, &c. Sent with letters to the different tribes Forage caps and scarlet or blue cloaks would have been highly appreciated. At a bivouac of natives which I visited, I observed no less than six double-barrelled guns outside one of their huts; and those which I examined, appeared to be in excellent order and of a very superior quality. Mr. Priest, of the Church mission, whom I saw yesterday, having told that a number of influential chiefs were near his station, I have requested Mr. Williams to write to each of them a copy of my communication, which, with its translation, I herewith inclose, as it will explain the object I have in view. I ordered a dinner to be prepared, consisting

fresh pork and potatoes, for the natives who assembled on Monday; and I have further, at the recommendation of Captain Nias, chartered the schooner of Mr. Bateman, to convey me to Tauranga and Opitiko, on the same terms as when engaged by your Excellency for a similar object, prior to her being driven on shore in this harbour. The expense attending this arrangement being unavoidable, it will, I trust, meet with your Excellency's approval. Captain Bateman has hitherto been of great service to us, from his knowledge of the coast, and Captain Ninaspeaks of his intelligence as a volunteer pilot in the highest terms.

I have, &c.

To His Excellency Captain Hobson, R.N.   (signed)   T. H. Bunbury.

Lieutenant-governor, &c. &c. &c.   Major, 80th Hegiment.

3.2 13

▲back to top

 

the subject, demanding the paper to destroy it. My coming was most opportune ; I stria allayed the excitement, and distributed a few presents, promising the like to all otlims who had signed their names ; had I been a day later, Mr. Maunsell's influence in the district would have been lost, to the great detnnient of the advancement of his missionary labours.

On examination of the signatures obtained by Mr. Maunsell, I found that, with the exception of very few, all the leadingmen of the country as fur south as hlukau, had acknowledged the sovereignty of Her Majesty. These few belonged to the neighbourhood of dotes and Kawia, wherefore I determined on proceeding myself no further, being w,./1 assured of the disposition no the part of the Wesleyan mission to support the Government by every exertion in its power; and I sent a letter, whereof the accompanying is a copy, to the Rev. John Whiteley, claiming his assistance in procuring the remaining names.

I returned to Manukau on the lath April, where I obtained the adherence of seven other chiefs to the treaty. Te Wera..Wera and several others, however, objected. though they manifested no to the Government. This I attribute partly to the bishop's influence, partly to the extreme pride of the native chiefs, and M great measure to my being alone and unable to make that display and parade which exerts such influence on the minds of savages. 1 laboured also under the disadvantage of the want of Mr. Hamlin's services, who was absent on his missionary duties.

I should not fail to mention, that in personal communication with the several chiefs who affixed their signatures to the treaty, I found the best disposition displayed towards Her Majesty's Government, but at the same time that their expectations are raised very high as to the immediate benefits which they am to derive from its establishment in their country ; and, if I might presume to offer an opinion, I would suggest, that in order that they might not be disappointed, measures might be adopted to put the chiefs in communication with the Government officers to make arrangements for the purchasing of lands, &c.

I have, he.

To the Colonial Secretary,   (signed)   If. C. Symonds.

&c. &c. &c.

Sir,   Waikato Heads, 8 April 1840.

H ts Excellency the Lieutenant governorhaving deputed me to obtain the adherence du many of the principal chiefs of the western coast of this island to the treaty of Waitangi as may he induced to affix their names to a signed copy of that treaty which was famished me, I have the honour to request your assistance in Kawia, and the country about, towards that end.

The exertions of the Rev. R. M aonsell have saved me the trouble of a joamey further into the Waikato country, and his success in obtaining signatures has been such, that I have been induced to forego a visit I had proposed to Karim; but few of the principal chiefs remaining to be gained over.

I beg to consign to your charge a copy of the treaty, and to request that you will take the trouble to obtain the cession of their sovereign rights to Her Majesty from as many of the chiefs as you may deem sufficient, stretching as far to the southward as possible among the Ngatimaniapoto. Te Ngohi, Pakasu, Wa raki and Krisi, front vuur neighbourhood, base gi.a their signatures; and I believe that if Taoism Teriki, Te Ware, Te An, Te Nakuru from Kawia and %Vim. and Rawiri front Wangoon be obtained, that they will suffice to extend Her 'Majesty's authority as far south as Mikan I beg, however, that you will be guided by your own judgment, and let all the principal chiefs sign who may wish to give over their country to British protection.

Notice of presents given lay the gorernor to those who signed at Waitangi and Shomaki. bad preceded one, and may have reached Kawia; every one, therefore who has any pretension to being a chief will flock to sign his mule for the sake of obtaiaing a blanket; coosequently it is of the greatest importance that the nature of the emeltoo of rights should be perfectly explained, that these eine& only should be chosen of the greatest authority, and that it should be explained to them that the gifts made to them have m nowise the nature of a bribe or payment for their concurrence.

Blankets will be forwarded to you, to be given to those who subscribe their names, arid I request you will distribute them, one to each chief, after signature.

If you mill have the goodness to return the copy of the treaty to me, at Manukait I will put it in the proper channel to reach his Excellency the governor.

I have, tee.

The Reverend John Whiteley,   (signed)   William C. Symonds
Minister, Wesley. Mission.

No. 35.
Governor Hobson
to the Secretary of
State for the Colo-
nies, 15 Oct. 1840

No. 35, Goveraor Homo,

Her Majesty's Ship, Herald hlercury Bay,   to the Secretary of

Sir,   IS May 18•10.   State for the Colo- S ince l last had de Leone of addressing you, I have mode an excursion in the Treat m", '5 43..; 5840- schooner to Ternranga. Se left the Herald at Mercury Bay on the nth instant, late iu the

evening, and arrived orlmuranga on the Sunday following ; but the night was too far advanced to attempt moon' the harbour until the following day, when Mr. Parker of Her Majesty's ship the Itera14,Mr. Williams and myself went on shore at the mission station, where we were received by the Rev. Mr. Stack, and I was agreeably surprised to 10001, that most of the native chefs in that neighbourhood hid already signed the treaty, with the exception of the ono-ape/alai and one or two of his friends at thetinimoctoi ca. This pa we visited the sante evermg, accompanied by Mr. Stack ; it is a very extensive fortification, and appears to coax. Art 1,000 men. The chief who had declined signing is a very young man, and his aaerawas timidly reserved, and leis prepossecsiner than most of those I had before seen. Os ow taking leave, he made the usual remade, that he wanted to consult the other chicken& that he would with theta meet as at the mission station on the morrow.

On the following day !wiled not speak uutil the close of the conference, and then only in private to Mr. Wiliam:1km Mr. Stack and myself had left them, and to inquire how numb he MS to get iat hiss*oature. Another chief expressed some   '

indionation, became

the christran chiefs Ind re, as he said, met them ; I presume he rneaat those front the other pa, where Mr. Sled's influence was supposed to extend more than to his own, and where a Roman-cathcie lemma residenhary, and the Catholic bishop were supposed to have 01010 influence. A third chief, the principal orator on this ocrasion, amused me much. After the treaty hal been read arid explained to them, he quaintly observed, when his signature was refloated," Now first let an talk a little. Who was the first stranger that visited our shores'?" On brag answered Cook ; " And who was Cook's king ;wau his lassie not Georgi 7" On my replyiegltrough the interpreter, •• Yes ;" " And who then," he continued, "is this Queen?" I tie-maimed him that King Georgt had been dead some years, as also his two soon, Georgi and Walton, who had succeeded him on the throne, and that the present Qneea was the graruldsegjece of Georgi. He then adverted to the wars of their tribes and chiefs, particularly with de natives of %tofu Vua. I told hint that one of the principal objects of my mania, ma to persuade all tribes at present at war with each other to accept the mediate,. of your Excellency., and to advise them to abide your decision. He objected strongly so am popoml, of visiting at a future period the moves of Volt Yea, mil he also observed, dyer ration is so fond of peace, why had we introduced into his country fire-arms and pas:order I Ile was in reply, told, that the effects of this trade had been much deplored by tie Queen's Govern 0.1.L. who were anxious to mitigate its consequences, by solatioungistice and a reoo lar form of government in their country, and which could Duly be el reed giviug the Queen the necessary powers, and for whirl purpose they were riaransito sign the treaty, which had been before explained to them. He nest inquired wiethermay Queen governed ad the white nations; I replied, not all; bet that she was Queen Abe most powerful of all the nations. She hail, however, acknowledged the New Zealendesto be an independeat nation some years ago; bet that treaty had proved abortive, is emsequence of the wars of their nibis amongst themselves, and their want of maim ' - amdesthemselves alone, therefore, were to be attached the evils they had endured. She ifid mtseek the authotity of white men, of whatever taboo, to govern them ; she sought tag sellmeity from themselves, as a spontaneous gilt, vesting her with power for their owe goateed to avert the eras which she foresaw were accumulating around them, by the :nosing influx of white um, subject otherwise to no law or control. 011 being told Sisal I ma a chief of a body of soldiers, and that t had vetoed under the monarchs already unsiorkk inquired, should his tribe, agreeable to ay moist, abstain from making war on the mews al You Vaa, would the Goventor send a portion of my fence to protect them. I told them your Excellency desired rather to niedate bettmea them, and only in cases of extrememergeocy would you be prevailed upon to act in any other manner; hot if your arlinatim eras applied foe, I had no doubt but that the orstorn of their muatry would be conspbellwith, by your iesisting on a compeosation being made to the party mjured, by the partgoffending.

On my speaking of theme of lands, and of the right of pre-emption claimed by the Qoan as intended equal. for their beoebt, and to encourage industrials white men to settle amongst them, to teats them arts, and bow to manufacture threw articles which were so much sought after awidalminst by them, rather than by leaving the sale of large tracts of 4"d° to themselves, thayeright sass into the hands of white men, who would never come ...angst them, but to larger by their speculations the industrious. The Queen, therefore, knew the object of firearm, many of whom, I had no doubt, had counselled them not is sign the treaty ; bet siewould, nevertheless, unceasingly exert herself, to mitigate the evils they sought to laden this country, by purchasing their lands hemelf at a jester valuation. Ile said it wermeJeas now to speak of this, as the wlito men bad purchased .11 their lands ; hut theyippeared quite satisfied, mying it was very just

lYour Excellency e mar of the dilatory habitof the natives; l therefore told their
ief m conclusioo, that& WU necessary that I should also pay my respects to the chiefs
.f he neighbouring pt -iii therefore task ray leave of them, leaven Mr. 'William for a
to see if they •awthesolve whether to sign or not the instil; he subsequently told
lac that presents had beredemaaded, bat the chief said he would not believe the word of

3' t    the

(e.)

3.3 14

▲back to top

 

104   

No. 35.

Governor Hobson to the Secretary of State for the Colonies, is Oct. 1840.

the missionary, when Mr. Williams told hen that he had little doubt, but that I send some blankets through him for distribution.

I afterwards visited the chiefs at the Maungatapu pa, all of whom hod previously signed with the exception of two, who were, I regret to say, absent with their families. We were well received; the chief, a fine, intelligent-looking fellow, named Nuka, said that he had dined, but if we would take some dinner, it would soon be prepared for us. Thin pa and the tribe are of considerable strength and importance. I was much taken by their chief's manners, and from the good chancier he bean, if any mark of distinction is ever to be shown to any of them, it would be well to secure the good-will of this chief, who appears to be well disposed to the Government.

I have deemed it expedient to enter more fully into the detail of this conference, as one which not only shows fully the general character of the natives, but also the nature of the obstacles I may hereafter expect to meet, when principles alien to the Government have been instilled by interested Europeans into their minds, as exemplified also at Coromandel Harbour; neither will I disguise from your Excellency my regrets, that men possessing Christianity, should, in a country merging from barbarity, whose inhabitants are scarcely able to comprehend the simplest doctrines of the Christian religion, endeavour to meat., distrust of its ministers, of whatsoever persuasion ; Christianity in any shape, with these people, being better than the deplorable condition of many of them at present It is not the specious professions of a religion which asserts itself unconnected with civil government, which should blind us to the political disunion it creates; but rather its sincerity should be tested by its acts and their effects, and whether it seeks to open a new field of labour before uncultivated, or to paralyze the efforts of those who have laboured to improve the soil by establishing themselves upon it. The latter I conceive incompatible earth such professions, whilst this country contains so vast a field untried, but still it is to be hoped reclaimable.

I have given to Captain Bateman a certificate of having chartered his schooner for 11 days at per diem, also for 9 10s. 8d. paid by him to Mr. Webster at Coromandel Harbour for pork and potatoes given to the natives. We arrived here dos morning, having left Tauraraga Harbour on the 13th instant. The native chiefs at Ottomoetet pa still display their chancier for strict observance of previous engagements, until outbidden by the promise of an increased premium.

I have, &c.

To his Excellency the Lieutenant governor(signed)   Thos. Banbury,

of New Zealand.   Major 80th Regiment.

(8.)

Sir,   Paihia, 11 June 1840.

I HAVE much pleasure in forwarding to your Excellency the treaty committed to my care for the signatures of the chiefs in Cook's Straits.

On my. arrival at Port Nicholson I experienced some opposition, from the influence of Europeans at that place, and it W29 not until after the expiration of ten days that the chiefs were disposed to come forward, when they unanimously signed the treaty.

The chiefs of Queen Charlotte's Sound and Rangitoto, in the ueighbourhood of Port Hardy, on the south side of the Straits, as also those chiefs on the north side of the Straits with whom I communicated, as far as Wanganui, signed the treaty with much satisfaction, and appeared much gratified that a check was put to the importunities of the Europeans to the purchase of their lands, and that protection was now afforded to them in common with Her Majesty's subjects.

I had been my intention to have proceeded to Cloudy Bay, Banks's Peninsula and whereby the signature of the whole of the tribes of the Southern Island would hare been obtained ; for which purpose, I felt it important to prolong the charter of the schooner " Ariel " in the service of the Government ; but upon my return from Wanganui to Kapiti, I received intelligence that Her Majesty's ship Herald had left the Bay of Islands for the Southern Island, and that an officer had beers appointed to proceed with a copy of the treaty; I therefore concluded to return to the Bay of Islands.

I have much satisfaction in stating to your Excellency that Captain Clayton rendered me every assistance in his power, and upon nay application to him at Port Nicholson to convey me to Otaka, &c., he unhesitatingly gave up his vessel for the service of the Government, though to the serious detriment of his private business on the coast.

I have, &c.

To Captain Hobson, R. N.   (signed)   Hony Williams.
Lieut-governor of New Zealand.

No. 35

Governor to the Secretary of

State far Me Colonies, 15 Oct 1840.

(9)

My Dear Sir.

Paihia, Saturday, 27 June 1840.

 

Church Missionary Station, Tauranga,

23 May 1840.

Is the absence of the Rev. A. N. Brown, I have, agreeably to Major Banbury's directions, copied the treaty of Waitangi, and I hare now the honour to forward to you the original by the " Aquilla" cutter, the first opportunity since Major Bunbury left Tauranga.

Two of whom are considered " high chiefs," have refused to sign the treaty ; their minds have been disturbed by some evil-minded person trying to prejudice them against Government ; they may possibly sign the copy I have taken by-and-by. Major Banbury told me signatures on the copy would be as good as those on the original document you seat. As Major Banbury was hindered, in consequence of war between the tribes, from visiting Rotorua, I sent a copy of the treaty in to Rotorua to-day, to Mmers. Chapman and Morgan, to use their influence to get the signatures of the chiefs. An unexpected opportunity occurring yesterday by the arrival of the schooner Mercury with Mr. James Fedarb on board nssapercargo, I prepared a copy of the treaty, which I gave in eharge to him with letters to our native teachers at Opouki and the Koha, to do what they could in obtaining signatures of chiefs in that quarter.

Either Rev. A. N. Brown or myself should feel most happy by personal visitation amongst all the tribes in the Bay of Plenty to forward the views of Her Majesty's Government were it just now practicable ; but unfortunately it is not ; Mr. B. being on a missionaryvisit in an opposite direction, of necessity one of us must remain at home to take charge of the station.

I have distributed the eight blankets left by Major Banbury to those chiefs whom he directed should have them; I have added four others out of our society's atom. Several more blankets may. yet be wanting if Tupaia and his friends should sign.

I beg to apologize for the very soiled state of the treaty, but the native habits are so filthy it could hardly be avoided.

All the names marked in red ink, are either head chiefs or cone of deceased chiefs of rank. Nuka and Tau are the two greatest chiefs who have signed the treaty in Tauranga us yet.

I have, &c.

Willoughby Shortland, Esq. Acting Colonial Sec.   (signed)   James Rororauka,Bay of Islands.

IT should appear, that in May last Mr. Main chartered a vessel to go a trading to the Bay of Plenty, placing a young man (whose name is W . Fedarb), on board as trading master. This vessel touched at Taurauga, and Fedarb was furnished by Mr. Stack (one of our missionaries) with a copy of the treaty, and instructions to get as many signatures from the chiefs at the places at which he should call as he possibly could. He accordingly copied the treaty, and has got it signed by several, as your Excellency will perceive by the enclosed document. At Opotiki the chiefs, who am well disposed towards us, the Protestant missionaries, wished him to make a between them and those who made a profession of adherence to the Roman-catholic bishop, which he did by prefixing a x before their names. There were four names so marked, but one afterwards begged to have the mark erased, as he would belong to them no longer ; this accounts for the erasure perceptible on the document.

It should also appear, my dear sir, that Mr. Stack had desired Fedarb to give them a

little tobacco, &c., which he has done from the trading stores he bad in charge, the property of Mr. Maw, the bill for which is also enclosed.

Fedarb wan once is my employ; and a sober, steady, trustworthy person be is. This I suppose to be the season for his bringing the document to me, which I have now the honour to transmit to your Excellency.

Hoping that your Excellency enjoys goal health, and praying for a continuance of the same,

I am, &c.

To His Excellency, Captain Hobson, R. N.   (signed)   William Colenso.

Lieut-governor, &c.   &c.

(10)

Her Ship Herald,

28 June 1940.

Sir,

SINCE the lath ultimo, when I last bad the honour of addressing your Excellency, we have encountered eery weather. The Herald, during the night of the 24th, on making Banks's Peninsula, was becalmed, and baying anchored to prevent her drifting the Parted with her anchor and 20 fathom of cable below she could be again got under 311..   weigh,

 

 

3.4 15

▲back to top

 

 

Copy of a DESPATCH from Lord John Russell to Governor Hobson.

Sir,   Downing-street, 3 August 1841.

I received a despatch from the Governor of New South Wales, dated the 5th of March last, No. 62 transmitting copies of a correspondence which had passed between that officer and yourself on the subject of a practice recently established by Europeans in New Zealand of taking land on lease from the natives, for the purpose of evading the enactments of the Act of Council for the investigation of titles to land in that colony.

In order to put a stop to such proceedings, you will immediately introduce to the local Legislature an Act, declaring the invalidity of those leases from the natives, and of every other alienation of their lands (in whatever form, or subject to whatever conditions. or for whatever time such alienation may have liven made by them) in favour of any individuals since the proclamation of Her Majesty's sovereignty in New Zealand.

I am, &e.

(signed) J.Russel

No. 17. —

(No. 63.)

COPY of a DESPATCH from Governor Sir George Gips to
Lord John Roswell.

Government House, Sydney,

My Lord,   5 March 1841.

I HAVE the honour herewith to forward a copy of a despatch from the Lieutenant-governor of New Zealand, dated the 16th February lot (received the 4th instant), in which the Lieutenant-governor announces the removal of the seat of his Government from the Bay of Islands to the Town of Auckland, on the River Waitemata, which falls into the frith of the Thames.

The Lieutenant-governor in this despatch alludes also to some rumours of disagreements with the natives, which your Lordship will be happy to find are altogether unfounded.

I have, &c.

(signed)   George Gipps.

COLONY OF NEW ZEALAND,   93

It might or   ' to your Excellency that these alarms having taken place no nearly simul-

taneously, some grounds. I feel assured they have not ; that the natives gene-

rally are not to us; but that disaffected white men, who as yet I have failed to detect, are endeavouring to

sow discord in the country, and part of their scheme is to create suspicion in the minds both of the natives and of the settlers.

I greatly regretly that I have it not in my power to place competent garrisons at the principal points where Europeans and established ; their presence alone would lie quite sufficient to restore confidence to all parties.

 

I have, &c.

His Excellency Sir George Gipps,   

(signed) IV. Hobson. Governor, Ate. &c.

No. 18.

(No. 65.)

COPY of a DESPATCH from Governor Sir George Gipps to Lord John Russell.

Government House, Sydney,

My Lord,   7 March 1841.

I NAVE the honour to forward herewith a copy of a report made by Mr. Clarke, Protector of Aborigines in New Zealand, to the Lieutenant-governor of that colony, containing an account of a visit made by Mr. Clarke to the natives of the districts of time Thames and Waikatoo.

These districts comprehend, I believe, by far the largest block of land in New Zealand, that is in its whole extent fit for cultivation. Its length is said to be 100 miles, its breadth from 10 to 30, and its content is roughly estimated at about a million of acres. The existence of this large extent of available land was, I believe, one of the principal reasons which induced Captain Hobson to fix the seat of his Government in the estuary of the Thames.

I lament to find by the report of Mr. Clarke, that the minds of the natives in these districts have been worked upon by some designing and dissatisfied Europeans, so as to induce in them a distrust of the intentions of Her Majesty's Government. I concur with the Lieutenant-governor in thinking that means should be taken to counteras their machinations; and I have signified to him that I shall readily sanctieon whatever expenditure be may consider necessary for the purpose.

I have, &c.

(signed)   Geo. Gipps.

NEW
ZEALAND.

No. 18.

Governer Sir

George Gipps Lord John

7 March 1841

Report,

NEWZELAND.

No. 16.

John Russell

to Gov. Hobson.

3 August 1841.

NO. 17.

Governor Sir

George Gips to

Lord John Russell

5 March 1841.

16th Feb.1841

   NO 17

Enclosure in No. 17.

sir,   Government House, Russell, In February 1841,

I have    the honour to inform your Exellencey that on the 3d instant I returned from
Auchland, where during three weeks, I found ample. employment in hastening the prepares

for the reception of the Government offers,    and in establishing temporary offices

for carrying on the duties of Government. On the 13th instant I despatched by the the colonial secretary and the clerks of his department, and nearly all the Government stores that remained at this place. In a week, or at farthest in ten days, I will send up the colonial treasurer and his department, and in a fortnight after was

hope to be myself finaly established at the future capital of this colony

I was much gratified at the progress made by the workmen; the frame of Government-

as completed before I left, and the offices On one wing were then ready for occupstion

by my family, being\_ just, sufficent to afford them shelter until some of the rooms of Government-house are completed, and fit for their reception. A very considerable body of prisons bail then collected, and every day has been adding to their numbers; all to establish themselves thew, and are apparently much pleased with the position.

to my arrival considerable exeitement had prevailed, in consequence of a most absurd and unfounded report, that a large body of natives, of the Nga-te-pa-wa tribe had collected in the Island of Waikeke, with the intention of attacking the settlement ; that the had blok kaded themselves in their barracks, and the settlers and mechanics were formed into squads muder the Goverenment officers, for the purpose of defence. Before I reached Auckland it was discovered that the reports which caused the agitation had no foundatoin In fact, all the ferment had subsided. Soon after my arrival, a deputation from the suspted tribe walted on me, and denying any intention of molesting us, only seemed to recommuend themselves to my favourable consideration. A similar sensation had prevenled here,in my absencer, but not to the same extent.

Enclosure in No. 18.

PROTECTOR of ABORIGIN ES' REPORT of his Visit to the Thames and Waihato.

On the lath December I embarked in the 'Victoria brig, proceeding to the Thames, for the purpose of visiting the chiefs of that district, and as far as possible to counteract that ill feelings of the natives towards the Government, arising from their natural jealousy. and strengthened and encouraged by designing mens to describe the state of the country through which I might pass; and to treat with the natives for such portions of their land as they may be disposed to part with, and can conveniently spure.

On the 19th December, having received my instructions from his Excellency the Lieutenant-governor, I left Auckland, and proceeded to examine a small river called Wairoa, which forms the western boundary of Mr. Fairburn's land.

The river takes a southern direction, and is entered by the passage to the eastward of Waiheke, leaving the islands of Paheke and Motu Nau (islands purchased by the New Zealand Company) on the eastern side.

The river is navigable for small craft drawing six feet water for about eight or ten miles, for boats anti canoes about six or eight miles higher up. The land on the banks of the river in good, but confined, the back ground well wooded, on either side of which neat little farms of flow ea to too acres might be laid out.

A day's journey from where it is oacigable for boats, is a tract of good country offered by the natives to the f iovernment ; but it appears to me it would he some time before this

mace could be nettle available for the porpo,:es of Clovernment ; other positions or a ,wee Important and more inviting nature will no doubt first he occupied; yet in the course of a My few years this may he taken up ao n position with /Idea nbere ; it is coae.-ed with timber, and the land very good. The oily olueetions are the present difficulty or acve::::, 569.   and

Encl. in 18.

3.5 16

▲back to top

 

NEW

ZEALAND.

and lahour in clearing the land; if, however, the natives were disposed to part with land from the entrance of the river, the whole might be immediately located with advantage to settlers. I proceeded up the, river until it became so choked with timber, that it was dangerous for the beat to go further.

From Woiroa, I proceeded to Orere, a place on the western side of the Thames, where I met with Kahukoki, one of the principal chiefs of the Nga Ti Pawa tribe. He said that since he saw the Governor at Tamaki, in July last, he had heard from Europeans that in

the course of a very few years all those chiefs who had signed the treaty would be no better than slaves; they would soon be driven from the sea coast into the interior; while those who have refused to sign it, will maintain their independence and keep their land. I reminded him of the pledge given, both in the treaty, and in the circular addressed to him and others, and of the general character of these who were disseminating such poison amongst them, and prejudicing them against the Goverment. At Orere there is an extensive tract of good land, but not so much as a boat harbour about the place, and cannot be approached when the wind is strong from the north-east or east; it is, however, well adapted for natives and native culture; the natives on landing immediately up their canoes.

Orere is a stony, pebbly beach, about 10 miles below Wakatewai. At this place I took in a guide for Piako, and proceeded towards Wakatewai. The wind setting in strong from the south, obliged us to go on shore at a place called Waihopuhopa, about four miles below Wakatewai, where we spent the night with a large party of natives, who engaged us in conversation until midnight. We found them hospitable, for they supplied us with abundance of fish, but were very apprehensive, they said, as to what the Governor was about to do with them and their land. They were told that a large house (a prison) was to be built, in which they were to be contined, and they would soon become as dependent and degraded as the natives of New South Wales, many of whom they had seen on their visit to that country.

I told them that it was correct that we built prisons for bad men, and probably their advisers were apprehensive of becoming inmates of such a place. It was evident (I said) that the conduct of the natives was generally so good that they had nothing to apprehend on that head, for, with the exception of one ease, all who had been sent there were Europeans, from which circumstance, they would see how necessary it was that they should have a governor to protect them from the influence of such men.

They were pleased to learn that prisons were only wanted for Europeans.

From Waihopuhopa, we started at four o'clock in the morning, crossing the Thames from Wakatewai to the month of Piako. The ebbing tide obliged us to land at Kaweranga, on the east side, where we waited for the flood to enter Piako.

Before I leave the western side of the Thames, I wish to remark, that the whole of the land from Pakiki to Piako, (the island by Waihiki,) a distance of 30 miles, is in possession of the natives. The back ground is high, well timbered, and watered, There is a large portion of good land for farms of any size; it is, however, better calculated for native culture than European. In general, the land is capable of hearing three large crops of wheat, and in many places level enough for plough culture.

There are, however, no   harbours, not even for a boat ; but as the westerly and south-westerly winds mostly vessels may he off, and until the produce can be taken off tothem. The natives of Wakatewai, and indeed all the places where we stopped, had much to say as to the probable intentions of Government towards them. They observed they were to be put down, but the Governor and Europeans were to be exalted.

I had to employ all my aided by William Hau, a young chief, who accompained me from Waimate, to persuade them that their advisers had misrepresented the object of Government, as it was so contrary to all the assurances given them by his Excellency, not only in the treaty and circular addressed to them, but at all public meetings.

One of the chiefs replied that the Governor's book was very good, likewise his talk (korero) ; but they should watch his actions with some jealousy.

Another chief objected to their present position, because he said, that however good our present Governor might be, he had heard that in a few years they might expect another, who, perhaps, would not be so well disposed towards them; and then quickly round to me, he said, " What has that other man on the other side of the water to do with us ?" (meaning his Excellency Sir George Gipps,) "they had never seen him, nor he them, neither had he visited their country, yet they had beem given to understand that he and his committee" (meaning members of council) "were about taking their land from them" (meaning probably legislating for them). I satisfied them before I left, that they must have been misinformed, and that all land transactions would be conducted as that at the Weitemata, where a fair equivalent was given for all the Government was supplied with.

At four in the evening we entered the Piako with the flood, proceeded a few miles, when we brought up for the right.

The following morning at four o'clock we commenced our course up the Piako with the flood which for eight hours carried as up at the rate of about four miles an hour, through one continued course of the last four miles the banks of the river were and the land more solid, when at length we opened upon an immense Hat, extending as far as the eye could reach. There is, however, a large proportion of swamp in with this plain, and I must confess, I was somewhat disappointed at finding the banks of the river so low as render the immense swamp, from the entrance of Piako to this place, a distance of nearly to miles in the circuitous route of the river,

unavailable

unavailable for agricultural purposes, with the exception of one small place, about 10 miles front the entrance.

On the east sole there are two small branches from die Piako river, running south-east, one takes you nearly into the Thames, the other goes through the plain to Mata Meta; the one about 10 miles from the entrance, the other about 30.

Every winter the swamp from the entrance of Piako to the interior, for about 30 miles, is an inland sea, in which nothing but water and the tope of a few kahikatea trees are to be seen, with sailing in all directions over the expanse of water. The only place secure from these immdations is the little elevated spot on the east side, about 10 miles from the entrance of the river, which, in winter season becomes an island, and if a small town was built thereon, it would remind you of those on the Nile, at the time it overflows its banks. I see no probability of redeeming a country lying so low, and receiving such an immense body of water from the interior, with a channel of little more upon an average than 10 yards wide ; at any rate it must be many years before it can in any part be made available, and only then with the outlay of immense capital, and a redundant population.

About 30 miles from the mouth of the river you commence a large extent of country available for agricultural purposes.

The principal wood in the neighbourhood in the white pine (kahikatea), and in some places it would have to be carried a considerable distance.

Upon the western side of this river is the extensive purchase of Mr. Webster, who claims upwards of 40 miles frontage, two-thirds of which is unavailable, being swamp; the upper part is good, The depth of the river for about an miles up is not less than eight feet. I left Piako at five o'clock in the morning to return to the Thames, and after six hours pull, landed on a little eminence in the Piako river, and found it more extensive than I had expected ; several farms might be laid out, and a communication opened between them and the Thames, either by land or water.

After waiting for the tide for about two hours we made Kaweranga soon after sunset, and the following day, being Christmas day, remained quietly at the mission station, and early the following morning sent the government boat and boat's crew on to Anckland, having succeeded in procuring a boat from Mr. Preece, church mission station, to take me up the Thames on Monday next. In the meantime I visited the chiefs at Kaweranga, to correct the information generally in circulation amongst them, that the plans of Government are inimical to the welfare of the natives, and will ultimately prove the means of their destruction.

This principle seems deeply rooted and widely disseminated around, and time only will eradicate the feeling, the New Zealanders being a people who will be better convinced by practical illustrations of the intentions of Government, than by lengthened discussions. I have the promise from most of the chiefs that they will visit his Excellency when he is finally settled at Auckland.

Monday, 28th, commenced my survey up the Thames, that part of it known by the name of Waihou, accompanied by the principal chief Hou, to whom the land belongs. We made about 15 miles with the flood, when we went on shore at a native fort named Kari, opposite the land purchased by Dr. Martin and Mr. MCaskel.

The bunks of the river about here are not more than two and-a-half feet above the top of spring tides, which rise to six or eight feet, and at low winter there are not more than five or six feet over the flats. The soil is rich, and daring heavy rains in the winter season has been known at times to be flooded.

There is one great drawback to the immediate cultivation of the land, namely, that it is heavily timbered with kahikatea; it will require great labour to clear it, but being on the banks of a river, the timber might be available, either sawn on the spot or floated down in logs to any market in the Thames.

In the evening we went on shore at a native village belonging to a powerful chief, whose name is Taraia ; here the banks of the river are much higher, and secure from all floods. We were well received by Taraia, who had heard that I was deputed by the Governor to visit them, and disposed to purchase any of their lands they might feel free to give up.

The old man and for an hour to his people and visitors, not very sparingly, on the rank his family held; and told his people to be very careful how they parted with their land, and the necessity of demanding a large payment, not omitting to assure them that the whole of the Thames was tapu, or sacred land.

The conversation lasted until after midnight, when the old chief consented for us to proceed up the river to look at the land, assuring us that the Waihon river (the Thames) had always been held sacred, and that no one had dared to profane it by passing his residence to sell land, although attempts had been made by some of the Thames chiefs to introduce Europeans ; but all feared the notice of his masket and the keen edge of his hatchet.

Again have we had to labour against disadvantageous reports carefully circulated, and to assure the natives that His Excellency had the interests of the Pew Zealanders much at heart. After these assurances, Taraia arose and said, such a Governor as described was welcome; his land was waiting to receive him, and his river, which had hitherto been held sacred, was now open to receive him, or any person he might like to send; but he urged that Europeans should be immediately sent to take possession; he did not, he said, want missionaries nor native Europeans, but he wanted gentlemen and soldiers.

A native standing by asked the old man if he would not be afraid to see so many Europeans settled about him. He replied, " If I was a thief or a murderer I might ; but as I

NEW
ZEALAND.

3.6 17

▲back to top

 

NEW

ZEALAND

am neither, why should I fear ? Besides I am now disposed for peace; it would he well to

have some   to take care of me

" Mr. Clarke," said "urge the for to make tell him my father mid grandfather were both treacherously We never feared any man in battle; we were never cowards but they tell by and now that I am giving up war I shall fall

the some way, I have some soldiers. Tell him I must be allowed to exercise some influence ever my Own people; it they steal, I must punish them, That in all I hare to say to you. Go up my sacred river ; go where you like ; and let me know what the Governer says to my proposals. Remember I am a jealous and shall not forget rat description of the Governer and his intentions towards us."

Dec.29—From four clock in the morning until sunset we were pulling, up against the stream in fresh water. Landed in different parts of the river to ascertain the character of the country.

The is good, sufficiently elevated to he secure front floods; part wooded and part

clear, adapted for culture. The water at this season is very low, yet we had

about six feet during the day, and by calculation made about 20 miles.

This part of the river is by the we had to pull against the stream, running in west places three miles per hour.

I have seen a piece of land to-day on which pretty farms might not be made and out to great advantage.

The country being partially farming operations might immediately com

mence.

Dee. —At daylight we our course up the river Thames, commencing at the proposed northern boundary for the Government.
The river is here very circuitons, by its bends great facilities for fencing off

pretty   three sides being bounded and fenced by the river.

In a direct line we have not made more than ten miles daring the day, having had to

pull against a strong stream, carrying a depth of from five to six feet water; the river from 50 to 89 yards wide; from eight to twelve feet above the bed of the river, and with small woods of growing down to the water's edge ; soil from One to two feet deep at the banks ; light. No further Iahour to commence ploughing than burning off the fern. Cultivators would be spared the trouble of clearing off the heavy timber with which the first 30 40 miles of the Thames abounds; but it must he confessed the soil is not so good, and in some places barely sufficient timber on the spot foe

the use of a farm.

Dee. arst.—Commeuced my journey towards the Meta Meta, along the banks of the

Thames, at about 10 miles, to the southward of which a noted place called Waiharakoke,

the for the Government, and which by consent of the
Mate Meta and natives also forms their division of their country.

From to a principal branch of the Piako, is the proposed south for Government There are no cultivatious; parties having for years other are afraid to cultivate near the borders.

The proposed Government land is an immense tract of level country, varying in width from eight to ten miles, and in near 20 miles. The soil is light, varying in quality; upon the the river rich, further removed train the banks of an inferior quality. There is but very little of this large tract of country but might be cultivated ; even the

would admit of immediate use at a small expense, and if drained would afford the Were first of arable pasture land.

There is a want of timber in some part of the plain, but the country is so level as to admit of the timber or dray to take it to any part required.

Arrived at Mato Mata towards evening. Mata Math is about 16 miles from the landing place for the Thames.

Mata Mata settlement is in the midst of a large forest of kahikatea and rime, which been almost destroyed by it is by an immense swamp, the whole of which seems to me to be capable of easy thereby ereby rendering it by far the most valuable land on the place. These swamps are highly prized by the natives, on account of the air
with which they abetted ; and us they have abundance of besides this, it is an object. of interest to keep them, as such parties an not unacquainted with the art of draining; and when the subject is upon them they commonly Ray, " Shall we destroy our sheet we have plenty of besides this" The outlets to these swamps abound with small native sluices, where they put down their nets and catch abundance of eels after the.

heavy.

I should, in draining these swamps, commence cutting my main ditch from the into which smaller drains should he carried ; and I have no hesitation in saying, that this work would be accomplished at much expense than that of clearing the forest, the with the thrown out, forming the inelosures.

The chime of Mats Meta received me well, tendering me their best accommodations.

After adjustine my travelling accompaniments, and having had a little refreshment, I to listen, and answer the yarning reports in circulation respecting the Governor and his intentions, prefacing their remarks by saying they confided in me for a correct statement, and desiring that nothing should be from them. They had heard of the state of America, of New South and of many taken possession of by and they could not but be jealous the intentions of the British Government; they this district had the treaty, and these few only

 

on the good faith of the missionaries; the reason was, they were not, nor would they

They had by Europeans, who had already manifeated n different tone of feeling

towards them,at they were gentlemen no longer, that they were prohibited from selling

their land, except. to the Queen, and that very soon other laws would be in operation which

would make them no better than slaves ; that tine would not be accomplished all at once, but by degrees ; that governor would succeed governor, with new regulations, until the object was accomplished already they were called the slaves of the Queen, and were threatened with imprisonment if they, the Europeans, could not drive a good with them.

After a very long talk (korero) I was asked for my reply. I drew their attention to the general character of the Europeans, who appeared to me to have been their ill-advisers, and to the character of the British Government, which had pledged itself in their representative, the Governor, to secure to them all their rights and privileges, and had placed them upon die same footing, yea, a better one then myself.

If they were sloven, so was I: they by the treaty became British subjects, and entitled such to all the privileges. They had, on the one hand, the word and of in nation which prided itself on its honour and integrity,and on the other, the word of men whose designs were too evident to admit of a doubt. It was for them to say who deserved the most credit ; and as they lied appealed to me, I had no hesitation in saying, that I placed the most implicit confidence in the British Government, or they would not have

seen me as their protector, endeavouring to correct the errors into which they were likely to be led through misrepresentation ; end then appealed to them ea to what would have been the consequences had not the Queen sent out a Governor to protect them. They replied that they would have adopted their lawn to keep them, the Europeans, right.

I was seconded by my very valuable native, William Hau, who not only corroborated my statement, but added a great deal of his own.

The natives of Mete Mute had heard of the intention of the Governor to pay them a

  • and expressed themselves very desirous of seeing him. As it respects the, general peace meeting, they said they had declined that owing to the of their crops, they not being able to entertain 3,000 or 4,000 people for a month, which according to native custom they must do. They wished the Governor to understand that they were at peace with the Thames natives ; but had no prospect of a pence with the Rotoroa unless something could be done respecting Moketia, the bone of contention, they were not willing to relinquish their claim to that place. They were apprehensive that the Government would find the Rotoroa natives, were he to visit them, a very rude tribe.

They had already affected to despise the Government, and had been made acquainted with the history of colonisation, and with the customs and wars of our country with other nations, and from thence justified their wars, requiring that no one would interfere with

them.

From Mate Mata I proceeded in a south-cast direction for a place called Maungatantau, continuing upon the same plain for about eight miles, when the country became more broken and sterile,presenting vast masses of pumice stone. This character of country is continued to the Horotu or Waikato River, the banks of which are very uninviting and unadapted for agricultural purposes. At one place I observed one vast jamb of sand, unit lees than 150 feet in depth, from which place this part of the river takes its name.

We crowed the Waikato river about en miles from Mats Mats, over a native bridge ; the stream rapid, deep, and at this particular place narrow, not so high up on

account of the falls, the source of the river, about Taupo. After leaving the banks of the Waikato, we entered a much better description of highland country, which centime's un- proving until you arrive at Maungatautau a large native residence, where there are several strong native pahe ; it is about 20 miles S.S. E. of Mata Mata.

The natives of this place are most of them professed Christians, and from a formidable, warlike people, are now become an industrious, peaceable community; must of them can read and write. Their intercourse with Europeans, from their inland situation, has been but little; they retain, therefore, much of their native simplicity and hospitality, softened end improved by their reception of Christianity. They are dependent on their pags, which

they rear in vast quantities, to supply them with garments, guns, and powder. My natives being very much galled by the heavy journey, and the weather being wet, en stopped at Maungatautau until Monday, when we had all opportunity of learning the general of the people respecting Government. They were not unacquainted with the general reports in circulation, lout were less clamorous than many of the natives we had met with

they were not, however, without their misgivings, and were very inquisitive as to the mate intentions of the Queen respecting their country. They had hitherto, they said been guided by the missionaries and should continue to be so until they had reasons to believe they had been misled by them ; then they would consider them as the authors of their

misfortunes, and accountable for all consequences.

They inquired after Kihi, the native who is in prison at Russell; Rome of them were relathins. All said him aentence just ; a murderer ought not to go unpunished.

Monday, 4th.—I left Maungatautau for a large native settlement near the Waipa, the principal branch of the Waikato, on which a great body of the Waikato natives are living, which place we reached in about in leave The country through which we was much better than tint on the other side; Maungatautau is a large open country, with a rich light soil. A few years ago the whole was covered welt timber,

569.

NEW

ZEALAND.

3.7 18

▲back to top

 

ZEALAND

timber, a famine of that article most m a   cars ensure.

Several European traders in park are about this part of the country   

with Kawea and Wangaron, on the western coast about two day

from hence. Otawoa the country), is capable of supporting it large pupalation, and being generally level, is well adapted for culture with the plough ; and having water carriage to the spot, possesses faculities for taking the produce to Waikato; from there it might be transported to Maunkau by way of the Awaroa.

Otawao is about 120 miles from Waikato,   45 miles from Mata Mata, and about 60 miles

from the landing place up the.

The natives were anxious to known the object of my visit, and what dependence they ought to place on the reports in circulation. They had heard that his Excellency Sir Georg Gipps was legislating for them, and asked why were not his regulation, translated into native, that they might read and judge for themselves,

Were the English the only people interested in the laws he was making? Was the country his otherwise than by theft I had said that they were misled by designing men; "Let us see, let us are whether it is so or not," they replied, " we are now a reading people ; render Government acts and designs into native fair/y, and then we will think for ourselves for the future."

I endeavoured to appease the minds of the natives, who were evidently a good deal excited, and assured them that the Governer had given publicity to his intentions at all public, in the circular, and in the treaty itself, and that one especial object

was the protection of the natives. One fellow artfully replied, " Does be (Sir George Gipps) hive us more than his own countrymen !“ observing that if Europeans' land was to be taken from them, was theirs only to be saved! In their present excited state I found it

would be improdent to say anything in them about purchasing land, but inquired what

purchases had been made by Europeans, and learnt that nothing had been sold, save a few hundred acres to a man by the name of Turner, who has been living some years with a wife on the Watpa.

I inquired how and where they had get their information respecting what was doing on the other side of the water; they told me it was from Europeans and from "Rewa," and that they were advised by his not to sell their land to Government.

After hiring a canon we pulled from a little below Maungapowri, and spent the greater part of the next day in exploring this part of the country, which we found rich and well calculated for farms in any extent. Natives are living scattered on the banks of the river, cultivating here and there a portion of the rich soil. On the 6th we continued our course down the Waipa, landing at different places to examine the country and to speak to the natives.

We a step that. did not us ; the soil good, the banks of the river

high, interspersed with wonds of.   The river is from so to no yards wide, and

about eight feet deep, a   gentle stream sweeping us along at about two and a half miles as

hour. Here the banks of the river were covered with wild-ducks About fifty miles from Maungapami we the Warkate, at a place called Ngaruwaki, the Waipa being only a branch of the Waikata. From Ngaruwaki the river widens from half a Mile to a mile, about 10 miles below which it becomes studded with islands; shoally at places, scareely

admitting a boat   over them: the water, however, is exceedingly low just now.

We went on shore for the night at a place called Pukatia, about 25 miles below, near which, is a Iake called Waken, entered by a narrow stream from the north-east side of the Waikato river, about seven miles long and two wide, and, according to native report, has a suberraneous commnication with the Thames. The middle of the lake is salt, and abounds with the salt-water mullet. At Pukitea I had a

grand meeting with the natives, who me on every side, calling for explanations. A Mr. Marshall had assured them that they and their country were sold to Government; they did not like the treachery of the British Government. If they wished to take their country, why not do it openly, they would then know how to act; but for the paltry consideration of 13 blankets to a present of 13 blankets sent by his Excel-

lency) had they been to sell their country.   " Mr. Manusel," said another, "has

sold us and our country ; Mr. Marshall says so, and he must answer for his conduct."
a great deal of clamour from different parties I was promotted to speak on behalf of

Government and of Mr. Manusel also.

They had, I said, in their hands the magna charta of the country, steering to them everything which would make them respected. Their land and everything they had was there ow n, and no one could possess themselves of an of it without their consent.

England I said, abborned slavery, and would treat with them, and act towards them with a

integrity as free men.   I again adverted to the more than probable disaster in
which they must have been involved had not the Governor been sent to protect them; and

that, as other nations were not unmindful of the country, they themselves being hensive   of their designs to colonise it, measures far less humane would then have followed

in the train of their colounsation, and to them would have ensured their

"No," they replied, " a New Zealander glores in dying fighting, and if the French (for they were alluding to them) had only honestly avowed their intentions, though we in the end might he overpowered, yet we would rather die fighting than be made

slaves, or suffer our comunity to be taken us: we fear nothing so much as treachery

and slavery."

I assured

I assured them itimately they would not have to regret the establishment humane government them, and begged that they would suspend their judgm and avoid harsh expressions, until circumstances arose to justify them ; and even then, whatever the grievance, or supposed grievance, might be, to present them unaccompanied with that temper and clamour with which our present conversation was conducted. William Hau again made his remarks, telling them that they had nut seen so much of the Governor as he had ; and for want of better knowing him they made their several remarks. They had known the missionaries some years; they had not yet disappointed them. Mr. Maunsel had never intended the blankets otherwise than as presents to the chiefs ; at any rate sit quietly until you see your land taken, and your fathers and your children killed, then you will have cause for complaint. With this we hardly quieted the natives, who, although so late, wanted to have more ' kororo.'

We left Pakelia soon after sunrise, pulling down the river, assisted by the stream, at the rate of four miles an hour. This part of the river is beautifully studded with islands, most of which are heavily timbered, and several of them large. They were, however, low, and must be under water in heavy floods.

In about eight hours we reached the Rev. R. Maunsell's, one of the church mission

stations, where we spent the following day.

The Waikato district is very extensive, not less than 130 miles from the mouth of the river to the upper part of Wmpa, to which place it is navigable for boats and canoes. The water is perfectly fresh to within eight or ten miles of the Heads, and but slightly influenced by tide, more than 20 miles up; not more than six feet water on the bar at low water; a miserable entrance, and at all hazardous, and a number of shoals in the river. Small craft drawing from five to six feet water, by keeping the channel, May go too miles up the river ; a large proportion of the country is good ; the first 40 miles well wooded, but low ; the upper part is also well supplied with wood, and well adapted for farming establishments to almost any extent.

From Waikato to Maunkou, where the news reached us of a massacre having taken place in the Bay of Islands.

The Rev. H, Williams, C. M. S., the military, and others, had fallen victims. It was represented that an attack was also contemplated upon Auckland ; the place was being fortified, and all were in an attitude of defence. The whole tale seemed so very improbable that myself and naitives that were with me did not hesitate pronouncing the whole a fabrication, and when we reached Maunkau, a church mission station, We found that though such

a report had been carefully circulated by two Europeans from Wakeko, and considerable alarm given thereby at Auckland, that it was altogether without foundation, and was eventually contradicted by the arrival of a small schooner from the Bay of Islands. The following day I met Davis, and other chiefs, who carefully detailed all the consternation, with the formidable preparations they were making at Auckland, the narrow escape of the Government horses, and Captain Symond's boat, and boat's crew, from the military and armed mechanics, the mighty parade of officers, the watchword of sentinels, and above all the ludicrous appearance of Pa Kaiko (Cask Fort.) I could searcely refrain from laughing at the native recital, and at the gravity of some of the chiefs, who with me were listeners and won seriously told by them that the preparations that were making to quarrel with them ought not to be so lightly treated ; that I ought to ask the Governor if he really wished to quarrel with them; they were apprehensive he was seeking some pretext. They would not, they said, begin the quarrel ; but what were they to do when they saw their countrymen fall. They were more jealous than ever that some evil was lurking behind for them. The

Governor was evidently losing confidence, an were they, for they had heard it was contentplated to stop the sale of guns and powder. " If this is a fact, what do you think must be our thoughts upon the matter? Does the Governor wish us to be friendly ? Tell him, then, never to make such a negotiation as to stop the sale of guns and powder."

replied that I had no doubt but that the Governor was as unacquainted with the whole of the grave matter at Auckland as I was. Again, I assured them he had always shown a friendly feeling towards them, and would continue so to do while they conducted themselves friendly to him. I had never myself seen such a notice as they named, namely, that the Europeans were not to sell and powder, and that I did not think there was such a thing in existence. I advised them to be more temperate in their expressions, and to conduct themselves with propriety, and they had nothing to apprehend.

I retuned to Auckland after an absence of a month from thence ; visited Kalmkott at Wahike, who said he could not sell the land about Ramaki until he had consulted with some of his friends on the other side of the names, and that he intended making a reserve there of land for himself.

I left Auckland to return to the Gay of Islands on the 21st January, arrived on the 26th.

Remarks,

From the outlines of my visit his Excellency will at once perceive the necessity of approved officers being stationed so as to visit the natives, to correct evil disseminations and misapprehensions arising therefrom ; it is of the greatest importance that such officeres should be of strictly moral habits, acquainted with the native language, and deeply interested in the social and moral welfare of the natives. They must also have the confidence of the natives as well as of the government. The New Zealanders are jealous of their liberty, us well no of their lands ; they see them intimately connected, and they are carefully watching and

comparing every public act, deducing from thence positive conclusions to the of

509.   conduct

NEW
ZEALAND.

3.8 19

▲back to top

 

NEW
ZEALAND

COLONY OF NEW ZEALAND.   101

authorized in   way to interfere with the New Zealand Land Company, or with settlers elauning under them.

My own measures in regard to the Company were reported in the despatches marked and dated as follow : No. 130, 12th Sept. 1840; No. 147, 6th Oct. 1840 No. 172, 29th Oct. 1840; No. 27, 29th Jan 1841.

I have, &c.

(signed)   Geo. Gipps.

No, 20.

Sir Geo. Gipps to

            Lord John Russell,

Government House,    Sydney, 28 March Russell,

28 March 1841.

I TRANSMIT herewith copies of documents, tending to show the intemperate haste with which the Company's settlers at Port Nicholson are ready to essail the government of Captain Hobson.

By these papers your Lordship will perceive that the company's settlers, though they have themselves obtained the whole of their own projected town, at the rate of 17. per acre, call in question the integrity of an arrangement, by which about half-a-dozen officers of government have been allowed to take each an allotment in the projected town of Auckland, at a rate which cannot possibly be less than 80/

per acre.

The complainants appear not to have been aware that the arrangement in question was sanctioned by myself.

The rate at which the officers are to pay for their allotments is the average obtained at auction for lots in their immediate vicinity, and in authorizing the arrangements, I expressly declared, that if a selection were made by any officer of an allotment of more than ordinary value, I would not confirm to him the possession of it.

No. 20.

(Sepnrate, No. 2.)

EXTRACT of a DESPATCH from Governor Sir George Gipps to

Lord John Russell.

10 Feb 1841.

Enclosure in No. 20.

This Excellency Sir George Gipps, &c. &c. &c.

Wellington, Port Nicholson, New Zealand,

May it please your Excellency,   10 February 1841.

We, the undersigned, settlers in New Zealand, and intending purchasers of town Iands in the township of Auckland, in New Zealand, beg to call the attention of yonr Excellency to certain proceedings counected with the proposed disposal of Iand in that township, deeply affecting our interests as well as those of the public,

By the government advertisment for the sale of town lands at Aucklund, it was stated that sections Nos. 3, 4, 7, 8, 16, 17. would be exposed to sale by auction; but we have since learned that severall allotments, comprising some of time most valuable lands in the township, have been reserved from such sale, and appropriated for the benefit of the subordinate officers of the government, and that these sections are to be paid for, not according to the price which even some of the less valuable Iots in their vicinity might command, but at the average price of half the town sections, and that a credit is to be allowed for the payment of the purchase-money until the sale of half the town.

We need nut, in addressing your Excellency, dwell upon the injustice of such an arrangement, the loss to the public revenue, the wrong done to fide purchasers, and the injury to the character of the government by which such measures have been proposed or sanctioned ; but we may venture to say, that such a proceeding is not less opposed to the instructions of her Majesty for the disposal of the Crown lands, than unprecedented in the history of neighbouring colonies. We could at first scarcely believe that such a proceeding could be contemplated, since we are assured that there is no one ground, either of policy or justice, upon which it con be defended.

We, however, rely with confidence upon the known character of your Excellency to free the government from the odimn, and ourselves front ths injustice, of such a measure, by instituting immediate inquiry into the subject, and by suspending the sale until such arrangements may have been made as will secure to the public the great benefit of open competition with regard to all the lands in that township.

We have, &c.

(signed)   Ridgways, Gayton, & Earp,

And 25 other gentlemen.

569

End. in No, 20.

NEW
ZEALAND.

For Sir G. Gippe's

No, 130 and

147, Papers relative to

New Zealand

ordered by the House

of Commons to be

Printed, 11 May 1841, No, 311 PP 79 and 128,

For No. 172 and 27, said

PP. 71 and 78 of this

volume.

No. 19.

sir Geo. Gipps to

L.aud John Russell,

28 March 1841.

 

 

No. 152,

9 Oct. 1840

No 175.

 

100   CORRESPONDENCE RESPECTING THE

 

conduct that will be pursued towards   They cannot comprehend how that
measures so bealing and lement can be shown to them as towards Englishmen.

The tone of feeling manifested towards them by Englishmen, since the establishment of government, has not escaped their they are continually threatened with complaints, and assured that coercive measures will follow these complaints; from, and from the

usage,several very serious quarrels would taken place, but for kind interference of

Europeans; and here I would suggest that Europeans should be cautioned, not only to withhold their threat, but from for protection from government, white they continue the provoking first transgressors.

It will not escape his Excellency's notice, that incorrect (probably so) statements of government Acts of Legislative Council, remarks in newspaper, respecting the country, have given rise to much, of the present angry feeling and opposition apparent amongst the natives.

They cannot imagine why the government should keep them ignorant of thew acts, and cannot but view those as friends who communicale them. They have repeatedly required that publicity should be given to everything done in whirl they are so deeply interested.

it is impossible to keep them of the posing events of the day, and it would be much safer to pass them through the of goverment than a the garbled state they

must meet their ears. from people not only very partially with the language, but

in many casts to the government The rapid the natives are making in civilization will appear not only from the extent of their cultivations, but from the fact,

that there was scarce a village through which we passed that had not its village school and in every place the sanctity of the Sabbath strictly observed. There is a thirst for rending, and continued applications for books. In the Thames and Wackald there are

thousand native who can and are being taught to read and write Great crimes

are heard of but from among those who to their native and

then Wars have generally and cannibalism is spoken of with abhorrence.
The very Intelligent remarks that are continually made, slow them to be a people for

removed from that barbarism which interested and have represented them to he in, and in which it might be convenient to place them. Their sober, orderly, respectful, and faithful habits too plainly show that there is more excellence in them than there is to he found in the bulk of our own countrymen. I would not here be understood to be

my is to correct a prevailing error arising from ignorance of the language and

of the natives in this remark, and to prevent a growing disgust in my countrymen to the of this country, who are capable of high moral and intellectual The apprehensions of the natives as to the future are too apparent from every communication and converse held with them.

One rash, step, and the whole country is involved in trouble and ruin ; conci-

liatory such as have happily marked the first year of his Excellency's government, and lasting and a most part of the community secured, not only from run but to the British Government: and though it cannot be hid from his

Excellency that the seeds of discord have and are being sown among the natives, yet it is

a real pleasure to that they have their best in the peaceable lives of their Christian in the practical lessons they are duly inculcating, and above all is the high, honourable, and humane principles on which Her Majesty's Government

and purposes continuing the colonization of New Zealand.

The &c. &c. &c.   (signed)   Grorge Clarke, P.A.
New Zealand.

— No.19—

(No. 82.)

COPY of a DESPATCH front Governor Sir Georqe Gipps to Lord John Russell.

Government House, Sydney,

My Lord,   28 March 1841.

I HAD the honour to rector yesterday, by the ordinary post, your Lordship's despatch of the 21st November 1840, No. 174, directing me to defer, until I

receive further orders, the execution of any powers which I may have derived under the Act of Council, passed in this colony in July Iast, for the investigation of claims to grants of land in New Zealand.

The extent to which I have already acted, in pursuance of the powers vested in me by that Act, have been reported to your Lordship in the despatches marked in the margin.

The Commissioners are now employed in New Zealand in the investigation of claims, but I hove not yet received any reports from them; and I beg to state that it never was my intention to confirm any of their reports, or execute any deed for land in New Zealand, until the Act of Council referred to should have been by Her Majesty's approval.

I also to inform your Lordship that the Commissioner have not been authorized

3.9 20

▲back to top

 

NEW ZEALAND

10   FURIHER PAPERS RELATIVE TO THE

claimant. (Compare the printed claim in " Government Gazette,' 12th Apri11843.) If then a false recital—a direct and distinct statement of matter not true—does not render a grant void, provided the grantee be blameless ; neither can such an effect be given to a false description, incidentally introduced and capable of being rejected without impairing or affecting the force or operation of the sentence of which it forms a part. Moreover, it has been very fairly urged by the learned counsel for the defendant, that this is not strictly to be called even a description but rather an allegation of common report and repute as to the description. The words are, " said to contain 2,560 acres, more or less." It is true that the variance, in this case, between the supposed extent and the real extent is very considerable. But it has never been laid down that such a variance is fatal to a grant, even where the error has been matter of distinct and positive averment on the face of the grant. The legal test is to be found not in the largness of the error, but in the source of it ; or, in other words, in the answer to the question whether the misstatement proceeded from the mistake of the grantor or from the suggestion or fraud of the grantee.

Upon the whole then I conclude, that the reasons urged on behalf of the Crown against the validity of this grant are insufficient in law ; and that the same is a good and valid conveyance from the Crown to Beattie and his heirs, not of 2,560 acres only, but of the whole island of Kawau.

Judgment of Mr. Justice Chapman.—The Queen v. Taylor.

This is a suit upon a writ of scire facias, brought by the Attorney-General against the defendant, to annul a grant made under the colonial seal to one James Forbes Beattie (from whom the defendant deduces his title) in July 1844, aad witnessed by the late governor, Robert Fitz Roy, Esq.

It appears by the pleadings that the land, which is the subject of the grant, being the island of Kawau, was claimed by the said James Forbes Beattie, of Sydney, as having been purchased by him from the native owners "before the proclamation of the Queen's sovereignty over these islands." In due time Mr. Beattie preferred his claim in accordance with the provisions of the Land Claims Ordinance (4 Vic. No. 2). The claim was referred by the governor, under Land Claims Ordinance, 5 Vic. No. 14, to Mr. Commissioner Godfrey, who on the 1st day of July 1843, reported as follows : " No grant of the above described land can be recommended to the claimant." To this report a note of explanation is appended, to the effect that the usual compensation is not awarded, "as it is very evident that no real purchase was made from the natives until the last payment on the 3rd March 1841 took place." This report was afterwards confirmed by Mr. Shortland, the officer administering the Government, and the confirmation was announced in the official Gazette of the 25th day of October 18-13. In December 1843, his Excellency Captain FitzRoy assumed the Government; in the following year Mr. Beattie's claim was re-opened ; and without any further reference to or report by any commissioner so far as appears, on the 15th July 18-14 a Crown grant of the whole of the island of Kawau was issued to the claimant under the public seal of the colony. This instrument recites that, " Whereas one of our commissioners appointed to hear, examine, and report upon claims to land obtained by purchase from the aboriginal inhabitants of the colony of New Zealand, has reported that James Forbes Beattie, of Sydney, is entitled to receive a grant of (2,560) two thousand five hundred and sixty acres of land particularly mentioned and described in claim No. 445 of James Forbes Beattie."

The operative part of the grant is as follows Now know ye that we, of our special grace, for us our heirs and successors, do hereby grant unto the said James Forbes Beattie, his heirs and assigns, all that allotment or parcel of land in our said territory, said to contain 2,560 acres more or less, situated in the gulph of Hauraki, and of which the boundaries are reported to be as follows : being the island of Kawau, in the frith of the Thames or gulph of Hauraki, and lying abreast of Tawaranui."

The declaration, after tracing a title from the grantee to the present defendant, proceeds to state the grounds on which it is sought to avoid the grant in the following terms

"1. Because the said grant was made contrary to the said commissioner's report, made and confirmed as aforesaid, and (contrary) to the provisions of the aforesaid Ordinances.

"2. Because, at the date of the said grant, Governor FitzRoy had no power or authority to make a valid grant of the said island of Kawau to the said James Forbes Beattie and his heirs, in manner and for the considerations in the said grant set forth and described.

" 3. Because the said grant is not a good grant of the whole of the island of Kawau to the said James Forbes Beattie and his heirs, the said island containing, in fact, 4,630 acres or thereabouts, and the said James Forbes Beattie being in the recital of the said grant alleged to be entitled to receive 2,560 acres, and the said island being stated in the said grant to be said to contain 2,560 acres, more or less."

To the sufficiency of all that is averred in the declaration to avoid this grant the defendant has demurred, contending in effect that the power of the late governor to make the grant in question was not restricted, either by any direction in the said Ordinance binding on the com missioners, or by any other clause ; and that the grant conveying specifically "the island of Kawau" ought not to be defeated, either by the recital or by the words "said to contain 2,560 acres, more or less."

It is impossible to approach this anomalous case, even aided by all the light thrown upon it by the learned counsel, without feeling painfully embarrassed by the irregularities which pervade it, as disclosed by the pleadings as well as by the deed of grant itself. With some of these irregularities we have nothing to do and as some points have been brought forward in argument which are not raised upon the record, it may be useful, and is perhaps even

3.10 21

▲back to top

 

APPALS OF NEW ZEALAND.   11

NEW ZEALAND.

necessary, to dear away those points before we can determine on what grounds the judgment of the Court ought to rest.

In the first place it must be taken to be assumed on the record that, in spite of the mere opinion of the commissioner, the purchase of the island was in fact made before the proclamation of the Queen's sovereignty in and over these islands. The claim of James Forbes Beattie is mentioned in the declaration without any averment, that the allegation of a purchase amounts to a false suggestion, capable of invaliding the grant. The deed of grant bears upon its face that it is for an "original claim ;" and if it had been intended to impeach it on the ground that there was no valid purchase, or that any other suggestion of the grantee was false in fact, so as to show deceit, I think both on principle and authority it should have been so stated in the writ and declaration. The deed of grant being rant bein regular in form, any matter of

fact intended to be relied on to defeat it should be averred in the declaration, in such a way as to enable the defendant either to demur to its sufficiency or to traverse it. This obvious principle is applied to this class of actions by a case in Dyer : " Where the scire facias," he reports, "issues at the suit of the king, the cause of forfeiture is mentioned in the writ. (which the declaration follows), but not so in other scire facies issued by one patentee against another. (Anon. Dy. 198 b. pl. 50.) Since Sir J. Dyer's time the beneficial part of this rule has certainly not been narrowed, for in the modem precedents of writs by patentee v. patentee, the causes of forfeiture are set out. I think, therefore, we ought not to embarrass ourselves with the correctness or incorrectness of Mr. Commissioner Godfrey's opinion (a mixed question of law and fact), but must take it to be admitted upon the record that the purchase was good, so as to operate to the complete extinguishment of the native title in the Crown's favour, in January 1840, though parts of the purchase-money may have been paid subsequently to the change of ownership.

In like manner we must exclude from our consideration the obviously false recital, that the commissioner's report was in favour of a grant, whereas in fact it was against it. In this colony the grantee does not prepare his own deed of grant. He makes his claim or effects his purchase as the case may be, and after a time it is announced to him that his deed of grant is ready to be delivered to him. He is throughout a mere passive recipient of the instrument. The deed of grant is wholly prepared by an officer of the Government; it is even on a printed form. What the grantee is alone answerable for is the perfect truth of his notice of claim, which is imported into the deed of grant by a number of reference. The other recitals, not being the grantee's,being made without his privity, and not even within his power of correction, if faulty, come within those " mistakes in the Crown's own affirmation or surmises " which are held not to avoid a grant; and not within those " false suggestions of the grantee" which are fatal, as showing deceit. As to this clear distinction it is unnecessary to repeat what was said in Clarke's case by his Honor, or by myself in McDonald's case; it will be enough to refer to Rex et Regina v. Kempe, 12 Mod. 70, Viner's Abr. xviii. Prerog. O. b., and Gledstanes v. the Earl of Sandwich, 4 Mann. and Gr. 995, as cited by his Honor in Clarke's case.

Another point contended for by the learned Attorney-General in argument, but not raised upon the record, is that the power of the governor is altogether limited or restricted by the Land Sales Act, 5 and 6 Vic. c. 36, which at the date of the grant was in force in the colony. No doubt this doctrine was correct so long as the statute was in force, but it cannot new be taken advantage of. So long as the act in question was law within the colony, it hovered over every grant of the Crown, ready to invalidate such as were not in conformity with is provisions, or were not within the saving of the 20th section, i.e., were not in purseance of some previous " contract, promise, or engagement" made with the grantee, or with some assignable class of persons to which the grantee belonged. As to the class of land purchasers before the proclamation of the Queen's sovereignty, the " contract, promise, or engagement" made with and to them, is to be sought for, as I apprehend, in the Land Claims Ordinance, 4 Vic., No. 2 (or for a limited period in the Laud Claims Ordinance, 5 Vie., No. 14).

Hence, assuming that the Crown was wholly unrestrained by the terms of the two Ordinances, yet so long as the Land Sales Act (5 and 6 Vic. c. 36) was law, any departure from the " contract, promise, or engagement" made with or to the "original land claimants," and protected by the 20th section of the statute, would bring the ease within the invalidating operation of its provisions. But the Land Sales Act is law no longer. By the 9th and 10th Vic., c. 104, sec. 11, it is enacted, " that from and after the passing of this Act, the said recited Act (5 and 6 Vic., c. 36) shall not apply to land situate in the colony of New Zealand," This takes away the invalidating effect of the statute, from and after the 28th August 1846, though the Court had not cognizance of the repealing Act until some months later.

This repealing clause is followed by a proviso, which keeps alive the Act for the purpose of validating anything done under it ; but all its restraining and invalidating force ceased from the date of the new enactment, from which time its provisions, as well as those of the 5 and 6 Vic., c. 36, are specifically confined to New South Wales, South Australia, and Western Australia. Even without express words of repeal, an Act which limits and restrains the rights of the Queen is always held to he repealed by the passing of another Act on the same subject matter, unless the limiting or restraining words are re-enacted in the new statute. (Attorney-General v. Newman, 1 Price 438; A. G. v. Le Marchant, 2 T. R. 201, n).

The effect of repealing a statute is thus broadly laid down by Tindal, C. J., in Kaye v. Goodwin, 6 Bing. 583. " I take the effect of repealing a statute to be to obliterate it as completely from the records of the Parliament as if it had never passed, and it must be considered as a law that never existed—except for the purpose of those actions commenced, prosecuted, and concluded whilst it was an existing law." The language of Lord Tenterden in Surtees v. Ellison, as well as that of Parke, B., in Steavenson v. Olliver, is to the same effect This

3.11 22

▲back to top

 

12   FURTHER PAPERS RELATIVE TO THE

NEW ZEALAND

rule has been applied by the Courts to a vast number of dissimilar cases. In Miller's case

 

1 W. Bl. 451, it was held that a proceeding, commenced under an insolvent act, but not completed at the time of its repeal, could not be continued after such repeal. So in the case of the Bankrupt Act, 6 Geo. IV. c. 16, which repealed all former Acts, and contained no continuing clause, it was held that an act of bankruptey committed under the former Acts would not support a commission under the new statute, and that no proceeding under the old Acts could be continued or acted upon after their repeal ; and in one case even enrolment of completed

 

proceedings, merely so as to make them evidence, was refused. (Surtees v. Ellison, 9 13. and C., 750; Phillipps v. Hopwood, 10 B. and C., 39 ; Maggs v. Hunt, 4 Bing. 212 ; Kaye t. Goodwin, 6 Bing., 576; Worth v. Budd, 2 B. and Ad., 172.) The rule has been appleded a felony at common law, made liable to an aggravated punishment by an Act of Parliament ; which last punishment, it was held by all the judges, could not be inflicted after the repeal of the Act, though the offence was committed while it was in force. (R. v. McKenzie, R. and R.'s C. C., 429.) The Court of Exchequer also refused an application for costs upon certain proceedings, under a statute repealed after the proceedings were had, but before the application (Charrington v. Meatheringham, 2 M. and W., 228; and Warne v. Beresford, 2 M. and W., 848). Most of the cases where the rule has been applied, are reviewed by the Court of Queen's Bench in the Queen v. Inhabitants of Mawgan, 8 Ad. and Ell., 496, in which case the Court arrested judgment in certain proceedings against the defendants for the non-repair of a highway under an Act of Parliament, the Act having been repealed pending the proceedings.

There are two cases coming within quite another class, which engraft an apparent exception upon this rule ; but they scarcely amount to what a very able writer has called "an opposing stream strong enough to stem the older currents (of cases that for years have flowed on in a particular direction), and to make it doubtful what direction they (the cases) will hereafter take." (Ram. Assets, Pref. v.) The cases I allude to relate to certain illegal contracts, contrary to the provisions of certain statutes against gambling and usury, in which statutes such contracts are declared to be absolutely void. Such void contracts (generally made so for the protection of the unwary against the crafty and designing), are not set up and made valid by the subsequent repeal of the Acts making them void. Such contracts are treated as nullities from the beginning. (Jacques v. Withy, 1 H. Bl. 6.5, and Hitchcock v. Way, 6 Ad. and Ell., 943.) In the first of these cases this distinction was taken: that though the contract once void remained for ever void, yet the penalty against the wrong doer could not be inflicted after the repeal of the statute. And Lord Abinger has since recognized this distinction in more general terms, by intimating that a right to protection under a statute may be continued after its repeal, though all penal consequences cease. (Charrington v. Meatheringham, 2 M. and W., 228.) And even Hitchcock v. Way limits Jacques v. Withy in this, " that the law as it existed at the time the action commenced, must decide the rights of the parties to the suit, unless the Legislature express a clear intention to vary the relations of the parties to each other." (Per Lord Denman, C. J.) It would seem, therefore, that even if beneficial provisions may be kept alive after the repeal of a statute, though only by an action commenced before the repeal, yet all penal consequences cease by such repeal at any moment before final judgment. After carefully considering the effect of these two cases in modifying the general rule, I cannot discover that they have anything in common with the case before us. They both disclose an illegal contract, which under a statute was void from the beginning—a mere nullity which the Courts could not lend their aid to set up anew. Whereas the present grant is good upon its face, and ejectment against a wrong doer might have been brought upon the title it discloses. Voidable perhaps it might have been, but not primâ facie void; and until formally cancelled and vacated by a judgment upon scire facias it remains good. This suit, therefore, is not to set up, and will not have the effect of setting up, a contract originally and incurably void, but is to procure a forfeiture of an instrument primâ facie good and valid, and is. more analogous to a penal proceeding than the two cases I have thought it necessary to examine. I would further observe that the language of the repealing clause in the 9 and 10 Vic., c. 104, is even more sweeping than a simple enactment of repeal. It is enacted not merely that the 5 and 6 Vic., c. 36, shall no longer be applicable to sales of land, but that it " shall not be applied to land situate in the colony of New Zealand." I think, therefore, we are now precluded from looking at the repealed Act, though we must undoubtedly have done so before the 26th of August 1846, and possibly might have done so had this writ been sued out before that day, but even this I doubt. I therefore state the effect of repealing the 5 and 6 Vic., c. 36, thus: That except as to rights acquired, things done and completed, and suit, commenced and concluded (or perhaps under Lord Denman's dictum commenced only) under it, between 22nd November 1842 and 28th August 1846, and except also as to the validating effect of the proviso, the Act must be considered to be as effectually swept away as if it had never had any existence: and this even if the declaration had contained a count formally raising the point upon the record, as was done in Whitaker's case, but is not done here.

Another point taken by the learned Attorney-General in argument relates to the supposed effect of royal instructions in modifying or limiting the power and authority of the governor under the Charter of 1840. The distinction taken by hint is certainly ingenious and may hereafter require careful consideration at our hands; but, although important and interesting as a general principle of colonial law, it does not come into question upon this record. The grant is not sought to be set aside on (the ground that it is contrary to any such instruction. To raise the point, the instruction should be pleaded according to its supposed legal effect ; and unless admitted as so pleaded by demurrer, would require strict legal proof. This might be a matter of some difficulty. Not being of record, we could not get the instruction Court Court by The same means as are available in the case of instruments duly recorded. The

3.12 23

▲back to top

 

AFFAIRS OF NEW ZEALAND.   13

NEW ZEALAND.

parliamentary papers are certainly not evidence for the purpose. The governor has the sole custody of and control over instructions addressed to himself. Can we bring a governor into Court for the purpose? If once in Court, can we or any other Court compel him to disclose a state paper of this nature? (Wyatt v. Gore, Holt, N. P. C. 299; Cook v. Maxwell, 2 Stark, 183; Home v. Bentinck, 2 B. and B. 138; Anderson v. Hamilton, 2 B. and B. 156; and, as to the United States, see Greenleaf, Evid., 286). If we cannot aid a suitor against the Crown in this behalf, how can we make it available in the Crown's favour ?—in other words, would any one of the Courts of Westminster permit on one side, what it could not enforce on the other ? These and other questions which must occur to every lawyer shadow forth practical difficulties, apart from those substantive objections which arise from the legal character and force of the instrument. The whole question will merit the most scrupulous and careful investigation on principle and authority, whenever it may arise, and it is one on which it would be most useful to obtain the decision of the highest Court of Appeal.

The questions then to which we are confined, as being those alone which are raised upon the record, relate, 1st, to the power and authority of his Excellency Governor FitzRoy to execute a grant of the whole island of Kawau, containing 4,630 acres, to James Forbes Beattie, in July 1844, under the Charter of 1840, and the Land Claims' Ordinances ; and 2nd, supposing the grant to be within the governor's authority. does the misdescription of quantity vitiate it, either wholly or in part.

The narrowest interpretation of the governor's power and authority is that involved in the first issue, namely, that be had no power to make a grant which was not previously recommended by a commissioner ; in other words, that the governor is bound 'by the restrictions which the Land Claims' Ordinance imposes on the commissioners, and that the commissioner having reported that "no grant could be recommended," the governor's grant. contrary to that recommendation, ought to be annulled.

This view of the limited authority of the governor I think untenable in point of law, and for the reasons stated in " the Queen v. George Clarke." The granting power is part of the royal prerogative lawfully delegated to the governor. The office of governor is in principle precisely analogous to that of Lord Lieutenant of Ireland ; whose powers have always been regarded in that light.—(Jenk. 171.) So also have the powers of colonial governors.—(Chit. Prerog. Stokes, 195; Chalm. Opin. vol. i. 100, 233, 241, 316.) This is clearly the only ground on which the colonial Courts can examine any question affecting the governor's authority, or assert any one principle applicable thereto. The nature of the act (of pardoning, or granting land, for instance,) is in nowise changed by delegation. It seems formerly to have been considered that, within the realm of England, the power of executing any portion of the prerogative was incommunicable by the king to the subject. But this rule could never have been applied to any foreign possession of the Crown, or to distant places. In the case of ambassadors, a delegation of the prerogatives must have been necessary and in established practice, almost beyond the time of historical, not to say legal, memory. And when Ireland became annexed to the Crown we find the point early raised and decided, that as to certain prerogative powers. such as the power of pardoning even treasons, of making knights, &c., in the name of the king, there was a good delegation and exercise of the royal prerogative. "The distance of place and sudden occasion and the king's absence make all the difference," agreed by all the judges of England.—(Jenk. 171, pl. 36, citing Year Book 1, H. 7, 16).

Under the general rule, " that the colonies settled by British subjects are subject to the law of England, so far as the same may be applicable to their circumstances and condition," the prerogatives of the Queen as exercised by the governors of colonies are entitled to all those legal safeguards on the one hand, and subject to those restraints on the other, which the, common and statute law of England have gradually established. It is under this rule (which properly considered, is most beneficial to the subjects of Her Majesty) that this Court has invariably considered Crown grants within the colony. We acted upon this view in the case of the Queen v. Symonds, (M Intosh's case), May 1847, and again in the Queen v. George Clarke, June 1848. In the latter case it was considered that the prerogative of the Crown as exercised by the governors under the Charter, cannot be taken away or limited, except by the express words of an Ordinance or statute, It follows that the restrictions imposed on the commissioners, do not bind the governor, nor is the governor bound in any way by the commissioners' report. The whole language of the Ordinance goes to show that the inquiry before the commissioners bath no other object in view than to secure to the governor full information of all the circumstances of each claim. The commissioners am to "hear, examine, and report upon claims, &c.," and nothing more. On the one hand, " nothing in the said Ordinance contained shall be held to oblige the said governor to make and deliver any such grants as aforesaid (i.e. grants recommended by the commissioners), unless his Excellency shall deem it proper so to do."—(4 Vic. No. 2, sec. 6.) On the other hand, " nothing in this Ordinance contained shall be deemed in any way to affect any right or prerogative of Her Majesty, her heirs, or successors," (sec. 13) : and these words, being general, can only mean whether that prerogative be exercised by Her Majesty herself, under the great seal of Great Britain, or by the governor, by virtue of his delegated authority ; for it is a matter of notoriety that in the colony a direct exercise of the royal prerogative, either in granting land or otherwise, rarely takes place. That is almost invariably effected within the colony by letters patent in the Queen's name, under the colonial seal, witnessed by the governor, and duly recorded. The framers of the Ordinance would scarcely have deemed it necessary to save the prerogative in order to meet a case that can hardly ever occur. They clearly intended to leave, and the Ordinance does in fact leave to the governor a two-fold discretion—a discrction in both directions. He may, under section 5, withhold a grant recommended; and he may, under section 13, (and even without it, restraining words being absent,) make a grant without such

 

3.13 24

▲back to top

 

NEW ZEALAND.

recommendation, or contrary thereto. I formerly entertained, at least, a suspicion, that the framers of the drdinance might perhaps have intended to bind the governor, but that they had failed to employ language apt for their purpose. The passage cited by Mr. Bartley, from Sir George Gipps' Despatch, effectually removes that suspicion, and shows conclusively the Ordinance is skilfully framed to effect the intention, and no more than the intention,of the Legislature. That is, that the intention, as capable of being deduced from the words of the Ordinance itself, to which all judicial interpretation is necessarily confined, is equi-pollent (so to speak) with the real intention of the framers. Referring to the Ordinance of New

South Wales, of which the 4 Vic. No. 2, is almost a verbatim copy. Sir George Gipps in his Despatch to Lord John Russell, May 30, 1840, says, the commissioners are, in no case, to recommend a larger grant. than 2,560 acres to any individual, though this, of course, cannot limit Her Majesty's prerogative of granting more should circumstances require it. I thought it of importance to introduce the restriction into the Act, if only to serve as a sort of index of the intentions of Government." (Parl. Paper, 11th August 1842). The "circumstances" alluded to by Sir George Gipps are, of course, such as might be presented to the mind of the governor, acting for the honour of the Crown; such as a large outlay of capital, occupation in a way beneficial to the public, or any other matter of which the commissioners could not take notice. What these " circumstances " may have been in any particular case, we are not

petent to inquire.

In favour of the larger interpretation of the governor's authority embodied in the demurrer to the second issue, Mr. Bartley cites section 2 of the Land Claims' Ordinance, which declares that "all titles to land in the said colony of New Zealand, which are not or may not hereafter be allowed by Her Majesty, her heirs, and successors, are, and the same shall be absolutely null and void ;" from which he deduces the converse proposition, namely : that all titles which may be so allowed are good and valid; and that the Crown grant under the colonial seal, being the instrument by which such allowance by Her Majesty is executed, must be deemed conclusive evidence of such confirmed and allowed title. I must own I am much impressed with the force of this argument in favour of any grant otherwise good upon its face, made to an original land claimant. His houour, in the Queen v. Clarke, seems to have considered that the words cited " naturally suggest the inference that the Legislature intended all titles so confirmed to stand good, unless indeed the grants in themselves were contrary to law."

(Clarke's Case, p. 13 of printed copy). And after much consideration I am of opinion that, apart from the Australian Land Sales' Act, the true interpretation goes to that extent. Pending the operation of that Act, I incline to the opinion, that the "contract promise or engagement " contemplated by the saving clause of that Act, is embodied in the schedule of the Land Claims' Ordinance, which stops short of the extreme interpretation contended for on the part of the defendant. So far, however, does this reasonable inference from the cited words impress me, that had this Court been called upon, while the Act was in force, to choose between the two interpretations, i. e., to say whether the " contract," &c., was embodied in the schedule, or whether the allowance by Her Majesty executed in the grant, was not, in fact, itself that contract, or conclusive evidence of it—I should certainly not have decided in favour of the schedule without very great hesitation ; knowing as I do, how jealous our law is of any restriction on the prerogative without the clear and express words of a statute, and how much disposed the highest Courts in the realm are to support the prerogative by every reasonable construction to the Queen's honour, and the subjects' advantage.

The conclusion to which I come, therefore, is, that the present grant was within the power and authority of the governor to execute in July 1844.

The only point which remains to be considered is, as to the legal effect of the misdescription of the quantity of land which the island of Kawau contains. The deed of grant states it as " said to contain 2,560 acres ;" the declaration avers that the actual contents are 4,630 acres.

There can be no doubt that if a claimant describe the land to contain less, or, at all events, materially less, than the real contents, and the grant is made on the faith of that suggestion of quantity, it would come within the same rule as a false suggestion as to the annual value; and on proper averment of the deceit, a grant would be voidable on that ground ; but it is clearly otherwise in a case like the present. In such a case, it comes within the rule as to " a mistake in the Crown's own affirmation or surmises," as already laid down. The misdescription of quantity appears to have been an expedient resorted to by the officers who filled, up the printed deed of grant, to bring it within the supposed restriction of the Land Claims Ordinance—an expedient which was, under any view, wholly unnecessary; for if the restriction upon the commissioner—not. to recommend more than 2,560 acres—had been binding on the Crown, no such contrivance would have enlarged the governor's power.

In support of the principle above stated, we have the clear and direct authority of a judicial decision, completely in point. The case of Brand v. Tod in Noy's Reports, p. 29, is to this effect :—" Note the difference agreed to by the Court. If the king grant to A all the waste in D, (after an ad quod damnum returned) and that the waste contains 120 acres ; yet if it contains 300 acres all pass; for the grant is general, and the ad quad damnum was to inquire of the damage and not for the quantity of the waste. But, if the king grant 120 acres (part) of his waste in D, and the ad quod damnum returns that it is not to his damage, and that the waste contains 300 acres, there nothing passes; for it is uncertain which 120 acres was intended, and the party shall not have any election against the king."

Now here the grant is not 2,560 acres of (or part of, or out of) the island of Kawau ; but, ingeneral, " the island of Kawau." Moreover, " said to contain 2,560 acres," is less strong than " contains 120 acres ;" and the excess here is not so great as in the case in Noy. Hence, I think, all passes. It is not often that a decided case can be found so completely in point ;is to the facts as well as the principle, as the case cited is with the case before us.

3.14 25

▲back to top

 

j think, therefore, that, in spite of the obvious irregularities which pervade this grant, the NEW ZEALAND. declarhtion shows no sufficient ground to disturb it.   

Judgment for the defendant.

The Attorney-General for the Crown.

Mr. Bartley for the defendant.

Enclosure 2 in No. 1.

CROWN TITLES BILL..

In the Thirteenth Year of the Reign of Her Majesty Queen Victoria.

Analysis.

Title.

Preamble.

I. Grants made before passing hereof, declared to be valid.

  1. Compensation to be made in case Native Title not fully extinguished.

  2. Such Compensation to be payable out of General Revenue of Province.

  3. Operation of certain Grants declared to confer on the Grantee a right of selection.

  4. Right of Selection, how to be exercised.

  5. Map and description of Boundaries to be endorsed on Grant.

Grant to be valid when Endorsement shall have been signed by Governor.

  1. In certain cases Land may be taken in Exchange.

  2. Value, how ascertained.

  3. Ordinance not. to come into operation until it receive Royal assent.

Encl. 2 in No. 1.

AN ORDINANCE for Quieting Titles to Land in the Province of New Ulster.   Title.

WHEREAS, since the Proclamation of Her Majesty's sovereignty in and over the islands Preamble.

of New Zealand, various laws, ordinances, royal letters patent, and instructions, have from time to time been made and issued, relating to the disposal by the Crown of lands within the colony, prescribing the terms and conditions on which such lands should be alienated and disposed of, and limiting and appointing the power and authority of the governor for the time being to make grants of the same in the name and on behalf of the Crown: and whereas during such period as aforesaid numerous grants of land within the province of New Ulster have been made in the name and on behalf of Her Majesty, by the governor, lieutenant-governor, or other the officer administering the government of the colony for the time being : and whereas in many cases doubts are entertained whether such governor or other officer was duly authorized and empowered to make such grants in the name and on behalf of the Crown, and whether suds grants were otherwise made in conformity with the regulations for the time being in force in that behalf: and whereas numerous grants of land claimed under the provisions of the Land Claims Ordinance, I, No. 2, have also been made, wherein the land of which the grantee is recited to be entitled to a grant forms a part only of the whole quantity claimed to have been purchased by him from the aboriginal native owners, and is not particularly set forth and described in such grant; and it is doubtful in point of law whether by reason of such uncertainty any or what portion of land is validly conveyed by such grant : and whereas certain cases have already been submitted to the judgment of the Supreme Court ; but it is essential to the prosperity of the colony that such doubts should in all cases be removed with the least possible delay. Now, therefore, for the more speedy removal of such doubts, and as far as may be in conformity with such judgments as aforesaid, and for the effectual quieting of Crown titles, be it enacted and declared by the governor-in-chief of New Zealand, with the advice and consent of the Legislative Council thereof, as follows:-

  1. Every grant of land within the province of New Ulster, , sealed with the public seal of the Grants made before

Declared

colony or province, and made before the passing of this Ordinances, in the name and on the Passing hereof declared behalf of the Crown, by the governor, lieutenant-governor, or other the officer administering to be valid. the government for the time being, shall be deemed and taken to be a good, valid, and effectual conveyance of the land purported to be conveyed by such grant and of the estate or interest purported to be conveyed thereby as against Her Majesty, her heirs and successors, and against all other persons whatsoever, and as if the same had been a valid grant of the demesne land by the Crown—any law, ordinance, custom, usage, or instruction to the contrary notwithstanding.

  1. Provided always, and it is hereby further enacted, that if at any time before the 1st day Compensation to be ] of January, 185 , it shall be proved to the satisfaction of a judge of the Supreme Court that made in case native the native tide to the land comprised in any such grant bath not been fully extinguished, it title extinguished not fully

head.

shall be lawful for any such judge to award to the native claimant or claimants proving title to   guished the same (not being a party or parties to the original sale of such land) such sun, or sums of money in satisfaction of the claim so to be substantiated as aforesaid as shall appear to such judge to stand with equity and good conscience.

  1. All sums of money so to be awarded as aforesaid shall be paid by the colonial treasurer, Such compensation to on demand, to the person or persons in whose favour such award shall be made, and shall be be payable out of payable out of, and be charged rovince.

ed, and be chargeable upon the general revenue of the province of general revenue of New Ulster.

  1. And ba it further enacted, that until it shall be amended, as hereinafter provided, every The operation or such grant as aforesaid which shall recite that the grantee is entitled to receive a grant of a certain grams to conger

of selection.

specified quantity of land, but which shall not set forth and describe the particular piece or a right

3.15 26

▲back to top

 

 

3.16 27

▲back to top

 

 

3.17 28

▲back to top

 

 

3.18 29

▲back to top

 

 

3.19 30

▲back to top

 

 

3.20 31

▲back to top

 

 

3.21 32

▲back to top

 

 

3.22 33

▲back to top

 

 

3.23 34

▲back to top

 

 

3.24 35

▲back to top

 

 

3.25 36

▲back to top

 

 

3.26 37

▲back to top

 

 

3.27 38

▲back to top

 

 

3.28 39

▲back to top

 

 

3.29 40

▲back to top

 

 

3.30 41

▲back to top

 

 

3.31 42

▲back to top

 

 

3.32 43

▲back to top

 

 

3.33 44

▲back to top

 

 

3.34 45

▲back to top

 

 

3.35 46

▲back to top

 

 

3.36 47

▲back to top

 

 

3.37 48

▲back to top

 

 

3.38 49

▲back to top

 

 

3.39 50

▲back to top

 

 

3.40 51

▲back to top

 

  •                                                       

3.41 52

▲back to top

 

 

3.42 53

▲back to top

 

 

3.43 54

▲back to top

 

 

3.44 55

▲back to top

 

 

3.45 56

▲back to top

 

 

3.46 57

▲back to top

 

 

3.47 58

▲back to top

 

FURTHER PAPERS RELATIVE TO THE

166

GW ZEALAND.

Despatches from Governor Sir George Grey.

No. 1.   No. 1.

COPY of a DESPATCH from Governor Sir GEORGE GREY to the Right Hon.
'Sir JOHN S. PAKINGTON Bart.

(No. 136.1)

 

of Gold , 23d

1852.

Nugent, 23d . 1852.

Government House, Wellington,
November 9, 1852.

(Received March 8, 1853.)

I HAVE the honour to inform you that I yesterday received from Lieut.-Governor Wynyard the enclosed Despatch, dated the 25th of October, reporting that gold had been discovered near Coromandel Harbour, about fifty miles from Auckland. The enclosures to the Lieut.-Governor's Despatch are so voluminous that there is not time to have them all copied by this opportunity, but the two most important ones are enclosed for your information.

  1. From these it will be found that there can be no doubt that gold has been discovered in the locality alluded to, although yet in such small quantities that it appears very uncertain whether or not it will be profitable to work it. I am also informed from good authority that gold in minute quantities has been found in quartz from the neighbourhood of Queen Charlotte's Sound in the Middle Island.

  2. It appears from the character of the Maories to be tolerably certain that if they once see the method in which gold diggings are worked and the character of the rocks which it is found associated with, they will then themselves soon examine considerable districts of country, and that therefore if gold exists in abundance in any part of these islands it will shortly be found. In this respect the recent discoveries near Coromandel Harbour will prove important, although that locality should even not prove to be a very productive gold field, which point, however, will be fully ascertained in a few weeks.

  3. The Lieut.-Governor has taken every necessary precaution upon this occasion, and I see no reason to doubt that the tranquillity and peace of these islands (even if gold is discovered in abundance) will remain undisturbed, whilst such an event would give an extraordinary impetus to their prosperity, and produce most important advantages both for Great Britain and New Zealand.

I have, &c.

The Right Hon. Sir J. S. Pakington, Bart.   (Signed)   G. GREY.

&c.   &c.   &c.

L. 1. in No.1.

Enclosure 1 in No. 1.

Auckland, October 25, 1852.

IT having been officially represented to me, on the 18th instant, by a deputation from the " Gold Reward Committee," that it was believed gold had actually been discovered in the neighbourhood of Coromandel, a harbour in the Frith of the Thames, some fifty miles from Auckland in an easterly direction, I lost no time in sending to the spot the native secretary, armed with a communication direct from me to the native owner or chief of the soil, as in the event of the discovery leading' to an available field, I instantly saw it is with the natives of the province (60,000 in number) the greatest prudence and circumspection will be required. As regards the white population (12,000 by last census), my course, I conceive, as Lieutenant-Governor, is simple enough ; but with the natives it will be necessary to make them thoroughly .understand my proceedings, and convince them I have, on the part of the Government, their interests, their rights, and their welfare at heart in all I may arrange.

Having taken this preliminary step, I assembled my Executive Council, and on laying before them the information I had received, in a minute dated the 19th, the accompanying resolution was recorded, forming a valuable guide for maturing my plans against the time arrived for carrying them into operation.

On the 22d further information reached me from Coromandel of continued success in the experimental digging, and on the 23d I received a report, marked E, from Major Nugent, with an enclosure, by which it will be perceived that the news I had previously obtained was in every respect borne out, and that the Chief Pauro and his people were much pleased on being made acquainted with my views, and at hearing from Government,

3.48 59

▲back to top

 

NEW ZEALAND.

any final decision. I also enclose a further and very interesting report from the Gold Reward Committee, in confirmation of the discovery, although, after all other evidence, such can hardly be necessary.

There being every reason to feel satisfied that not only on the Coromandel ranges, but in all probability all the islands in the gulf, gold will be found, the natural consequence of which will be, an alteration in the whole social prospects of the province, and that too, at a moment when a new constitution may be expected, I without hesitation have taken upon myself the serious responsibility of immediate action; deeming it not only prudent, but right, under existing circumstances, to ascertain as far as possible the public sentiments on so important a question at so critical a period, I requested an interview with the gentlemen residing in and near Auckland recently elected to serve in the Provincial Council, in order to hear their opinions, and have the advantage of their cooperation- For this purpose I laid before them certain propositions, marked G, which have been duly considered and agreed to, together with a form of proclamation, marked H, should such become necessary.

I shall immediately proceed to the spot myself, hold the promised meeting with the chiefs, and if I succeed in arranging satisfactorily with them so as to preserve the peace of the province, and find that an available field actually exists, issue the proclamation, and permit the diggings to proceed under such laws and regulations as I shall in the meantime cause to be drawn up.

Should escorts, &c. be required, I must, when the time arrives, depend for assistance on the military authorities, coupled with a moderate increase of police, gathered from the native and European population.

These arrangements, made suddenly, and with the hope of saving the mail, on so unexpected and trying an occasion, may, I trust, meet all the exigencies of the case, as well as your Excellency's approval, and the approval of Her Majesty's Government at home.

I have, &c.

Governor Sir George Grey, K.C.B.   (Signed)   R H. WYNYIARD.

&c.   &c.   &c.   Lieutenant-Governor.

Enclosure 2 in No. 1.

Civil Secretary's Office, Wellington,
November 8, 1852.

His Excellency the Governor-in-Chief has been pleased to direct the publication, for general information, of the following extracts from a report by Major Nugent, native secretary at Auckland, relative to a recent discovery of gold in the neighbourhood of Coromandel Harbour, together with the report from the secretary of the " Gold Reward Committee" in that settlement on the subject.

By his Excellency''s command.

ALFRED DOMETT,

Civil Secretary.

EXTRACTS.

Auckland, October 23d, 1852. "I arrived at Coromandel Harbour on the evening of the 19th, and having ascertained beyond doubt that gold had been discovered in a stream running down in a southerly direction from the high range of hills into Coromandel Harbour, I proceeded next morning to the settlement of the chief " Paora," who was stated to have the principal claim to the land in which the gold was found."

" From the nature of the country it would appear that gold must be diffused along the whole range of hills extending from Cape Colville into the interior."

I have, &c.

(Signed)   C. L NUGENT,

Native Secretary.

REPORT of the General Gold Reward Committee to his Excellency the Lieutenant-
Governor of New Ulster.

SIR,   Auckland, October 23d, 1852.

I HAVE the honour, by order of the Gold Reward Committee, and pursuant to a resolution unanimously adopted, a copy of which is subjoined, to enclose, for the information of his Excellency the Lieutenant-Governor, a copy of the report furnished to the committee by the deputation who visited the locality where it is alleged gold has been discovered.

I have, &c.

(Signed)   THOMAS S. FORSAITH,

Secretary to Committee.

Encl. 2 in No. 1.

3.49 60

▲back to top

 

168

FURTHER PAPERS RELATIVE TO THE

NEW ZEALAND.

Moved by Mr Gilfillan, seconded by Mr. Hughes,

"That the secretary be instructed to forward a copy of the report of the deputation to his Excellency the Lieutenant-Governor."

REPORT of Sub-Committee on recent Gold Discovery in the Coromandel District.

THE sub-committee appointed by the General Gold Reward Committee to proceed to Kikawhakareri, for the purpose of making further inquiry relative to certain gold deposits reported by Messrs. C. and F. Ring to have been discovered by them in the Coromandel district, have the honour to report :-

That they sailed from Auckland accompanied by, Major Nugent, native secretary, and Mr. Johnston, of that department, in the "Undine" schooner, at ten o'clock on the night of Monday the 18th instant, and anchored in Coromandel Harbour at nine o'clock on Tuesday evening.

They landed at six o'clock the following morning, and proceeded to Macgregor's Bay, where they learned that the Messrs. Ring had left but a short time before for the creek where the gold had been discovered.

Your committee started at half-past eleven o'clock for the creek, and after travelling about three miles over ranges of fern hills, they came to the bed of a large creek which empties itself into Coromandel Harbour.

On proceeding up this creek they found immense blocks of quartz thickly strewed along its bed and cropping out of its sides, and having ascended about a mile and a half, they reached a bend of the Creek, where they found Ring's party at work, sinking into the bed of it, the water having been turned off a short distance above.

Your committee had a quantity of the stuff taken out of this hole and washed under their inspection, and every panful of it produced a few specks of gold.

The creek was examined in several other places in this locality, and portions of the soil dug up from its sides and washed, in all of which gold in more or less minute particles was observed, convincing your committee that the soil all along this part of the creek is impregnated with the precious ore.

On returning hi the evening a hole was dug at a place about half a mile further down, and a quantity of the soil washed, but without any visible satisfactory result.

The vessel having been brought round during the day to Macgregor's Bay, your committee returned on board for the night, having first made arrangements to start with Ring's party early the next morning ; and accordingly they landed at six o'clock on Thursday morning, and proceeded to the creek, accompanied by Major Nugent.

About half-way between the place of entering it and the spot where the, investigations were made the day before, a favourable indication was noticed at a bar in the creek, and a quantity of the gravel and earth removed. A panful was taken from about two feet below the surface and washed. It produced a number of scales of gold. Several further portions of the soil in this neighbourhood were washed, and produced gold ; and a short distance still lower down the creek another party, which had arrived that morning from Auckland; took out, we believe, several larger grains of gold.

In the meantime Mr. C. Ring found it necessary to abandon the first digging, owing to the obstruction offered to his reaching the bed rock by the presence of large quartz boulders; and he commenced a new opening at some distance from the first. This attempt also he was forced to give up, for the same reason ; but a quantity of the stuff was washed by him in the presence of Major Nugent, and a number of fine specks of gold produced. After dinner an opening was made by Mr. Frederick Ring, assisted by some of your committee, who succeeded after much hard labour in sinking down to a depth of about four feet and a half One or two pans of the stuff were taken out of this hole, as the work progressed, and washed, but did not produce anything. Another panful was washed just before leaving for the night, and the largest and the best looking specimen yet discovered in the creek was found in the bottom of the pau, with several other smaller particles.

Your committee had previously determined to leave for Auckland on Thursday evening; but as it was hoped that by sinking deeper into this last hole coarser deposits of gold might be discovered, it was resolved to give it another day's trial, especially as the result of their investigations, although to a certain extent very satisfactory, would not enable them to report so decidedly on the value of the discovery as they wished to be able to do on their return to Auckland.

The weather on Friday morning, however, was unfavourable for work, and Ring's party did not proceed to the creek

Your committee landed at the bay in the morning, and had the satisfaction to see a number of good specimens of gold brought in during the day by several other persons, who notwithstanding the state of the weather had been at work in the creek. One man brought in a small piece which might he termed a nugget, as it was the first assuming that form which bad been taken out.

The weather continued bad all day on Friday, and all that night, and on Saturday morning the vessel was got under weigh at six o'clock, and your committee left for Auckland.

3.50 61

▲back to top

 

RECENT DISCOVERY OF GOLD IN AUSTRALIA   169

Mr. Ring had a machine for working made at Macgregor's settlement while your committee was there, which he intended to bring into operation as soon as he returns to work ; and from all that your committee have observed they have no doubt but that he will in a very short time produce gold in such quantities as will prove so satisfactory to the general committee as will induce a fuller inspection by themselves on the ground.

(Signed)   W. C. DALBY.

JAMES MACKY.

JOHN WILLIAMSON.

Schooner "Undine,"   JOHN MACFARLINE

Saturday, October 23, 1852.   PATRICK DIGNAN.

NEW ZEALAND.

Enclosure 3 in No. 1.

SIR,   Auckland, October 23, 1852.

I HAVE the honour to state, for the information of the Lieutenant-Governor, that in obedience to his Excellency's commands, I proceeded to Coromandel Harbour on the evening of the 18th, in order to see the native owners of the district in which specimens of gold were reported to have been discovered, for the purpose of making known to them his Excellency's wishes.

I arrived at Coromandel Harbour on the evening of the 19th, and having ascertained beyond doubt that gold had been discovered in a stream running down in a southerly direction from the high range of hills into Coromandel Harbour, I proceeded next morning to the settlement of the chief Paora, who was stated to have the principal claim to the land in which the gold was found.

I explained to the natives that if gold was found in large quantities that people would flock from all parts, and that disturbances would most likely arise if proper measures were not taken to prevent them, and suggested to them that they should rely on the steps which the Government might think fit to take to keep order and regularity, and pointed out the advantages they might be enabled to reap therefrom, not only by a money payment being made to them from the proceeds of licence fees, as well as from the increased demands for their produce.

The natives expressed themselves much gratified at receiving from the Government the first intimation of gold having been found, but stated that they were afraid of the multitude of Europeans that would flock into the country, and stated that they would have to consult with Teraia and Kati Kati, and other chiefs residing in the Thames district, before they could give any definite answer to the Government. Messages have therefore been sent to the various chiefs in order that a meeting may be held during the ensuing week at a place named Kikowakarere, near Coromandel Harbour, in order to discuss what measures they ought to adopt.

At present there does not seem to be any inclination on the part of the natives to molest the few Europeans who are now searching for gold amongst the hills ; and probably they are waiting to see if it is found in any large quantity, when they may prefer some extravagant demands.

From the nature of the country it would appear that gold must be diffused along the whole range of hills extending from Cape Colville into the interior ; and if such is the case the natives' claims will become so divided that they will be unable to combine so as to make any extensive opposition to the measures of the Government, and from the avarice of their character will most likely try to induce diggers to settle in their immediate neighbourhood.

From the fickleness of the native character, and from the turbulent and disaffected character of Teraia and others of the Thames chiefs, it will be difficult to surmise what views they may take of the question ; and every method which prudence may devise may fail to prevent a collision of the races, particularly if the natives try to prevent the Europeans from digging.

If, however, they can be induced to agree to the proposals of the Government, they will, from their knowledge of the country, make an admirable police for the purpose of maintaining order, as well as preventing unauthorized individuals from working.

Enclosed is a letter from the Chief Paora to his Excellency.

I have, &c.

(Signed)   C. L. NUGENT,

The Hon. the Colonial Secretary.   Native Secretary.

Encl. S in No. 1.

3.51 62

▲back to top

 

 

3.52 63

▲back to top

 

 

3.53 64

▲back to top

 

 

3.54 65

▲back to top

 

 

3.55 66

▲back to top

 

 

3.56 67

▲back to top

 

 

3.57 68

▲back to top

 

 

3.58 69

▲back to top

 

 

3.59 70

▲back to top

 

 

3.60 71

▲back to top

 

 

3.61 72

▲back to top

 

 

3.62 73

▲back to top

 

 

3.63 74

▲back to top

 

 

3.64 75

▲back to top

 

 

3.65 76

▲back to top

 

166

sned shall remain in force till the 1st day of

January, 1853, without any charge.

The Licenses will be issued from the office

of the Colonial Secretary, at Auckland, but

they may be renewed on the Gold Field by a

Commissioner.

No person will be eligible to obtain a

License, or the transfer or renewal of a Li–

cense, unless he shall produce a certificate of

discharge from his last service, or show, to the

satisfaction of the Officer by whom such Li–

censes may be granted, transferred, or renewed,

that he is not a person improperly absent from

hired service.

Any such License as aforesaid may be can–

celled, in case the holder thereof shall be con

victed, by competent authority, of the illicit

sale of spirituous liquors, wine, ale, or beer,

or of any disorderly or riotous conduct, endan

gering the public peace.

With a view to the security of person and property, and

to promote peaceable and orderly

conduct on the Goldfield, the name and de

scription of every person who shall be con

victed of the illicit sale of Spirituous or other

Liquors, or of disorderly or riotous conduct on

the field, will be forwarded to the officer by

whom Licenses may be issued, transferred, or

renewed, and no License will be granted or

transferred to, or renewed in favour of, any

person so convicted as aforesaid.

Persons found working alluvial Gold on any

Land within the district aforesaid, without hav

ing previously paid the License Fee to the

proper officer, shall pay £5 instead of the

usual Fee for the first License he may take

out, and, in default thereof, will be proceeded

against according to law.

Every Person desirous of establishing a claim

to a particular portion of unoccupied ground,

by working, in the ordinary method, for Al-

luvial Gold, may have his claim marked out on

the following scale, viz., not less than

(1) 15 feet frontage to either side of a

River.

(2) 20 feet of the bed of a tributary to a

river or main creek, extending across its

hole breadth.

(3) 60 feet of the bed of a Ravine or Water
course.

(4) 20 feet square of tableland, or river

flats.

Such claim will be secured to the party for

such time only as he may continue to hold a

License for and work the same.

If any dispute shall arise in respect of any

such claim, reference should be forthwith made

by the claimant to the Commissioner, who is

hereby authorized to hear and summarily de–

termine the case upon the spot.

The owners of all claims who may employ

men on hire to assist them in working alluvial

Gold, and who may take out Licenses for

them, will be entitled, on application to the

Commissioner, to have the licenses of such men

transferred to other Laborers. In every such

case the License must be produced to the Com

missioner, who will endorse thereon, without

any additional fee, the name of the Trans

ferree.

Persons desirous of constructing Tram Roads,

or forming Reservoirs or Dams on the Gold

field, for the purpose of washing Gold, must make application to the Commissioner for per

mission so to do : and any Tram Road, Re

servoir, or Dam which may have been con

structed with the requisite permission, will be

reserved for the exclusive use of the applicant

in case such Tram Road, Reservoir, or Dam

shall not, in the opinion of the Commissioner,

be detrimental to the public interest.

FORM OF LICENSE REFERRED TO.

GOLD LICENSE.

No.   (Date)

The Bearer   of

having paid to me the sum of

hereby License him to dig, search for, and re–

move alluvial Gold, on and front such land on the

Gold Field as shall be duly assigned

to him for that purpose, for the period of One

Calendar Month from the date hereof, subject

to the Government Regulations in force for the

time being for the management of the Gold

Field.

This License does not extend to Matrix Gold,

and it must be produced whenever deinanded

by a Commissioner or any person authorized in

that behalf by a Commissioner.

(Signed)

Commissioner.

N. B.—Every Licensed Person must always

have his License with him ready to be pro

duced whenever demanded by a Commissioner,

or Person acting under his instructions, other

wise he is liable to be proceeded against as an

unlicensed Person. It is enjoined that all

Persons at the Gold Fields maintain and assist

in maintaining a due and proper observance of

sundays.

AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE GOVERN-

MENT AND NATIVE TRIBES FOR

MANAGEMENT OF GOLD FIELD

ON THE THAMES FOB. THE TERM

OF THREE YEARS.

1. That one system be adopted for the

regulation of all persons searching and dig

ging for gold between Cape Colville and

Kauairanga.

  1. The Government undertake to pay in

respect of the whole Land within the above

limits, per annum, for three years, for any

number

under 500.............................      £600

500 to 1000     £900

1000 to 1500     £1200

1500 to 2000    £1500

and so on in the same proportion.

  1. The native owners to register themselves

and point out their boundaries to the Govern

ment, and the money paid to each body of

owners so registered, to bear the same pro-

3.66 77

▲back to top

 

167

portion to the whole sum that their land does

to the whole block.

  1. All owners to be tree to dig Gold on

their own land, without payment to Govern–

ment, but not to permit other persons, whe–

ther Natives or English, to dig without a

license.

  1. The Government guarantees protection

to all classes of persons ; in consideration of

which, a License Fee will be required from all

diggers not being owners of the land.

  1. The Native owners undertake to assist

the Government as much as possible by re–

porting all persons who are found digging

without a License.

  1. The Government to be at liberty to issue

Licenses immediately, but the payments to be

reckoned from the 1st.December, 1852 ; the

first payment to be made on the 31st March,

1853, and quarterly afterwards.   

8. The property of the Land to remain

with the Native owners ; and their villages

and cultivations to be protected as much as

possible.

9. If any of the Tribes of the Peninsula

decline this proposal, their land shall not be

intruded upon till they consent.

R. H. WYNYARD, Lieut.–Gov.
tona

TE HORETA, x

tohu

tona

KITAHI, X

tohe

HOPEHA PARAONE,

ERURRA TAHURANGI,

TARA,   

tona

HETA RIKIWARE, X

tohu

tonu

PARAWERA, X

tanu

WIRIMU MAIHI MONGONGOHI,

ERUERA NGAHUE,

NGA PUKA HOPEKAU,

HOHEPA ARAMU,

WIREMU PATENE PUHATA,

WIREMU OKA,

WIREMU HOETE,

ARAMA KARAKA,

TE KENE,

RAWIRI TAKURAU,

IRIA TARORU,

WIREMU KEPA,

ONE MATUA,

tonu

WIREMU KINGI, X

tahu

Coromandel Harbour,

19th November, 1853.

tona

TAURUA, x

tohu

PITA,

TA NUI,

tona

HAUAURU   X

tohu

tona

RANGIHORO, X

tohu

tona

MEREANA, x

   tohu

WIREMU HOPIHANA,

HERA,

tona

HOHUA, X

tohu

HOANI,

tona

IHARAIRA I

tohu

tona

WETERE X

tohu

tona

RANGI KAUWAU, X

tohu

tona

ANARUA x

tohu

tona

RUTUHAU X

tohu

Witness to (Signed) JOHN G. JOHNSON,

Marks and   Interpreter.

Signatures.

Coromandel Harbour,

20th November, 1852.

Colonial Secretary's Office, Auckland,
26th November, 1852.

HIS Excellency

theLIEUTENANT–GOVERNOR

has been pleased to appoint

CHARLES HEAPHY, Esq.

provisionally to be Commissioner of the Coro–

mandel Gold Field.

By His Excellency's command,

ANDREW SINCLAIR,

Colonial Secretary.

Commissioner of Crown Lands' Office,
Auckland, Nov. 22nd, 1852.

ALL Occupants of Land under Crown

Grants, or in the case of Pensioners,

Natives, or Half–Castes, by permission of the

Crown, within the limits of Proclaimed Hun–

dreds, who are desirous of depasturing Stock

upon the Crown Lands in such Hundreds,

during the ensuing year, 1853, will be re–

quired to take out Depasturing Licenses on or

before the first day of January next.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness of the (SIGNED) G.A. NEW MARTIN

Signetures (SIGNED) WILLIAM MARTIN

Within Brackets (SIGNED) THOS. LANFEAR.

 

3.67 78

▲back to top

 

 

3.68 79

▲back to top

 

 

3.69 80

▲back to top

 

 

3.70 81

▲back to top

 

299

IX.—CORMANDEL DISTRICT.

No. 1.

The CHIEF COMMISSIONER to Mr. FRED. RING, Auckland.
Kapanga.—Respecting purchase of land from Natives.

Land Commissioner's Office,

SIR,—   Auckland, 28th January, 1857.

With reference to your letters of December 8rd and January 23rd expressing a wish to purchase from the Natives of Cormandel, through the General Government, a small piece of land estimated at Five acres situated on the Kapanga Creek.

I have the honor to inform you that if the aboriginal owners of the land in question are willing to dispose of it in conjunction with au adjacent tract of country of considerable extent, it is quite competent for the General Government to extinguish the Native Title to it, but that so soon as it becomes Crown Land the favour of disposing of it is vested in the Provincial Government.

In the present state of the law, therefore, it is impossible for the General Government to sanction the purchase in the manner proposed by you.   I have, &c.,

DONALD MCLEAN

Mr. F. Ring, Auckland.   Chief Commissioner.

No. 2.

The CHIEF COMMISSIONER to His EXCELLENCY the Grammies.
Cormandel and Thames.—General Report.

Native Land Purchase Department,

SIR,—   Auckland, 5th June, 1857.

I have the honor to report, for your Excellency's information, the result of my late visit to the Thames and Cormandel Harbour Districts.

  1. After leaving Auckland, I proceeded to the Thames, where I had a conference with the Ngatipaoa tribes respecting the purchase of the Piako district. The Ngatipaon, chiefs followed me in their canoes to Pukorokoro (a small river to the west of the Piako), where I found Mr. Drummond Hay and a party of Natives. I held a meeting with the whole of the claimants, who agreed to proceed with Mr. Hay to point out the boundaries of their land and settle their conflicting claims and differences respecting such portions as were claimed by other tribes. This being completed, Mr. Hay was instructed (a copy of which is herewith enclosed) to furnish a plan of the district about to be ceded—estimated at about 140,000 acres—and a date was to be fixed on which all the claimants should be assembled at Auckland to effect a final settlement of that long pending question.

  2. From Pukorokoro I proceeded up the Thames in the expectation of meeting Taraia, who had left there some days previously; consequently I have not been able to see him in reference to the

purchase of some land he offered to the Government in the Coromandel district near Cape Colville.

3. From the Thames I came back to Waiheke for the Chief Puhata, who has offered to give up a space of land containing about Four or five square miles for the purpose of gold digging, which offer may be availed of by the Government, if necessary, although I conceive it would be more prudent to discourage the search for gold until negotiations connected with the purchase arc more matured.

There is, at present, a general indisposition on the part of the Natives to alienate their lands at Coromandel Harbour ; and with the exception of the unsold portions at Mercury Island and a few small blocks on the main, there is nothing else open for immediate purchase in that district. These places they offer should be purchased es a means of leading to more extensive sales; but this must be done with caution, for if the Natives find an cagerness on the part of the Government to acquire their land, the opposition of the Natives to sell will increase in the same proportion as the eagerness of the Government to purchase is manifested. As far as I can ascertain, it is not so much a question of price that will weigh with them in this matter as a national feeling which prevails among many of the New Zealand tribes which they outer into leagues and confederations against the sale of their country. Moreover, at Coromandel they are apprehensive that the discovery of gold in any quantity would lead to such an influx of disorderly Europeans as might annihilate or exterminate them.

Under all the circumstances, I did not deem it prudent to press negotiations during my stay, considering it more advisable to acquire information aim disabuse the Natives of some of the fears they entertained, and to lead them to a more favourable consideration of the question.

In furthering this object, the Government would be very much aided by securing the services of Mr. Preece, who has been resident in the Coromandel as a missionary for the last twenty-six years, having lived the greater portion of the time in the Thames District. Mr. Preece is now retired from the mission service. Ho is thoroughly acquainted with all the tribes, and knows the extent and general position of their claims. I would, therefore, recommend that he should be employed to carry on preliminary negotiations for such lands in the Coromandel District, where he is residing, as the Natives may from time to time be disposed to alienate, and that, in the meantime, until the work accumulates, ho should receive pay at the rate of £100 per annum.

I have, &e.,

DONALD MCLEAN,

His Excellency the Governer.   Native Secretary.

3.71 82

▲back to top

 

800

Enclosure.

The CHIEF COMMISSIONER to Mr. DRUMMOND HAY.

Schooner " Tere," Taupo,

13th May, 1857.

SIR,—

I have'had a consultation with Takurua, Hoera, Te Poihipi, and other chiefs at Taupo, respecting a settlement of their Piako claims, and have advised that they should point out to you the external boundaries of their so as to prevent any future questions or encroachments by the Ngatipaoa or other tribes on the Ngatipaoa boundary ; when the external boundaries are clearly marked off, it does not appear to me that it will be necessary to enter upon a subdivision of their own internal tribal claims, as this can be arrived at with sufficient accuracy for all the purposes of this Department without incurring the loss of time, delay, and expense of such a subdivision.

When you have completed this duty, you will furnish a map of the several large blocks you survey, and of such reserves, if any, beyond a swampy place called , which the late chief Hauauru wished to retain for eel fishing.

I intended to go on to Piako to see how the work on which you are employed was progressing, but find that it is needless now for me to do so, as you have not yet reached that place.

The Government feel anxious that this long pending question should be brought to a speedy and satisfactory termination, as otherwise the time and money expended upon it will amount to more than the land is worth after its acquisition.

I shall be in the vicinity of the Thames and Coromandel Harbour for some weeks, if you have any reference to make to me respecting the work on which you are enraged.

I have, &c.,

DONALD MCLEAN,

G. W, Drunmond Hay, Esq., &c., &c.,   Chief Commissioner. Thames.

No. 3.

Mr. PREECE to the CHIEF COMMISSIONER.

Whakahore.—Respecting Eruera and Pita's Claims to Land.

SIR,—   Stapleton, Coromandel, October 5th, 1857.

1. I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of your letters, severally dated September 7th, 11th, and September 15th, with their enclosures.

  1. I am not able to report any particulars about Eruera's land until I have seen him, but in the meantime I would beg leave to suggest that both his and all other land unpurchased between Tikora's Point at the southern head of the Harbour and the Native residence at the Poka be purchased, reserving for the Natives all the land between the Poka and the Tiki.

  2. In your letter of September 11th you state that you had agreed with Pita for all the unpurchased and disputed land from Downing's to Kapanga, and referred him to me for final arrangements. When Pita returned, his party refused to confirm his arrangements, and demanded One hundred pounds (£100). When your letter of September 15th came to hand with Mr. Heaphy's Memorandum, I found that there were other pieces of unpurchased land besides those agreed for by you, situated on the Island of Whanganui at the north-western side of the Harbour. I therefore lost no time in endeavouring to arrange for the final settlement of all their claims both on the Island and on the main, from the entrance of the Harbour to the Kapanga Creek, which they are now willing to do for the sum of £100. Should these terms be accepted by the Government, I think that we shall soon have more land offered for sale. Should those two purchases be made to which I have referred, we shall then be in possession of all the coast of the harbours except the two Native reserves ; the inland portions could be procured with less difficulty.

  3. With respect to Karaitiana's land, I am not able to come to any definite arrangement, because Mr. Heaphy has not stated what portion of the ninety acres belongs to Karaitiana, and what portion of it is in Wilson's claim. Karaitiana is quite willing to sell, and as lie is going to Auckland it may, perhaps, be arranged whilst ho is there. The piece of ninety acres beyond Calloway's claim I will attend to as soon as it is practicable to do so.

  4. In reference to Motutapere, I bog to suggest that it bo made a Native reserve for the following reasons :—first, because the purchase is not a good one, it never having been completed, only a few articles were given as a deposit, the greater number mentioned were not given, nor was the principal owner ever consulted ; secondly, because the island itself is not of any importance except for Natives ; thirdly, because it is the only island that remains in Native possession of that tribe, and is the only place they will have to land when fishing or when at sea, and therefore, of groat importance to them.

6. Waitataramoa is, I believe, a good purchase, and was sold by Webster or party to a man named James Demby, who now resides in Freeman's Bay. I was not aware that it had reverted to Government. Webster's purchase at Waiau, mentioned by Mr. Heapby, was never proved. I was in Court when it was dismissed by Commissioner Richmond : the land had not been purchased, only the timber. The only valid purchase up the Waiau is that claimed by W. B. Moores, that, as a gold field, is, I believe, of great value. The party that aro at work on the land aro finding gold to a large extent. I believe that Morris would transfer his claim to Government for a trifling compensation. They would then purchase when offered the surrounding land, which would make an available gold field. I urn convinced from the increasing quantity of gold found that before long gold will be found in large masses, therefore no expense should. be spared at this time in procuring land.

3.72 83

▲back to top

 

801   C.

  1. I am not aware to what purchases of Webster's at Kennedy's Bay and Mercury Bay Mr. Honphy refers. There were no purchases Lando at Kennedy's Bay but one, made by Kennedy, who was afterwards killed. I am not as yet aware whether that purchase is a good one or not. I will make enquiry, and report on it as soon as I get the necessary information.

  2. The only purchase made in Mercury Bay was made by Gordon Browne, who has long since been dead. I believe that it is both an extensive and valid one, I don't know who is the present claimant to it. The only purchase that Webster made in that part was part of the Mercury Island. The Natives will be ready to point out the boundaries any time in November, if they should first receive a week's notice, they will then be ready to arrange for the complete sale of the island.

I have, &c.,

To the Chief Commissioner,   JAMES PREECK

Laud Purchasing Department.

No. 4.

The CHIEF, COMMISSIONER to Mr. PREECE.

Big Mercury Island.—Hespecting offer of Land.

Chief Land Purchase Commissioner's Office,

SIR,—   Auckland, 6th October, 1857.

One of the principal claimants ton portion of the Big Mercury Island. a son of Tararoa's, has called at this office to dispose of the claims of a section of the Natives living at Mercury Bay to that island, and he expresses a wish that the land should be surveyed without delay. It is important that this should be done, and I have, therefore, to request your attention to it as soon as possible.

I enclose a letter from the Natives on this subject for your information, also a copy of a Deed of Sale from the Natives to Mr. William Webster, and a sketch of the island, exhibiting the portions of the Different Natives who have claims to it. The aggregate estimate of the area of the island, as indicated on the margin of the said Deed is, of course, greatly exaggerated.

If necessary, a surveyor will be detached to accompany you to Mercury Island, but as the Natives appear desirous to alienate the whole of it, and as they admit that a large portion of it has already been sold, probably the necessity and expense of sending a surveyor might be obviated by your paying a visit to the island, and obtaining final surrender of the entire island, making such an equitable division afterwards of the purchase money as the relative claims of each tribe might entitle them to.

I am anxious to hear from you, at your earliest convenience, as to the steps you have taken to accomplish this duty.

The price can be decided when you have made all preliminary arrangements for obtaining the cession of the island from the Natives ; and your report should indicate, as nearly as possible, the amount for which it can be purchased.

You will be good enough to forward to this office a requisition for the amount of any contingent expenses you may be subjected to, such as the wages of Native attendants, &c., while engaged in the performance of this service.

One of the principal objects is be kept in view, in completing this purchase at a moderate cost, is that of its being likely to lead to other and more important purchases on the main land.

   I have, &c.,

DONALD MCLEAN,

James Preece, Esq., Cormandel.   Chief Land Purchase Commissioner.

No. 5.

The CHIEF COMMISSIONER to Mr. COMMISIONER PREECK.
General .—Relative to certain claims in his district.

Chief Land Purchase Commissioner's Office

SIR,—   Auckland, 7th October, 1857.

1. I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of your letter of the 5th instant, containing some practical information respecting the land question in the Cormandel district.

2. For more easy reference, I have divided your letter into paragraphs—a plan the adoption of which, in public correspondence, facilitates reference.

3. Paragraphs 1 and 2 do not require immediate action ; I shall, therefore, pass them over for the present.

  1. Paragraph 8, recommending the purchase of do claims of Pita and others of his tribe to some new land, including all disputed claims from the North Entrance Harbour to Kapanga Creek, I have recommended for His Excellency's approval ; and the sum named by you, viz., One hundred pounds ; (£100), is furnished to you through Pita, by this opportunity, to enable you to complete those purchases, in addition to a further sum of Twenty pounds (£20) for the lower portion of the land—about Forty acres—between the Kauri Book and Kapanga Creek, part of an old claim, for which the Natives allege a horse was promised.

  2. With regard to Karaitiana's land, and concurring with you in the importance of obtaining it, I have paid yesterday a sum of Fifty pounds (£50) on account of all claims whatever to Tuhitoto Bay, end a further instalment of £50, pending final arrangements on account of his claims to Ahuahu.

6. The Island of Motutapere is also reserved in accordance with your recommendation, and a plan of it is now being prepared for Pita.

MM.— C.

3.73 84

▲back to top

 

C.   802

7. I shall not now advert to paragraphs 6, 7, and 8, further than to thank yon for the information convoyed, and to request, now a commencement is made, that you will use every endeavour to carry on the purchase of land in the Cormandel district as vigorously as possible, consistent with a due
   regard to the interests of the Natives and their various conflicting claims.

I have, &c.,   

   DONALD MCLEAN,

James Preece, Esq., Cormandel.   Chief Land Purchase Commissioner.

No. 6.

MEMORANDUM by C. HEAPHY, Esq., Provincial Surveyor.

   Island of Motu Tapere.

THIS island lies in the gulf of the Thames, outside, and about half a mile to the N.W. of the North Head of Coromandel Harbour. It is steep, and closely covered with scrub, and is not adopted for European settlement. It forms a convenient haven for coasters and canoes, and perhaps might be adapted for a small fishing station. It is not improbable that at some future period a light-station may be required on it. I do not know of any indication of metals ever having been found upon the Island.

Motu Tapers was purchased from the Natives whose names are Arakuri, Te Aumarere, To Tawaroa, by Mr. William Webster, on the 10th November, 1838, and goods to the value of £41 were alleged to have been given.

The claim (305) came before Mr. Commissioner Godfrey on the 17th June, 1844, but owing to the claimant having received the maximum quantity of land which it was legal for him to receive, under other claims, "No grant" was recommended, and the claim withdrawn.

The Natives of the tribe to which the sellers belonged now assert that although the island was intended to be sold, the full amount of payment was never made.

Ara Kuri is now alive. Pita, the chief of the Patukirikiri tribe, is the grandson of Tawaroa, and the successor of To Aumarere.

The island is estimated to contain (40) Forty acres.

CHARLES HEAPHY,

The Chief Commissioner,   Surveyor.
Land Purchase Department,

Auckland, 14th October, 1857.

This land being nominally in the hands of the General Government, at least being entirely at the disposal of the General Government, except that the Native title has not been quite extinguished, I submit that it should be reserved for the tribe who have still a part claim to it, and that a map of it should he prepared, and Landed to the Native Chief Pita Taukaka, as trustee for the Patukirikiri tribe. The reasons assigned for reserving this island are so forcibly expressed by Mr. Preece that it appears unnecessary to advance further arguments in support of it.   DONALD MCLEAN.

14th October. 1857.

No. 7.

The CHIEF COMMISSIONER to Mr. PREECE.
Coromandel.—Forwarding £120 to extinguish Notice Title to Land.

Chief Land Purchase Commissioner's Office,

SIR,—   Auckland, October 16, 1857.

I have forwarded to you, by the hands of the young chief Pita Taukaka, the sum of £120 for extinguishing the whole of the Native title to the lands from the North entrance of Coromandel Harbour to the Kapanga Creek ; a plan of the whole of the lands coded is furnished herewith, which you will append to the deed of transfer by the Natives to the Crown.

A copy a the form of deed to be used is herewith furnished for your guidance, but you may, of course, alter it to suit circumstances. These documents should be clear, simple, and intelligible, so as to be biuding upon the Natives, and to represent in a natural and easy manner the nature of the transaction they are ratifying by signing their names.

I have, &c.,

DONALD MCLEAN,

James Preece, Esq.,   Chief Land Purchase Commissioner.

   Coromandel.

No. 8.

Mr. PREECE to the CHIEF COMMISSIONER.
General.—Acknowledging Receipt of various Letters.

   Stapleton, Coromandel,

SIR,—   October 26th, 1857.

1. I have the honor to acknowledge receipt of your letters and despatches of following dates —October 6th, with its enclosures ; October 12th, with its enclosures ; October 14th, No. 229 ; October 14th, No. 230 ; October 14th, No. 281 ; also three dated October 15th, with stationery, copy of deeds, and money for the purchase of laud belonging to the Patukirikiri tribe, One hundred and twenty pounds (£120).

3.74 85

▲back to top

 

303   C.

 

  1. I am thankful to be able to state that I have completed the purchase of the whole island and all other claims of the Patukirikiri tribe on the mainland as far as Kapanga Creek. I have paid them the One hundred and twenty pounds (£120), and by this opportunity I forward the deeds drawn out on the sheet of parchment which had the plan on it. To prevent any mistake about the island in future, I have inserted its proper Native name in the deed, which is "Te Poroporo." Whanganni is neither the name of the island nor yet that of any place on the island, but that of the creek which is the boundary of Keven's land on the side next to the gold diggings.

  2. With a view to prevent any mistake in future about the land now purchased, I will supply the Natives with a copy of the deed now sent with a plan on the back of the same.

  3. In your letter of October 14th, No. 230, you state that Karaitiana had make a request that a small payment should be made to Paora Te Putu for some old claim; I fully agree with you that it would be a dangerous precedent to do so, but as Paora is a large land holder, and is the owner of land that it is very desirable should be purchased for the Government because it is the richest gold land in this district, I would therefore beg leave to suggest the propriety of making him a present from the Government, letting him clearly understand that it was in no way to be considered as given for payment for his claim, as all right to that had been paid for long ago. He has hitherto been opposed to sell land to Government, his determination has had its effect in preventing others from offering land for sale; he is, I believe, not very unwilling at the present time to sell. I believe him to be a very upright, worthy man.

  4. I herewith enclose a copy of a letter which I received from Maihi, a chief of Ngatiwhanaunga, offering some portions of land for sale. One portion is situated near to the present gold diggings at Waian, and is, I believe, a most available portion as a gold field. Should that be purchased with the adjacent lands of Kitahi and W. B. Moore's, as recommended by me in my letter of October 6th, it would at once give to this province a good and available gold field. All the principal claimants are desirous of selling, but this is a portion of the tribe who strenuously oppose the sale of any land; the cause of which is that the Government had never given them any payment for their part of the island of Motunau. Their claim to compensation I consider to differ materially from that mentioned in the last paragraph. Paora did not put forth any claim for many years after the land had been sold, but this party arrived in Auckland on the evening of the day that the island was paid for; on the next day they put in their claim, and they have constantly from that time continued to make a demand for payment, but nothing has as yet been given to them, although their claim extends over a large portion of the island. I would therefore beg leave to suggest that something be done in this case, and that a sum be given as a bonus without in any way opening the question of their claim. I am quite sure that they would be satisfied with such an arrangement, and all difficulty would be removed.

G. In your letter of October 6th, you requested me to go to the Mercury Island as soon as possible to arrange the claims of the different parties. Rawiri and his party are perhaps in great haste to settle their claims before other parties put in their claims also. I think that it will be better for all parties to be present at one time, I have therefore communicated with each party that has any claim, and am quite ready to go as soon as each party can accompany me there.

  1. You say in your letter of October 14th, No. 231, that you wish me, now purchasing has commenced, to carry it on vigorously, consistent with due regard to the interests of the Natives and their various claims. This I am prepared to do as far as I can. I have clearly pointed out what I consider the great hindrance to the sale of land at present ; should these obstacles be removed I am of opinion that plenty of land will gradually be offered for sale; I am also of opinion that it would be prudent not to make any advance of money to the Natives on lands until the claims of the parties applying have been fully established.

  2. In your letter of October 15th, No. 226, you enclosed a letter from Ahurei requesting an advance of Fifty pounds (£50) on some lands near to Cape Colville ; he has been with me and I find, after making due inquiries both from himself and others, that his right to the land proposed by him to sell is disputed by Natives of another tribe. I think that no advance should be made on that land until the contending parties have come to some mutual agreement.

  3. I have the honor to acknowledge receipt of your letter dated October 21st, No. 235, accompanying the maps. They came to hand alter I had written the above.

I have, &c.,

Donald McLean, Esq., Chief Commissioner,   JAMES PREECE. Auckland.

No. 9.

The CHIEF COMMISSIONER to CHARLES HEAPHY, Esq., Government Surveyor.
Waiau.—Respecting Survey of the Block.

Chief Land Purchasing Commissioner's Office,

Auckland, 15th December, 1857.

With reference to your letter of the 25th ult., relative to the surveys on which you are engaged at Coromandel, and suggesting that you should make a running survey of the Waiau Block, perambulating and marking the whole, but cutting only such lines as may be requisite to indicate clearly the boundary near contiguous and occupied localities.

I have the honor, by direction of the Governor, to inform you that His Excellency approves of these small and rugged blocks being made an exception from the rule which now obtains of cutting the whole external boundary of purchased blocks, more particularly because it may be hoped that adjacent blocks will be acquired which will entirely obviate the necessity for a completely-out boundary.   I have, &c.,

DONALD MCLEAN,

C. Heaphy, Esq., &c., &c.   Chief Land Purchasing Commissioner.

3.75 86

▲back to top

 

 

C.   804

No: '10.    

Mr. PRFEOR to the CHIEF COMMISSIOER.

   Waiau and Aira Ranae.—Has paid a Deposit on the Block.   

 

Sir,—   Stapleton, Coromandel, May 0, 1858.

1. Since my last communication I have made a deposit of One hundred and twenty-six pounds (£120) on the Waiau and Awa Mamie Block, which contains between two and three thousand (2,000 to 3,000) acres.

I am SLOW only waiting for an answer to my last letter and the arrival of Mr. Heaphy, when I shall complete the purchase. I wish Mr. Ileaphy to survey a piece of land in front of the above block, so that it may have some sea-frontage, because, should the purchase be made without the frontage, there would be a difficulty to get access to the land ; I have, therefore, delayed the purchase until the survey is completed.

Coal exists on the above block, and is found in the whole of the ranges.   .s.

2. The Matakitaki Block, which runs from the boundary of my estate to the top of the highest range, is not finished surveying, but will be completed when Mr. Heaphy comes. I think that it will contain about 2,000 acres.   shall make the purchase as soon as I got the map.

B. For the Big Mercury Island I have given to Rawiri a deposit of Forty pounds (£10). I have not as yet received the map with the acreage of each party's claim ; when I receive that I shall be prepared to complete the purchase of the whole island.

  1. The Wainuiototo Block is at present in dispute, and therefore must be delayed until settled amongst the Natives, which I hope will soon be done, I shall then take the earliest opportunity of making the purchase.

  2. I have not as yet received the map of the survey of the Kikowhakurere Block!.therefore I am not able to take any step toward the purchase of. that block.

  3. I have great hope that I shall be able to purchase another block shortly ; but,'Its much of the land is covered with knurl, the Natives can at present get more by selling the trees and retaining their land than they can by the sale thereof. They get from 10s. to £1 per tree. There aro also many other things which make them put more value on their land than they otherwise would do. The exertions of Mr. C. Davis to prevent the Natives from parting with their laud have hitherto operated against the purchase of land, also the contention amongst the Natives themselves about their respective claims has had the same effect; the price that has been proposed to be given for land has been considered by them us too little.

  4. I am of opinion that if the Government would but give a little advance in price there would soon be more land offered for sale.

I lino ,v that the Natives as a body are convinced that the time is at hand when each individual

- Native will do its he pleases with his own land. The conduct of Maild and Horopeta, in selling the Waiau Block in spite of all opposition, has operated van. Taniwha told me lately that he was canvinced that the Government would soon make a purchase of all the spare laud, for that ho had found that he and the other chiefs could not prevent other Natives from parting with their own land.

  1. The difficulties with which I have hitherto had to contend were of no ordinary character. Had it not been for the influence that I had with the Natives, and the confidence that they place in me, nothing, I believe, would have induced them to have sold any land. I have used every menus in my power to accomplish the object. The labour in conducting these negotiations has been more than it would have been iu some districts where there was ten times the quantity of land purchased. I shall embrace every opportunity to extend the purchase when there is a chance of doing so, because I am convinced that before the mineral resources of this district can be developed, the Native title to the land must be extinct, or every effort to prove them will fail.

The Natives have neither energy nor persevereuce enough to procure minerals, and besides, if they possessed both, their avarice would prevent them from bringing the product into market except they could get a price far above what merchants could give.

G. And it would be equally injurious to Europeans to occupy unpurchased land, the endless evils that would take place would entirely defeat the object of developing the resources of the district, neither do I think that the Natives would allow it, even on a limited scale.

10. Coal has been found at intervals along the whole range, and will, I think, be found both in quality and quantity far beyond the generarl eirectations. If so, it will be a very great acquisition to the province.

I have, &c.,

The Chief Commissioner,'   JAMES PREECE.
Laud Purchase Department.

No. 11.

The CHIEF COMMISSIONER to Mr. PREECE.

Mercury Bay—Respecting Lands offered for Sale.

Chief Laud Purchase Commissioner's Office,

Sir,--   Auckland, 13th July, 1858.

I have the honor to transmit herewith the plans of three blocks of land comprised within five islands of the Mercury Group offered for side to the Government—viz., Kawhiti Ilan, 200 acres ; Rapuke, 200 acres ; Whakahan lands 750, 100, and 70, 020 acres : total, 1,320 acres; with a rough plan of the Group. These plans have been copied on the margins of throe printed forms of deed of sale, which you will have the goodness to fill up and return to this office when the negotiations have been completed.

3.76 87

▲back to top

 

305

C.

Herewith also you will receive a general map of the Mercury Bay District, with the square miles of the country lying between the point near the

town, on the North, and the Tairua Inlet, on the South, faintly delineated thereupon, so that you may be able roughly to estimate the area of any portion thereof ; and, by extending these lines on the same parallels, the same rules will apply to any block which may be offered contiguous to the country embraced within the plan now furnished.

DONALD McLEAN,

James Preece, Esq., Coromandel.   Chief Commissioner.

 


   No. 12.

Mr. PREECE to the CHIEF COMMISSIONER.

Ahuahu—Forwarding Deed of the Block.

SIR,—   Stapleton, Coromandel, 16th July, 1858.

I herewith transmit the deed of part of the Ahuahu Block, which I purchased yesterday. It contains full half of the island ; the remaining part of the island I could not agree for. I offered them the fixed price, but they demanded much more. They now have agreed to refer the subject to you for your direction. I shall be ready to pay them when I get your directions. Two deposits have been made some time past—one on Rawiri's claim of Forty pounds (£40), and one on Auaru's of Five pounds (£5).

Anaru is deputed by the others to wait on you. It would be well, if it could be done, to secure the whole island ; but the two most important claims are Mateuga's and Karaitiana's. Mateuga will be here on Monday about his. Karaitiana I do not know what to do with; his is a very important claim, and should be secured at any price.

I think that it would not be well to take any notice of the deposit he had from you. Please to look to the map and see the harbour, and his claim in connection with it. You may depend that it will soon be needful for the Government to put some one there, as that is the station at which more smuggling is done than any other harbour in the land.
Yesterday the Natives were hero about Wainniototo; all the three parties have now agreed to part the money equally between them, but we could not agree about the price. I offered them Two hundred and forty pounds (£240), which would be Eighty pounds (£80) for each party, but they want Three hundred pounds (£300), and are going to you about it.

I believe that they will take what I have offered when they find that no more will be given. Three reasons I think may\_be named

for purchasing.-First, it contains a very large proportion of kauri, which will at no distant time be of no small value. Secondly, it is commencing the purchase on the other side of the range, which, however long it may be delayed, will eventually be made. In the third place, it is a piece of land that has been contended for for at least two generations ; the purchase of it will prevent any further dispute.

With respect to the Awakanae Block, I have seen Maihi, but as yet I have not been able to come to any conclusion. I find from all parties that the internal boundaries as marked by Mr. Heaphy on the maps are incorrect, half of what is marked as Maraea's belongs to Maihi. All the outer boundaries

  • are perfectly correct ; it is only the division between the land of each party ; but as Maihi has a claim to meet soon, I have offered him Three hundred and twenty pounds (£320) for his claim, as that contains what is most wanted. I have not as yet had an answer. Horopeta will sell his, and Maraca could be left for the present.

All the plans aro made on the deed, and ready waiting. I fear that not much land will be sold except the purchase-money is increased ; the Natives have by some means got to know the price that Keveu's land has sold for, which will be very injurious here for some time.

July 17th.—Since writing the above, I have had the honor to receive your letters of June 29th July 6th, mid July 13th.

The map of the Matakitaki Block, the printed deed, and the general map of the Mercury Bay District, mentioned by you as sent, have not as yet come to hand ; they must have been left behind.

I return one letter which must have come by mistake as it is for some person at Maungatautari.

I should be glad to know by what party of Natives the islands mentioned by you are offered for sale, as that would be a guide to me in negotiating for them. When I go to Whakatano I shall be able to examine all the islands, as I believe that they want to sell several more ; it would, I think, be well to purchase all that are worth anything, as I believe that they will before long become of value, when they may not be so easily procured.

There is a most valuable piece in this harbour near W. B. Moore's, which is offered ; it is the place where the Custom house will stand, if ever there is one here.

I shall purchase it without any regard to its acreage, as those small pieces cannot be purchased by that plan.

When the Collector of Customs was here, he thought it the only place fit for the Custom-house. Should it not be purchased now it would be difficult to get it.h

   Donald McLean, Esq., Chief Commissioner,   JAMES PREECE.
Land Purchase Department, Auckland.

3.77 88

▲back to top

 

 

810

No. 25.
The CHIEF COMMISSIONER to S. PERCY SMITH, Esq., Government Surveyor.
Tokotea Block.—Survey to be made.

Land Purchase Department,

Bra,—   Auckland, 24th June, 1861.

I have to request that you will place yourself in communication with Paora's tribe at Koputauaki, to carry on an outline survey of the Tokotea Block. It will be unnecessary to make a regular survey of an expensive character, but at the same time the boundaries should be marked out in such a manner that no dispute may hereafter arise relative to them, Wahi Tapu, graves, cultivations, and other spots which the Natives may wish to have reserved to themselves should be properly surveyed and the boundaries distinctly marked out on the ground.

It will be necessary that some of the Native proprietors should accompany you to point out the correct boundaries, who will be paid for their services at the usual rate of wages for such work. The general object of the survey is to have the boundaries of the land given up by the late Paora's tribe for gold diggings, defined with sufficient distinctness, to avoid any possibility of dispute or encroachment on Native territory.

You will compete as accuratly as you can the area of the land that has been ceded by Paora's people for gold-digging.

A few posts put up in places where you deem it necessary will be requisite, more especially where there are no rivers or natural boundaries.

I enclose for your guidance a copy of Memorandum of Agreement in which the boundaries of the land given up by them for gold-digging is described.

I lime, &c.,

DONALD MCLEAN,

S. Percy Smith, Esq.,   Chief Commissioner.
Government Surveyor, Coromandel.

No. 26.

Mr. PREECE to the CHIEF COMMISSIONER.
Genera1.—Reporting as to the State of Land Purchasing Operations in his District.

A Report of the state of the Land Purchase Department in the District of Coromandel, 10 July, 1861. The undermentrened blocks have been surveyed, and can be purchased when   money which
has been granted for that purpose is forwarded :-

  1. Matarangi Block.—Eruera's.

  2. Ahuahu Blook.—Matenga's.

8. To Pun apunga Block....—Karaitiana-and P.iria's.

4. Kaituna Block.—Wremu Hopihana's.

5, Waikiekie Block.—Hira Te Pure's.

8. Kikowhaliarere„Block.—Paora and Karaitiana's.

'1. -Te Holm Block cannot be purchased until the Mahakirau Block is purchased, as the deposit given on it is in excess of the value and is to be deducted from Mahakirau.

8. Maumaupaki Block joins that of the Awakanae already purchased on the one side, and Mahakirau on the other, and contains by estimat:;n about 4000 acres, and runs from the surveyed line of the Awakanae to the foot of Castle Rook. This is part of the district mentioned by Dr. Hochstetter as an available and payable Gold-field. About a fortnight since a nugget was found in a creek near this land which contains about two ounces of pure gold, which had been broken off from a solid rock by some Kanri logs brought down the creek; it was carried down the creek by the flood, and found after the water had subsided. No search has as yet been made for the ground deposit, as the white men do not wish to excite the Natives ; they had rather see the land quietly purchased by the Government first.

9, Mahakirau Block h commmences where the Maumauki Block..ends, ,and continues to Mercury Bay. A creek that runs trough this block runs . into Mercury River. It contains, by estimation, about 30,000 acres. A large portion of this block is excellent land : part of it contains a very good Kauri forest other portions -of it aro,- like the last block, gold deposits: I beg strongly to recommend tire immediate purchase of both these blocks ; there is no difficulty in doing so as there i i not any dispute about thorn, the purchase can be made as soon as the survey is completed, as the Itatives are very desirous off selling but- should, gold\_he\_found.in\_large quantities before.that is done, chore would bea,great difficulty in making the purchase at all, as then, I believe, that mo, sum would induce'tlienito part with it, whereas if we purchase now, we shall have in one block, from Coromand to Mercury ISS.Y,about 40,000 acres, on which-prospecting operations would be going on, and on' the other side of 'Mercury Bay the Government have a block already purchased of about 13,000 acres which is covered with quartz and iron stone, which always indicate a gold deposit; in fact gold has been found on this land ; I saw a small but beautiful nugget of gold found there. I 'consider that the purchase of these blocks may, in future, prevent great disturbances.

10. Opitouni Block joins the two last at Castle hock and loads out to Whaugapoua. It contains by estimation from 2,000 to 4,000 acres, A good part of it is very good land and contains a fine kauri forest ; a large creek runs through the centre of it. Gold is supposed to exist on this as well as on the two last blocks, some very fine samples were got here about four years ago. There is a little dispute about the ownership of this block ; a woman of Whangapoua of the name of Rini Porou

part of it. I have thoroughly investigated this claim, and from the evidence given by all parties I am

3.78 89

▲back to top

 

311   C.

convinced that she has no selling claim nor right to interfere ; she ought to receive something when the payment is made, which could be reserved for her, or her claim could be referred to some Court which had authority to adjust claims of that kind.

  1. The Opotoro Block joins the Opito Block which has been already purchased. When this is purchased, the Opito Block could be thrown open for selection ; the piece to be purchased may contain from 6 to 8,000 acres ; the whole, when open, will be about 3,000 acres ; it is undisputed, and the purchase has been promised ; I therefore beg leave to recommend the completion of this purchase.

  2. Waimoka Block is situated near the Opito Block, and joins the Matarangi Block. A deposit of £10 has been given on this ; if the boundaries, as stated, should prove to be correct when surveyed, I should think that it would prove to be about 4, or 6,000 acres. The survey of all the above blocks could be made at the same time, as they are all close together.

13. The Hahei Block is situated\_on the South side of Mercury Bay, and joins land already purchased to the extent of 1,300 acres. I have not as yet been able to complete the negotiations for this block. Each of the parties who contend for this land lay claim to the whole, but from all that I have been able to collect on the subject, I firmly believe that their claims are about equal. The one party have agreed to allow the money to be divided, and as the principal person of the other party who contended for the whole is dead, I think that I shall, in the end, be able to get them to allow me to divide the sum equally amongst them, and thus prevent serious disturbance amongst themselves, as neither will ever allow the other to possess it.

  1. The Whangamata Block, which has been offered by Rawiri, is, I fear, too much disputed to allow of any further steps being taken about it until the contending parties can make some mutual arrangement amongst themselves on that claim.

  2. Honoroa Block is situated in this Harbour, and contains about 150 acres of very good land ; this is only waiting to be surveyed, and could then be purchased at once.

The above is the true state of the Land Question in this district at the present time, and although there has not been much land offered for sale of late, it has not been from any feeling adverse to the sale of Laud that has prevented the Natives from offering larger blocks, but from an idea that the prices given were not equivalent to the value of the land, which they consider will soon be worth a large sum when its mineral wealth is developed. I am of opinion that if a more liberal scale was adopted, it would have a good effect on the minds of the Natives, and at the same time restore their confidence in the Government.

JAMES PREECE.

No. 27.

The CHIEF COMMISSIONER to JAMES PREECE, Esq., Coromandel.

Coromandel-Further Land Purchase not urgent.

Native Land Purchase Department,

SIR,— Auckland. 3rd September, 1861.
With reference to your letter of the 17th July last, forwarding your general report of the

state of the land purchases in your district. I have the honor by

Governor to inform you that there is no particular urgency for acquiring land in the vicinity of Coromandel Harbour, as the district, except for its probable mineral wealth, is of very high value otherwise ; the land is poor ; there is no extent of it suited for agriculture ; the price expected by the Natives is beyond its intrinsic value ; and I confess I do not see any particular object in paying a high price for land there at present.

I have, &c.,

DONALD McLEAN,

James Preece, Esq., Coromandel.   Chief Commissioner.

No. 28.

The CHIEF COMMISSIONER to Mr. COMMISSIONER G. D. HAY, Thames.
Coromandel—Tribal Boundaries to be ascertained.

Chief Commissioner's Office,

SIR,   Auckland, 27th September, 1861.

I have the honor to request that you will prepare at once to proceed to the Cape Colville District. You will ascertain and clearly define the tribal boundaries between Cape Colville and Te Aroha, reporting from time to time your progress in the enquiries, and also concerning the disposition of the Natives to afford you assistance in your investigations. To enable you to carry out these instructions you are authorized to employ two or three Native labourers as necessity may arise.

I have, &c.,

G.W. Drummond Hay, Esq., &c., Auckland.   DONALD MCLEAN,

Chief Commissioner.

No. 29.

The Hon. the COLONIAL SECRETARY to His Honor the SUPERINTENDENT, Auckland.
Coromandel--Pukekura Block offered for sale.

Colonial Secretary's Office, Land Purchase Department,

Auckland, 2nd May, 1862.

I have the honor to inform you that Te Moananui of Coromandel has offered for sale a block of land of 700 or 800 acres in that district, described as the Pukekura Block. The boundaries of the

3.79 90

▲back to top

 

C.   312

Block have, I find, been surveyed by an officer of the General Government, and Moananui has received advances to the extent of £55 upon it. Though aware of the objection to purchasing small blocks of land not of the best quality, yet, under the above circumstances, I think yon will concur with me that in completing this transaction at the price of 8s. an acre (£112 10s. being the price of the whole block) I shall be consulting the interests of the Province of Auckland.

If you agree in this, the transaction shall be immediately closed.

I have, &o.,

His Honor the Superintendent, Auckland.   WILLIAM FOX.

No. 30.

MEMORANDUM.

Cabbage Bay.—Lands offered by Tahana Karei.

THE following blocks of land, situated at Cabbage Bay, Coromandel District, have been offered to the Government by Tahana Kerei of the Ngatitamatera tribe :—

Tatahou

...   ...    ...   ...

...

...   ... A.   

46

R.

8

P.

36

Te To

...   ...   ...   ...   ...

...

...   ...   7

0

31

Oneroa

...   ...   ...   ...

...   ...   ...   70

2

8

Waihihi

....   ....   ...   ...

...   ...   ...   41

1

17

 

 

166

0

12

The survey of these blocks has been completed by me. They are adjoining some of Mr. Hay's late purchases, and are valuable from the fact that they will assuredly lead to other and more extensive acquisitions, as also from the nature of the soil which is excellent and well adapted to occupation by European settlers.

According to instructions received from the Chief Commissioner, I have offered Tahana the same price per acre as that paid by Mr. Hay for other blocks in the same locality, viz., 4s., which will amount to £33 4s. 4d. for the entire 106 0 12 acres which, after some endeavours on Tahana's part to increase the price, he has accepted.

S. PERCY SMITH,

4th October, 1862.   Government Surveyor.

MINUTE.

Recommended that Mr. Smith should be authorized to pay Tahana and party the sum of £33 4s. 4d. for the blocks referred to, as they are well situated for locating settlers.

DONALD MCLEAN.

6th October, 1862.

No. 31.

His Honor the SUPERINTENDENT, Auckland, to the Hon. the COLONIAL. SECRETARY.
Coromandel—Land Purchase.

Superintendent's Office,

Sir,—   Auckland, 4th April, 1872.

I have the honor to enclose copy of a letter addressed to me on 20th March last by Mr. James Mackay, jun., relative to his being provided with funds to enable him to complete on favourable terms the purchase of two large blocks in the Cape Colville Peninsula. Dr. Pollen being absent, and being personally aware that a very large sum might be saved to the colony and the province on this purchase by dealing with the Natives at the tangi at Ohinemuri, I felt myself justified in advancing to Mr. Mackay the sum of Two thousand pounds for that purpose. I proceeded with Mr. Mackay to Ohinemuri, and was present when he was negotiating with the Natives there assembled, and I feel convinced that a large saving, both in time and money, was effected by his being placed in funds promptly to conduct these negotiations. I trust that you will approve of my action in this matter, and that the amount advanced will be at once repaid.

Permit me further to suggest that provision should be made in future for providing funds by which advantage can be taken promptly of such circumstances as the above, which occasionally arise. I have, &c.,

THOMAS B.GILLIES

The Hon. the Colonial Secretary, Wellington.   Superintendent.

Enclosure

Mr. JAMES MAckay, jun., to the SUPERINTENDENT of AUCKLAND.

New Zealand Native Land Agency,

Sir—   Auckland, 20th March, 1872.

Referring to your request that I would inform you as to the progress made by me in purchasing and negotiating for the purchase of Native lands on the Coromandel Peninsula, I have the honor to inform you that no purchase has as yet been completed by me. The surveys and negotiations for the Waikawau and Cape Colville Blocks are inn forward state, and I anticipate being able to acquire these at a price not exceeding 2s. per acre. I have made considerable advances on account

3.80 91

▲back to top

 

313   C.

of these purchases, having either paid for or made myself privately responsible for goods and stores amounting to £1,367 1s. 5d. I have made application to the Agent for the General Government for an advance to enable me to recoup myself the sums actually paid from private funds, and to pay the other amounts for which I have become responsible, and have as yet received no reply to my communication, which was made on the 4th instant.

A sum of £5,000 would probably accomplish this now, and as the area of the Waikawau Block is estimated by the surveyor, Mr. O. M. Creagh, to be about 100,000 acres ; and tire Cape Colville Block is estimated by Mr. Tole to be about 50,000 acres. This would be a very desirable purchase, being only 8d. per acre.

I have made arrangements for the survey and purchase of the Whangamata and Hikutaia Blocks, but have deferred entering further on these at present, until the completion of the telegraph line through that district, for fear of any complication arising to delay that important public work.

Unless the General Government can make some alteration in financial matters, so as to make it as easy to purchase for the Crown as for private persons, the acquirement of these lands will be tedious and difficult. The great point in buying land from Natives is to be able to have money at command to take advantage of favourable opportunities like the present.

Dr. Pollen being absent from Auckland, and not being likely to return for some time, and as it is impossible without funds to proceed further with those negotiations, I would beg to request that you will be as good as to advance the sum of £2,000 to enable me to conclude these purchases, which are a matter of great importance to the Province, and to make provision for further advances, if necessary, not exceeding the sum of £5,000 above mentioned, and which advances I think you are justified in making, pending the completion of the General Government arrangements for supplying the necessary funds.

I have, &c.,

JAMES MACKAY, Junr.,

Agent for Land Purchase, New Zealand Government.

His Honor the Superintendent,

Auckland.

No. 32.

Mr. JAMES MACKAY, Jun., to the Hon. the MINISTER for PUBLIC WORKS.
Kennedy Bay.—Respecting its purchase.

SIR,—   Wellington, 23rd July, 1872.

Referring to the question of the proposed purchase of the Harataunga or Kennedy Bay Block, Coromandel Peninsula, I have the honer to inform you that in accordance with your request I have communicated with His Honor the Superintendent of Auckland on the subject, and he is willing for the purchase to be made for any sum not exceeding Five thousand pounds: provided that all the hint land, excepting the portion absolutely resigned for Native residence and cultivation, be purchased at the same time and included with the remainder of the block for that price.

I have, &c.,

The Hon. the Minister for Public Works,   JAMES MACKAY, Jun.
Wellington.

No. 33.

His Honor the SUPERITENDENT, Auckland, to the Hon. the COLONIAL SECRETARY.

SIR,—   Wellington, 26th July, 1872.

I have the honor to acknowledge receipt this day of your's of 24th instant, requesting the expression of my views on the enclosed copy of letter from Mr. Mackay as to land purchase at Harataunga. My views are correctly stated by Mr. Mackay in his letter.

I have, &c.,

THOAS B. GILLIES,

The Hon. the Colonial Secretary, Wellington,   Superintendent, Auckland.

No. 34.

Mr. JAMES MACKAY, jun., to the Hon. the MINISTER for PUBLIC WORKS.
WhhakairiPurchase commenced.

Wellington, 28th September, 1872.

I have the honor to inform you that negotiations have been entered into for the purchase of the Whakairi or Waiwhakaurunga Block, near Shortland, which contains nearly 15,000 acres, the title to which has been investigated by the Native Land Court ; and I believe it can be purchased for two shillings per acre. I have, therefore, the honor to request authority to complete the arrangements, and also that the Agent for the General Government at Auckland be authorized to advance to me the sum of One thousand five hundred pounds for that purpose.

I have, &c.,

JAMES MACKAY, jun.,

Agent for Native Land Purchases, Immigration

The Hon. the Minister for Public Works,   and Public Works Act.

Wellington.

3.81 92

▲back to top

 

 

  •                           C.   314

  •                           No. 85.

JAMES MACKAY, Jun., to the AGENT, GENERAL, GOVERNMENT, Auckland.
Coromandel and Hauraki.—Forwarding Return of Lands purchased.

New Zealand Native Land Agency,

SIR,—   Auckland 24th March, 1873.

I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of your communication of the 5th instant, requesting me to furnish a return of Native lands purchased by me, or under negotiation for purchase under the 34th section of " The Immigration and Public Works Act, 1870." I now beg to transmit the information required under the following heads, viz. :—

Return No. 1. " Blocks, the purchase of which has been completed."

Return No. 2. " Blocks for which negotiations are concluded, but deeds not executed."

Return No. 3. " Blocks under negotiation, but price not finally arranged."

Owing to my absence from the Thames, at Whangrmata and Tauranga, I did not receive your instructions until the 14th instant, and as it has taken all my time since to compile the returns, I have been unable as yet to make the sketch map of the various blocks as called for by the lion. Mr. McLean, but hasten to transmit the returns at once, and will furnish a map in the course of a few days.

I have, &c.,

The Agent, General Government,   JAMES MACKAY, junr.,

Auckland.   Agent for Native Land Purchases, Immigration and Public Works Act.

Enclosure 1.
RETURN No. 1.
BLOCKS, the purchase of which has been completed.

Name of Block.

Area.

Price.

 

 

Remarks.

 

Acres.

£

s.

d.

 

Otama East

Otama West

1,217

1,298

32

100

0

0

0

0

Part   of   this purchase   money   charged   against O'Keefe's lien. Gives access from the sea to land owned by the crown, known   as Otororo. Land reported to be auriferous.

Hihi and Pirinui   

6,755

715

0

0   

This gives the Government access to the Tairua Block from Shortland.

Hetoritori

Opango

523

1,000

100

103

0

0

0   I

0

Purchased as   being   within   Waiwhakanrunga Block, and being the means of buying the remainder (15,000 acres).

.

Valuable from   proximity to Shortland, and   being within

proclaimed goldfield.

Taranoho

3,795

380

0

0   

Adjoins lands already purchased for the Crown at Mercury Bay.

Is believed to be auriferous.

Te Koro, No. 1..

No. 2

Tairua

1,270

10

36,000

100

25

2,900

0

0

0

0

0

0

Adjoins   Whenuakite   (Government   land), and   gives   access

to the sea to the east ward. Gold has   been found in these

blocks.   Not yet included in Golidmining District.

Reason of delay in proclamation is the non–completion of survey

of the Wharekawa Block (purchase negotiated, vide Return No. 2) Wharekawa   separates these blocks from the Whangamata. Block. Some land available for cultivation

on these blocks.   A reserve of one thousand acres, to be selected in one or two blocks, is to be made at Tairua, and

a grant issued for the same to the owners as arranged by the Native Land Court.

Whengamata, No. 1   

No. 3

No. 5   

Hikutaia   No. 2

No. 3

Omaha   

8,280

8,210

5,880

2,376

5,415

7,056

1,200

2,465

1,402

763

1,302

600

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

All   these blocks have been included within   the Hauraki Gold Mining   District.   It was

an   urgent   necessity   to

complete the purchase of these as soon as possible, as a

number of miners had   taken possession, of the country,

asserting it to be highly auriferous, and there was every

probability of a political difficulty arising by collision with

the Ohinemuri Natives.   Under   these circumstances, the

persons who had been declared to be the owners of the

land   by the Native Land Court   believed   it to be very

valuable, and made most extortionate demands for their

interest in it the amount asked   being at the rate of

64. per acre, and consequently more had to be paid

than under ordinary circumstances.   When, however, the

area of these is added to that of the adjacent Tairua Te

Koro   and   Wharekawa   Blocks (for   latter,   vide   Return

No.   2)   the   average   rate   will   be   2s.   6d.   per acre.   A

reserve of one hundred and fifty acres is to be made in

the Omahu   Block, and   one   of   one hundred   acres in

the Whangamata Block No. 1, and grants to be issued

for the same to Ngakapa Whanaunga and Hone Mahia

respectively.

Totals

89,215

12,187

0

0

 

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

24th March, 1873.

 

 

Average

rate,

2s. 8d. per acre.

JAMES MACKAY, jun.

3.82 93

▲back to top

 

Enclosure 2.

RETURN No. 2.
BLOCKS for which Negotiations are concluded, but Deeds not executed,

Name of Block.

 

Area.

Advances charged to Government,

as per Vouchers

furnished.

Advanced by

James Mackay, jun., from Privete Funds,

repayable.

Balances due

exclusive of advances

made privately by

J. Mackay, jun.

Remarks.

 

Acres.

£   s.   d.

£   s.   d.

£ s.   d.

 

Waikawau and Moehau (or Cape Colville)

118,802

13,174 11   0

792   0   0

1,675 14   0

Surveys completed.   The only question delaying the execution of deeds is the laying

off three or four reserves.   Preliminary agreement signed by a majority of the

owners.   It is proposed to complete deeds and submit to Native Land Court, in

accordance with the provisions of the Immigration and   Public Works Act.

This purchase is intimately connected with the Ohinemuri question, the land

being owned by the same tribe, and it is considered the completion of it will be

an effectual blow to the anti land–selling portion of the Ngatitamatera tribe.

Te Weiti   

4,305

550   0   0

 

 

Survey completed.   Title investigated.   Cause of delay in execution of deed being

that a small reserve had to be surveyed ; this is done.   Deed can now be

executed.

Wharekawa

20,000

(estimated)

220   0   0

280   0   0

1,800   0   0

Survey in progress.   Title investigated, and Interlocutory Order granted by the

Native Land Court.   Land chiefly hilly.   Reported to be auriferous.   Probable

cost, 2s. per acre.

Bangahou   

9,132

785   0   0

 

 

Surveyed.   Title investigated.   Valuable from being adjacent to gold fields, and

some portion auriferous.   Deed partly executed.   Required to procure another

signature of a Native residing at Mercury Bay.

Waiwhakanrunga

14,186

 

100   0   0

1,500   0   0

Surveyed.   Title investigated.   Valuable from being near to Shortland.   Some

portion auriferous.   A few small farms could be laid off here.   Deed can be

executed as soon as a reserve is laid off.

Owhao

311

30   0   0

 

20   0   0

Surveyed.   Valuable from its proximity to Shortland.   Price arranged, 3s. 3d. per

acre.

Kapowai   

8,663

 

30   0   0

700   0   0

Surveyed.   Title investigated.   Deed can be executed at once.

Kapowai, No. 2

8,000

(estimated)

 

10   0   0

800 0   0

Under Survey.   Deed can be signed and submitted to Native Land Court, under

provisions of the Immigration and Public Works Act.   Price arranged, 2s. per

acre, irrespective of area.

Totals   

183,399

14,739 11   0

1,212   0   0

6,495 14   0

 

 

 

£

s.

d.

Advances as per Vouchers furnished to Treasury

..

14,739

11

0

Balance to complete purchases   ..

 

6,495

14

0

Total Cost

 

£21,235

5

0

24th March, 1878.

Average Price, 2s. 33d. per acre.

 

 

JAMES MACKAY, jun.

315

 

3.83 94

▲back to top

 

Enclosure 3.

RETURN No. 8.
BLOCKS under Negotiation, but Price not finally arranged.

Name of Block.

Area.

Advances

charged to

Government as per Vouchers furnished.

Advanced by

James Mackay, jun.,

from Private Funds,

repayable.

Remarks

Manaia

Acres.

5,055

£   s.   d.

£   a.   d.

30   0   0

Surveyed.   Title investigated.   Known to be auriferous.

Manaia, No. 2

Kerita

1,724

1,098

77 0   0

74   0   0

21   0   0

 

28 0 0

Surveyed. Title will be investigated by Native Land Court in April next. Land of good quality.

Kennedy's Bay

8,891

121   0   0

 

Surveyed. Title to the largest portion settled by Native Land Court.   Authorized to be Purchased at

any price not exceeding five thousand pounds.

Ipuwhakatere

Awhataroa

1,015

707

175   0   0

175   0   0

 

Surveyed.   Ipuwhakatori Title settled by Native Land Court.   Owhataroa not investigated.   Valuable

from proximity to Shortland.

Whitipirorua

1,245

5   0   0

5   0   0

Surveyed.   Title investigated.   Hold survey lien for £65. Probable cost, 2s. 6d. per acre. Fronts Whangamata Harbour. Reported to be auriferous ; from personal inspection think this is correct.

Matamata

8,000

15   0   0

 

Will shortly be surveyed.   Prico not to exceed three shillings per acre.   Land of excellent quality.

Ohinemuri

150,000

811   0   0

654   0   0

The only method of completing thin purchase is to buy from hapus and individuals as opportunity occurs.

The purchase of the Waikawau and Cape Colville Blocks is intimately connected with this district, and

has materially assisted in breaking up the anti land–selling unity of the tribe Ngatitauroters.

Probable cost, two shillings per acre.   Much land of good quality in this block, irrespective of

auriferous and hilly country.   Know some part to be auriferous.

Puriri

..

3,252

45   0   0

98   0   0

Surveyed.   Some land of excellent quality on this block ; gold being at present worked on it

Pakerangiora

700

70   0   0

45   0   0

Surveyed.   Near Shortland.

Mangakirikiri, No. 1

No. 2

No. 3

1,689

386

1,673

 

20   0   0

 

10   0   0

 

15   0   0

Surveyed.   Title settled by Native Land Court.   Land valuable on account of its proximity to Short–

land.   Probable cost, 3s. per acre.   Gold in the blocks.

Moewai, No 2, Mercury Bay   

3,500

80   0   0

85   0   0

Under survey.   Probable cost, two shillings per acre.   Position   good.   Gold found in immediate

neighbourhood.

Whenuakite, No. 2

6,700

 

5   0   0

Surveyed.   Title investigated by Court.   Adjoins Kapowai, Tairua, Te Pria, and Karo Blocks.   Purchased

by Government.

Kaimarama

8,300

 

56   0   0

Surveyed.   Title investigated by Court.   Probable cost, two shillings per acre.   Adjoins Te Weiti and

Matokirau Blocks.   Purchased by Crown.

Omahu West

8,000

100 10   0

53   0   0

Surveyed.   Part, near main road from Shortland to Hikutaia, of excellent quality.   Remainder billy and

auriferous.   Joins the Omahu East Block, purchased by the Crown ; extending to the coast.   The

purchase of this will add to the Hikutaia Block, and give the Crown an unbroken piece of country

from the Thames to the East Coast.

Runanga (Taupo District)

5,000

80   0   0

65   0   0

This can now probably be more easily arranged from Napier with Tohau and his party.   The reason this payment was made to detach Tohau and his party from Te Hira; their taking payment for land effected that object, and was the principal reason they left Ohinemuri for Taupo. As long as they remained at the Thames they assisted the anti land–selling party to bold back Te Aroha and Ohinemuri.

Waieu (Coromandel)

400

20   0   0

 

Not surveyed,   A small claim which will give a coast frontage and access to the Awakauae Block, previously purchased by the Crown.

Te Aroha

100,000

 

285   0   0

Survey arranged for.   This block can only be purchased in the same manner as Ohinemuri, from hapus

and individuals.   Probable cost, two shillings per acre. Some excellent land on this block.   Am

personally acquainted with the fact of some portion being auriferous.

Puketui

5,000

 

85   0   0

Survey in progress.   Adjoins Tairua, Hihi, and Piraunui, already purchased by Government. Probable cost, two shillings per acre.

Mangarehu

Mangarehu East

1,825

468

 

31   0   0

20   0   0

Surveyed.   Title investigated.   Valuable from proximity to Shortland.

..

Mataora

6,000

 

15   0   0

Not Surveyed,   Some of Ngatiporua anxious to sell in consequence of a quarrel with Ngatitamatera.

Totals

330,622   

1,818 10   0

1,606   0   0

JAMES MACKAY, jun.

C

316

3.84 95

▲back to top

 

821

X.—HAURAKI, THAMES, AND PIAKO DISTRICTS.

No. 1.

The Native SECRETARY to His Excellency Colonel T. Goals Baowxz, C.B., Governor.
Hauraki—Report of Visit to that District.

Native Secretary's Office,

Sir,—   Auckland, 5th June, 1857.

I have the honor to report for your Excellency's information the result of my late visit to the Thames and Coromandel Harbour Districts.

Pukorokoro.

  1. First—After leaving Auckland I proceeded to the Thames, where I had a conference with the Ngatipaoa tribe respecting the purchase of the Piako District. The Ngatipaoa chiefs followed me in their canoes to Pekorokoro, a small river to the west of the Piako, where I found Mr. Drummond Hay and a party of Natives. I held a meeting with the whole of the claimants, who agreed to proceed with Mr. Hay to point out the boundaries of their land, and settle their conflicting claims and differences respecting such portions as were claimed by other tribes. This being completed, Mr. Hay was instructed (a copy of which is herewith enclosed) to furnish a plan of the district about to be ceded, estimated at 140,000 acres, and. a date was to be fixed on which all the claimants should be assembled at Auckland to effect a final settlement of that long-pending question.

  2. Secordly—From Pekorokoro I proceeded up the Thames in the expectation of meeting Taraia, who had left there some days previously ; consequently I have not been able to see him in reference to the purchase of some land he offered to the Government in the Coromandel District, near Cape Colville.

Patene Puhata's Offer of Land at Coromandel.

3. Thirdly—From the Thames I came back to Waiheke for the chief Puhata, who has offered to give up a space of land containing about four or five square miles for the purpose of gold-digging, which offer may be availed of by the Government, if necessary ; although I conceive it would be more prudent to discourage the search for gold until negotiations connected with the purchase are more matured.

4. There, is at present a general indisposition on the part of the Natives to alienate their lands at Coromandel Harbour, and, with the exception of the unsold portions of Mercury Island and a few small blocks on the main, there is nothing else open for immediate purchase in that district. These places they offer should be purchased as a means of leading to more extensive sales ; but this must be done with caution as, if the Natives find an eagerness on the part of the Government to acquire their land, the opposition of the Natives will increase in the same proportion as the eagerness of the Government is manifested. As far as I can ascertain it is not so tench a question of price that will weigh with them in this matter as a national feeling which prevails among many of the New Zealand tribes by which they enter into leagues and confederations against the sale of their country. Moreover, at Coromandel they are apprehensive that the discovery of gold in any quantity would lead to such an influx of disorderly Europeans as might annihilate or exterminate them.

Under all the circumstances I did not deem it prudent to press negotiations during my stay there, considering it more advisable to acquire information and disabuse the Natives of some of the fears they entertained, and to lead them to a more favourable consideration of the question.

Mr. James Preece.

In furthering this object the Government would be very much aided by securing the services of Mr. Preece, who has been resident in the colony as a missionary for the last twenty-six years, having lived the greater portion of the time in the Thames District. Mr. Preece is now retired from the mission. service. He is thoroughly acquainted with the tribes, and knows the extent and general position of their claims. I would therefore recommend that he should be employed to carry on preliminary negotiations for such lands in the Coromandel District, where he is residing, as the Natives may from time to time be disposed to alienate , and in the meantime, until the work accumulates, that he should receive pay at the rate of One hundred pounds (£100) per annum.

I have, &c.,

DONALD MCLEAN,

His Excellency the Governor.   Native Secretary.

Enclosure.

Piako.—Instructions to Survey the District.

Schooner " Tere,"

SIR,-   Taupo, 13th May, 1857.

I have held a consultation with Takurua, Hoera, Te Poihipi, and other chiefs at Taupo (Hauraki), respecting a settlement of their Piako claims, and have advised that they should point out to you the external boundaries of their claims so as to prevent any future questions or encroachments by Ngatipaoa, or other tribes on the Ngatipaoa boundary. When the external boundaries are clearly

3.85 96

▲back to top

 

C.   822

marked off, it does not appear to me that it will be necessary to enter upon a subdivision of their own internal tribal claims, as this can be arrived at with sufficient accuracy for all the purposes of this Department, without incurring the loss of time, delay, and expense of such a subdivision.

When you have completed this duty you will furnish a map of the several largo blocks you survey, and of such reserves, if any, beyond a swampy place called which the late Chief Hauauru wished to retain for fishing.

I intended to go on to Pinko to see how the work on which you are employed was progressing, but find that it is needless now for me to do so, as you have not yet reached that place.

The Government feel anxious that this long-pending question shall be brought to a speedy and satisfactory termination, as otherwise the time and money expended upon it will amount to more than the land is worth after its acquisition.

I shall be in the vicinity of the Thames and Coromandel Harbour for some weeks, if you have any reference to make to me respecting the work on which you are engaged.

I have, &c.,

DONALD McLean,

G. Drummond Hay, Esq.

Native Secretary.

 

No. 2.
Mr. COMMISSIMER Rogan (Acting for the Chief Commissioner) to Mr. Commissioner HAY.
Haurala.—Offer of Land for sale.

Chief Land Purchase Commissioner's Office,

Sir,—   Auckland, 2nd February, 1858.

I have the honor to enclose herewith a copy of a letter from Ngatai, Hoete, and other Natives, offering to give up a block of land situated between Whangamata and Katikati, to enable them to extricate themselves from debt ; and am directed by His Excellency to request that you will give your immediate attention to this offer, and at once proceed to ascertain and report to the Govern- ment whether the parties offering the land are its acknowledged owners ; and whether it is probable they will be able to negotiate with the Government for its transfer, without serious opposition on the part of other claimants.

If it appears to you that this offer can be entertained by the Government, you will be good enough to proceed without delay to look at the land, accompanied by the Natives, and survey or perambulate the boundaries.

I am directed also to request that you will state whether it is your opinion that the Government can safely make any advances on this land.

I have, &c.,

John ROGAN, D. C.,

G. W. Drummond Hay, Esq.,   For the Chief Commissioner.
District Commissioner and Surveyor, Piako.

P.S.—I have further to inform you that the Chief Hire Hake had addressed a letter to His Excellency, objecting to the sale of the lands offered by Ngatai and Hoete ; a copy of which, together with a tracing of the land in question, is enclosed.

Joner ROGAN, D. C.

No. 3.
THE PURCHASE OF NATIVE LANDS.
Mr. JAMES Mackay, Jun., to the Hon. the MINISTER for PUBLIC WORKS.
Coromandel and Hauraki.—Respecting the purchase of Native Lands.

New Zealand Native Land Agency,

SIR,   Auckland, 24th January, 1872.

Referring to the conversation which took place between us on the subject of the purchase and acquisition by the Crown of Native Lands in the Hauraki and Upper Waikato Districts, I have the honor to submit to you the following report as to the blocks it may be deemed advisable to acquire ; also as to the plan which I would recommend to be pursued for the accomplishment of that object through my Agency.

In order to arrive at a correct conclusion as to the present state of the lands proposed to be acquired, it will be advisable to place them under three heads, viz.:-

1st. Lands within the proclaimed goldfields at Hanraki and Coromandel, which form the subject of agreements between the Natives end the Crown for gold mining purposes.

2nd. Lands within the Hauraki District, not included in the proclaimed goldfields, and which do not form the subject of agreement between the Natives and the Crown for gold mining purposes.

3rd. Lands in the Upper Thames and Upr r Waikato Districts held by Hauhau and obstructive Natives, sonic portions of which have been leased to Europeans for the depasturage of stock.

The lands under the first head are contained in the Cape Colville, Tokatea, Konnedy Bay, Tiki

 

or Waiau and Matawai, Manaia North, Manaia South, Waikawau, K

ikawau, Whakatete, Tararu, Karake, Whakairi, Kirikiri, and Puriri Blocks.

1. Cape Colville Block.

This is of considerable extent; the area of unsold lands may be roughly estimated at 50,000 acres. After deducting the pieces required for Native reserves, the area available for settlement is but limited, the various times been discovered in several places within its limits, but no mining claims are at present

3.86 97

▲back to top

 

323   0.

occupied there. Some pieces of land have been Bold to Europeans, but they form but a small proportion to the whole. The kauri timber at Cabbago Bay, Tangiaro, Matamataharakeke, and the northern portion of Kennedy Bay has been Bold to Europeans owning saw-mills. I hava surreyors employed on the external boundaries of this block at the present time. The title is much disputed.

2. Tokatea Block.

This is the most valuable portion of the Coromandel Goldfield at present worked. The probable extent ia 15,000 acres. This laud is leased by the Native owners to the Crown at the annual rental of £500. A l l the available kauri timber, excepting that Bituated near Paul's Creek, has been out by sawmill proprietors. Mr. Gibbon's mill at Kikowhakarere has been recently removed, and that of Mr. Charles Ring is principally employed to drive quartz-crushing machinery. There is no available agricultural land on this block, other than what is in the hands of Europoau settlors, or is required for Native reserves. This block would be difficult to acquire in consequence of its known value. No accurate survey has been made of it.

8. Kennedy Bay Block.

This block was formerly surveyed at Government expense, and contains about 9,500 acres. No further outlay for surveys will be required, excepting the repayment to me of the sum of £25 expended on some alterations, and a plan -which was made by Mr. Gwynncth, licensed surveyor, in order to meet the requirements of "The Native Lands Act." This block contains sufficient available land for Native reserves; and there is a flat in addition of about 600 acres, formerly leased to Messrs. Cruickshank and Smart, but now abandoned by there, which is suitable for a town site and settlement. The remainder—say, 6,000 acres—is mining country of considerable value, and should, if possible, be acquired at once, as delay will increase the difficulty of purchase. The kauri timber on a portion of this block has been sold to Messrs. Cruickshank and Smart, who own a saw-mill there.

4. Kapanga Block.

The largest part of this, which adjoins the Tokatea Block, belongs to the Government. The remainder, about 775 acres, was granted to the late Pita Taurua; who is succeeded by a boy of about five years of age. The land is of no value for agricultural purposes. The kauri timber on about 683 acres of it has been leased to Mr. Alfred Jcrome Cadman, who has a sawmill on the Karaka Stream. There aro several quartz reefs within the block, which have not been tested. Gold has been found in small quantities, but there are no claims at present occupied. It would be advisable to purchase tin's black, as it adjains Government land; the difficulty, however, appears to be the inability of a minor to dispose of it. The lands south of the Kapanga Block belong to Europeans as far as the Tiki or Ngaurukehu Block.

5. Tiki or Ngaurukehu Block.

This consists of two pieces of land granted to Natives, and known as the Waiau No. 1, and M otutere; the former contains 1,008 acres, and the latter 240 acres. These are separated by a piece about 600 acres, granted to the late Mr. W. B. Moore. There is no land on this block suitable for agricultural purposes ; there is some good kauri timber on i t, and several gold-mining claims have been and are now successfully worked within i ts limits. The owners are not inclined to soil their land, and, from the known value of the Waiau No. 1 portion, a large price would in any cast be demanded,

C. Waiau and Matawai Block.

This adjoins the Motutere portion of the Tiki and Ngaurukehu Blocks, and may be estimated to contain 1,500 acres of hilly land, all the available kauri timber on which has been but by the owners of the Waiau Sawmill. Gold has been found in the Matawai Stream, but not in any quantity in the Block. The lands to the southward and to the westward of this piece are the property of the Crown and it would be desirable to acquire it to cousolidate the Government property in that neighbourhood This block requires to be surveyed.

7. Manaia North Block.

This block belongs to a section of the Ngatimaru tribe. The area of the land not occupied by Natives or required for reserves may be estimated at about 3,000 acres of hilly country. Gold has been found in small quantities within it, but no payable claim has hitherto been discovered. This piece is bounded on the South by the Manaia South Block. This Block requires to be surveyed.

8. Manaia South Block.

This block may be estimated to contain, exclusive of the large reserves required by the Tawera tribe, about six or seven thousand acres of hilly land. Gold has been discovered in small quantities

in streams on this block, but no payable claims have been discovered. This piece i a bounded oa the South by the Wai kawau Block. This block requires to be surveyed.

9. Waikarau Block.

This may be estimated to contain about 60,000 acres of land, the greater part of which is of broken description. There are a few patches of land available for cultivation on the banks of the numerous streams which intersect it; but these bear but a small proportion to the whole. The best pieces of land for settlement are at To Puru and 'Wainui, but these have been either sold to Europeans or are required for Native reserves. Probably not more than 2,000 acres of this block have been granted under the Native Lands Act. The town of Hastings and the Tapu Creek diggings are within it. Thero ia reason to believe that a very large proportion of the land is of an auriferous character. The available kauri timber in the neighbourhood of the Waikawau and Mata streams has been sold

to Captain Daldy, who owns a large and valuable saw-mill at Wai kawau. The kauri timber at Otulnru has been sold to Mr. Hector McKenzie, and that at Waipukapuka to Mr. Thomas Kelly. The survey of this block is in a forward state, having been undertaken by Captain Daldy and myself

3.87 98

▲back to top

 

 

O    824

with a view to purchasing the whole block from the Natives, subject to the Government agreements with them respecting gold mining. We are, however, prepared to waive our claims on condition of Captain Daldy receiving a title to the timber heretofore purchased by him, and a piece of 400 acres of land adjacent to the Waikawan saw-mill, and 50 acres at the booms on the Mats stream, and our being repaid the cost of survey and the deposits said by us to the Natives on various pieces within the block, less the proportional cost of the 450 acres before mentioned. The pieces of .400 and 50 acres respectively required by Captain Daldy to be excluded from the operation of" The Mining District Act, 1871." It is anticipated that no additional Native reserves will be required, as there are considerable holdings at Kereta and Matariki immediately north of this block, which with the pieces already mentioned at Te Puru and Wainui are sufficient for Native requirements in that neighbourhood.

The survey at present in progress is merely-of the external boundaries, and some sub-divisional lines will probably have to be cut in consequence of troublesome disputes between the hapus of Ngatitarnatera as to internal boundaries. Immediately south of the Waikawau Block is that known as Te Wharau or Wairuateraugi, which has been purchased by the Crown.

10. Whakatets Block.

This is a triangular-shaped piece of small extent, probably 1,000 acres ; the only valuable portion of the frontage of which has been granted to the Native owners. The remainder is very rough, hilly land, and is not approved of by gold miners for its auriferous character. It might be desirable to purchase this land, if the Tararu district is acquired, so as to connect To Wharau, or Wairuaterangi Block with Tararu. As Te Wharau on the north, and Tararn on the south, have been surveyed, it may be assumed that the cost of survey of this portion will be small, as most of the lines are already defined on the ground.   

  1. Tararu Block.

This block consists of two pieces, known as Tararu North and Tararu South, which have been surveyed by the Native owners, the total area of the two being about 3,500 acres. This land is of known auriferous character, and is likely' to support a large mining population. The title is not disputed, but the Natives are not disposed to sell it. No reserves are required, the land being of a class unfit for Native or other cultivation. The kauri timber from Tinker's Gully to the source of the Tararu Stream has been sold to the Moanataiari Water Supply Company.

  1. Karaka Block.

This contains all the most valuable claims on the Thames Goldfield, also the Towns of Grahamstown and Shortland. The townships are chiefly private property, and it would not be advisable to interfere with existing arrangements. A large portion of the land, amounting to 1,000 acres, exclusive of townships, has been surveyed under my directions, and the unsurveyed remainder may be estimated at 1,000 acres.The difficulty of purchasing this block cannot be easily estimated, as the owners have been in the habit of receiving about £5,000 per annum for miners rights' fees alone. There is no unsold land within this block fit for any purpose other than mining.

  1. Otunui Block.

This is unsurveyed, but may be estimated to contain from 6,000 to 7,000 acres. The land is not suitable for agricultural purposes. Gold has been found on it in small quantities, but no claims are at present occupied, which may be attributed to the want of means of communication by a practicable road, and the absence of any machinery for extracting the gold from the quartz. The Kauri timber on the banks of the and Mangarehu Streams has been purchased by Europeans.

  1. Whakairi Block.

This block is under survey by my direction, and is estimated to contain 85,000 acres. There is but a very small proportion of it suitable for settlement. Probably some portion of it is auriferous, but at present the gold miners have but a poor opinion of it in that respect. The kauri timber has been purchased by a company at Auckland, who intend a sawmill at Shortland, which will be a great boon to the Thames Goldfield.

  1. Kirikiri Block.

This block has not been surveyed, but probably contains about 5,000 acres. The is not fit for agricultural purposes, and is not in favour with the sold miners. Small quantities of gold have been found in the Kirikiri River, but no claims are held within the block. The kauri timber has been sold to Mr. John Gibbons. The largo reserve to the westward of the goldfield boundary contains more land than is required by the Native owners for cultivation and settlements. Any surplus would be suitable for European occupation for ordinary agricultural purposes.

10. Te Purini Block.

The same remarks as made in the previous case (Kirikiri Block) apply to this block, with the exception that gold has been found at Te Puriri in payable quantities, and the kauri timber has not been sold. The land has not been surveyed. The probable area is 10,000 acres.

The lands under the second head are contained in the Whangapoua, Mercury Bay, Tairua, Wharekawa, and Omahu Blocks.

1. Whangapoua Block.

This has nearly all boon granted to Natives, under the " Native Lands Act." Gold has been found in two or three places in the neighbourhood of the Waitekuri River, but the workings were abandoned in consequence of the obstructive policy pursued by the Native owners. There is a little land Within this area which would be available for settlement, but the greater proportion is hilly,

3.88 99

▲back to top

 

825   C.

broken country. The kauri timber has been sold to Messrs. Craig and Harris, and has formed the subject of interminable lawsuits between those parties. It is questionable whether much of the Whangapoua Block could be purchased, as it is probable\_the title to it is complicated by private arrangements between the Native owners and certain Europeans.

2. Mercury Bay Block.

This district is of considerable area. There ate probably 40,000 acres of unsold land in it. The extent of land available for settlement is small. Gold has been found in two places, but the workings are now abandoned. Nearly the whole of the land has been granted to the Native owners, under the Native Lands Act, and the available kauri timber has been sold to either the Mercury Bay Saw-Mill Company or the Auckland Saw-Mill Company, who have valid leases or agreements extending over terms of years. I do not anticipate any great difficulty in procuring the freehold of this district. The

Government have previously acquired some large blocks there but which are of but little value for settlement.

3. Tairua Block.

This block probably contains about 20,000 acres of unsold and, mostly of a hilly, broken character, unsuitable for settlement, but which is believed to be auriferous. Alluvial gold has been found in two or three places, and it is reported that a " rush " of miners from the Thames has taken place there during the last few days. The kauri timber has been sold to Messrs. Seccombe and Son, who have a valuable saw-mill on freehold land near the mouth of the river Tairua. I think this block can be purchased from the Natives. I have been requested to get it surveyed, and to apply to the Native Land Court to investigate the title.

4. Wharekawa and Omahu Blocks.

These may be estimated at 40,000 acres of land of rough hilly character. I am not aware of any gold having been found there. I understand that Messrs. Hannaford, Logan, Brissenden, and O'Keefe have advanced moneys to the Natives for the purpose of defraying the expenses of surveying these lands, but the survey has not been undertaken owing to the opposition of some of the Natives. It is probable these blocks can be acquired, as I am informed that the liens registered in the Native Land Court by the above gentlemen can be purchased for a small amount from the holders, and this would give the Government a footing on the land.

The lands under the third head are the Hikutaia, Ohinemuri, Aroha, Wairere, Matamata, and Patatere Blocks.

1. Hikutaia Block.

This has not been surveyed, but probably contains 25,000 acres. There are a few patches in this fit for settlement, irrespective of the requirements for Native reserves. The remainder of the land is of hilly character. I have reason to believe that some portion of it will be found auriferous. The title to this block is much disputed. I have instructions from the principal owners to survey it and get the title investigated by the Native Land Court, but have declined to do so until the telegraph line is completed through it for fear of a dispute arising and causing complications which might militate against the construction of the line. The survey will be commenced as soon as the telegraph line is finished.

2. Ohinemuri Block.

This has not been surveyed ; the probable area is 100,000 acres. Of this one-third is fit for settlement, irrespective of requirements for Native reserves. Gold has been found in three or four places within this territory, but I have reason to believe it will be more difficult of access than at the Thames and Coromandel fields. This block can only be acquired by degrees and by very carefully conducted negotiations.

8. Te Aroha Block.

This may be estimated to be of nearly the same extent as the Ohinemuri Block, but contains a larger area of land fit for settlement. The title to this land was disputed between the Thames Natives and the Ngatihana tribe of Waikato, and after a protracted investigation was awarded to the former by the Native Land Court. I believe some part of it can be acquired easier than the Ohinemuri country. The Government have some land on the Waitoa stream, adjoining the western boundary of Te Aroha Block. Te Aroha is the southern extremity of the lands owned by the Hauraki Natives.

4. Wairere Block.

This is situated on the eastern bank of the River Thames, and extends from the southern extremity of Te Aroha Block to Okauia, and inland to the western boundary of the Tauranga Block. The land is unsurveyed, but the probable area is 85,000 acres, about one-third of which is fit for settlement irrespective of the requirements for Native purposes. The owners are the Ngatihinerangi tribe, who are connected with Ngatiraukawa of Patetere, and the Ngaiterangi of Tauranga. At the time of the sitting of the Native Land Court in Te Aroha case, the principal chiefs engaged me to act as their agent in any future disposition of their land. I have not as yet entered on the question, but believe action might be taken and negotiations brought to a successful termination.

5. Matamata Block.

The land forming this block is chiefly of a level character, some of it is of a swampy nature. The greater part was formerly leased to Josiah Firth, Esq., for the of stock. He has succeeded in obtaining the fee-simple of some large pieces of it at the southern extremity of this block extending towards Patetere. W. T. Buokland, Esq., holds leases of an extensive tract of country. Nearly the whole of the Matamata Block is of a quality suitable for settlement, though the land is in some places swampy and at others rather dry and exposed to cutting winds.

PP—C.

3.89 100

▲back to top

 

V

C. 326.

•91

 

6. Patsters Block.

This is an extensive tract of country on both sides of the River Waihou or Thames, extending to the Waikato River on the West and to the Tauranga and Rotorua watershed on the East. The land is of fair average quality for settlement, and ought to sustains large population. This district is owned by the Ngatiraukawa tribe, who have hitherto held aloof from any land transactions with the Crown. I would suggest that if the Government make terms With Mr. Buckland that the land should be purchased in his name. It is the opinion of miners who have visited this district that the auriferous country, which commences on the North at Cape Colville and forms the Coromandel and Hauraki Goldfields, terminates at Horahora at the southern extremity of the Patetere District.

I assume that the area of the country above described is at least 500,000 acres, exclusive of the Tokatea, Kapanga, Tiki or Ngaurukahu, Tararu, and Karaka Blocks; and that the average cost per. acre, including surveys, would be from two shillings and sixpence to three shillings per sore, or a total of £75,000. The Tokatea, Kapanga, Tiki or Ngaurukahu, Tamil, and Karaka Blocks may be estimated to contain 22,000 acres, and it would not be an excessive estimate to assume that these can not be purchased at a lower average rate than one pound ten shillings per acre, or say a total of £33,000. Taking into consideration the fact that a large portion of this extensive territory would be purchased from Natives who are hostile to the sale of lands to the Crown, and that much of the land is of known auriferous character, I do not think it would be right to estimate the total cost at less than £108,000, exclusive of agent's commission.

The question of reserves for Native residence, occupation, and cultivation will also require serious attention, and it will probably be found necessary in most instances to make this class of lands inalienable.

After all questians as to boundaries, surveys, and reserves have been arranged, the title to the lands should be iuvestigated by the Native Land Court, and conveyances be procured from the parties found to be interested therein. In cases of very large purchases, it might be found desirable to make the payments by instalments running over a term of years. It would also be beneficial to induce the Natives to invest some of their money in Government annuities. It will be necessary that forms of deeds should be supplied to me some of which should have provision inserted in them for payment by instalments. I object to the old form of Land Purchase Deed, as the space for description of boundaries, and the signature of the Natives, is too small. I think the deeds should be printed on parchment.

In order to prevent confusion in surveys, and also to obviate the necessity for repeated references to the Inspector of Surveys for information as to previous surveys within the Coromandel and Eastern Hauraki Districts, I would respectfully request that a map or tracing should be furnished to me, showing all Government lands, granted lands, and surveyed lands within the blocks hereinbefore described. The same to contain the area and boundaries, with bearings and distances, where possible, of such lands. No use to be made of such information, except for the Government purchases.

As there are several pieces of land which have been granted to Natives, under "The Native Lands Act," which have not been sold to Europeans; and it may in some cases be found advisable to secure these for the Crown, I would respectfully request that the Native Land Court officials should be instructed to furnish me with a return of all lands in the Coromandel and Eastern Hauraki Districts for which certificates of title have been ordered by the Court, with the names of the grantees in each case. I could then, by referring to the Deeds Registration Office, ascertain the lands which had been disposed of, and those still in the hands of the Natives. Lands within the townships of Kapanga, Hastings, Grahamstown, and Shortland need not be included in this return.

With reference to the vested interests and claims of Europeans to kauri timber, situated within the blocks of land proposed to be purchased, some of which are held under valid leases made subsequent to the issue of certificates of title by the Native Laud Court, and others by agreements made previous to the issue of certificates of title for the lands comprised in such agreements, I would beg to recommend that in all cases where the parties are in actual possession of the timber, and do not obstruct the Government in negotiating for the purchase of the lands, that all such agreements, leases, and private interests shall be respected, and the Conveyances by the Natives to the Crown shall take notice of and confirm all such reasonable and fair leases, agreements and transactions. I would point out that the timber trade is of vital interest to the goldfields, and is one of great importance to the Province of Auckland, and very largo capital is invested in it; and although the agreements for the acquisition of timber are not in the majority of cases strictly legal or valid; yet many of these so-called illegal agreements have been made by and with the assistance of officers of the Native Department. If the Government acquired the kauri timber, it would only be destroyed by miners and bush fires. At the present time, where the kauri timber is not the property of mill owners, it is a fruitful source of discontent between the minors, Government officers, and the Native proprietors.

I will, at the earliest opportunity, furnish the Government with a sketch map, showing approximately the position of the various blocks of land alluded to in this report, for purposes of reference when any question arises. I must, however, state that I only give such information on the understanding that the Government employ no agent other than myself to conduct the negotiations for the purchase of the lands herein alluded to, as it would be manifestly unjust to me to supply other agents with information acquired by myself for my own business, and which they are not in a position to obtain, or to furnish to the Government.

In conclusion, I beg to state that as the Governmenthave confided this important and responsible business to me, no effort shall be spared on my part to bring the negotiations to a successful termination, and ono which will be beneficial to the interests of the Colony, and meet with the approval of the Government.   I have, &c.,

The Hon. the Minister for Public Works,   JAMES MACKAY, Junr. Wellington.

3.90 101

▲back to top

3.91 102

▲back to top

 

C.   828

I am directed in conclusion to express the hope that the successful execution of the duty devolving on you will enable the Government at no distant date to throw open to the enterprise and industry of settlers a portion of country, the development of the resources of which cannot fail materially to promote the prosperity of the colony.   I have, &c.,

JOHN KNOWLES,

James Mackay, Esq.   Under-Secretary.

No. 5.

Mr. E. W. PUCKEY to the UNDER-SECRETARY, Native Department.
Hauraki.—Purchase of foreshors.

Sir,—   Native Office, Thames, 21st April, 1878.

I have the honor to forward herewith a detailed statement of the purchase of the Thames foreshore, showing the progress of operations to the present time. This statement shows fully what has been done and what requires to be done. Had time permitted, I intended to attach hereto a statement showing what moneys would be required to complete the purchase at the same rate at which the purchases have hitherto been made.   I have, &o.,

The Under-Secretary, Native Department, Wellington.   E.W.   PUCKEY.

Enclosure.

RETURN SHOWING THE PURCHASED AND UNPURCHASED INTERESTS OF NATIVES TO THE FORESHORE IN
HAURAKI DISTRICT.

Name of Block.

 

Name of Claimant.

 

Amount Paid.

 

Total.

Kauaeranga, E. 14 B.

...

...   Poihakene   ...   ...

 

£

...   5

s.

0

e

d.   4   s.   d.

0

20 acres.

 

To Mariri   ...   ...

...

...   5

0

0

 

 

Hona Taiawa   ...

...

...   5

0

0

 

 

Wiremu Turipona ...

...

...   8

0

0

 

 

Eruera te Ngahue ...

...

...   12

0

0

 

 

Miriama Konehu   ,..

 

...   8

0

0

 

 

Piniha Pumoko   ...

...

...   5

0

0

 

 

Hoani Toarauawhea

...

...   8

0

0

56   0   0

Kauaeranga, E. 8 B.

3 acres.

...

...   Eruera te Ngahue ...

Miriama Konehu   ...

...

...

...   8

...   8

0

0

0

0

Kauaeranga, E. 9 B.

4 acres.

...

...   Matiu Poono   ...

Karauna Koropango

...

...

...   4

...   4

0

0

6   0   0

0

0

8   0   0

Kauaeranga, E. 10 B.

...

...   Haora Tipa ...   ...

...

...   6

0

0

12 acres.

 

Tamati Tangiteruru

...

...   6

0

0

 

 

Harata Patene   ...

...

...

...

 

 

 

Rawiri Takurua   ...

...

 

...

12   0   0

Kauaeranga, E. 11 B.

 

...   Kitahi te Tauiwha ...

 

8

0

0

28 acres.

 

Hori Korei Tuokioki

 

...   8

0

0

 

 

Renata Kitahi   ...

...

...   8

0

0

 

 

Wata to Kura   ...

...

..   8

0

0

 

 

To Warau   ...   ...

...

...   8

0

0

 

 

Tini Maru   ...   ...

 

...   8

0

0

 

 

Matire to Arawhatiu

...

...   8

0

0

56   0   0

Kauaeranga, E. 13 B.

59 acres.

 

...   Reweti te Rangikawhiria

Miriama Konehu   ...

...

...

...   14

...   14

15

15

0

0

 

 

Wiremu Turipona ...

...

...   14

15

0

 

 

To Pukeroa ...   ...

...

...   14

15

0

 

 

Ramarihi Ochua   ...

...

...   14

15

0

 

 

Eruera to Ngahue ...

...

...   14

15

0

 

 

Pare Watana   ...

...

...   14

15   

0

 

 

Mere Watnna   ...

...

...   14

15

0

118   0   0

Kauaeranga, E. 12 B.

37 acres,

 

....   Ruweti te Rangikawhiria

Te Reata to Purekeoa.

...

...

...   9

9

5

5

0

0

 

 

Mohi Tautehere   ...

...

...   9

5

0

 

 

Mere Watana,   ...

...

...   9

5

0

 

 

Hono Koura Horoiwi

...

...   9

5

0

 

 

Raiha Roweti   ...

...

...   9

5

0

 

 

Mereana Reweti   ...

...

...   9

5

0

 

 

Aherata te Urumiha

...

...   9

5

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

74   0   0

 

 

Carried forward...

...

...

 

 

3.92 103

▲back to top

 

829    

RETURN SHOWING TEL PURCHASED AND UNPURCEASED INTEREST OF NATIVES—continued.

Name of Block.

Name of Claimant.

J Amount Paid.

Total.

 

 

£   8.   d.

£   8.   d.

Tararu   ...   ...   ...   ...

Brought forward   ...   ...

Additional general payment to—

Eruera to Ngahue   ...   ...

20   5   0

 

Opitomako   ...   ...   ...

 

Rapana, Maunganoa, and others ...

...

20   5   0

30 acres.

 

 

 

Pukehinau, No. 1...   ...   ...

Rapana Maunganoa   ...   ...

...

 

88 acres 1 rood 80 perches.

 

 

 

Pukehinau, No. 2...   ...   ...

Hohepa Paraone   ...

...   ...

150   0   0

 

50 acres.

 

 

150   0   0

Moanataiari, No. 1 A.    ...   ...

Marie Purewha   ...   ...   ...

14   2   0

 

11 acres 8 roods 4 perches.

Watana Tama   ...   ...

Tereiti Turns   ...

14   2   0

...

 

 

Turuhira Rapana   ...   ...   ...

14   5   0

 

 

Malin Kaimate   ....   ...   ...

14   5   0

56 14   0

Kauaeranga, No. 28 A.   ...   ...

14 acres 0 roods 25 perches.

Nikorima, Poutotara   ...   ...

Pincha Marutuahu ...   ...   ...

57   0   0

81 10   0

 

Moanataiari, No. 2 A.   ...   ...

6 acres 1 rood 80 perches.

Aihe Pepene   ...   ...   ...

Hirawa to Moananui   ...   ...

 

10   0   0

19   0   0

88 10   0

Moanataiari, No. 3 A.   ...   ...

12 acres 2 roods 2 perches.

Tanumeha to Moananui   ...   ...

Wiremu Kingi   ...   ...

Mihi Kote   ...   ...   ...

 

25   0   0

25   0   0

25   0   0

88   0   0

Moanataiari, No. 4 A.   ...   ...

2 acres 1 rood 24 porches.

Pirika to Ruipoto   ...   ...   ...

Parata to Mapu   ...   ...

Pineha Marutuahu ...   ...   ...

Waraki   ...   ...   ...   ...

8 16   0

8 15   0

8 15   0

8,15   0

7500

15   0   0

Moanataiari, No. 4 B.   ...   ...

17 acres 0 roods 8 porches.

Rapana Mannganoa   •••   •••

...

 

Moanaitainri, No. 5   ...   ...

6 acres 2 roods 10 perches.

Hera to Waunga   ...   •••   ...

...

 

Moanataiari, No. 0   ...   ...

8 acres2 roods 6 perches.

Matiu Poono   ...   ...   ...

21   0   0

21   0   0

Moauataiari, No. 7   ...   ...

4 acres 2 roods 38 perches.

Aperahama to Reiroa   ...-   ...

Tanumeha to Moananui   ...   ...

Pinola, to Marutuahu   •••

10   0   0

10   5   0

9 10   0

29 15   0

Moanataiari, No. 8 A.   ...   ...

2 acres 2 roods 12 perches.

Aihe Pepone   ...   ...   ...

'Brawn to Moananui   ...   ...

   8   0   0

8 0   0

 

16   0   0

Moanataiari, No. 8 B.   ...   ...

11 acres 2 roods 10 perches.

Rapana Maunganoa   ...   ...

Turuhira Poha   ...   ...   ...

Pineaha Marutuahu   ...   ...

...

28   0   0

28   0 0

46   0 0

Moanataiari, No. 9   ...   ...

9 acres 2 roods 18 perches.

Aperahama to Rciroa   ...   ...

Taunmeha to Moananui   ...   ...

28 10   0

28 10   0

57   0   0

Kauaeranga, S. 28   ...   ...

13 acres 1 rood.

Hotereno Taipari   ...   ...   ...

Wairope Hoterne Taipari...   ...

Rapana Manuganoa   ...   ...

...

...

 

Whakaruaki   ...   ...   ...

10 acres 0 roods 19 porches.

Hotereno Taipari   ...   ...   ...

...

 

Rangiriri, L.   ...   ...   ...

2 acres 1 rood 88 perches.

Ngakapa   Whallaunga and general

claim   ...   ...   ...   ...

84   0   0

84   0   0

Rangiriri, H.   ...   ...

5 acres 3 roods.

Wiremu te Aramoana Whanaunga

11 10   0

11 10   0

Rangiriri, G.   ...      ...   ...

2 acres 3 roods 24 perches.

Ripcka Anderson   ...   ...   ...

5 15   0

5 15   0

Rangiriri, F.   ...   ...   ...

2 acres 8 roods 24 perches.

Renata to Kiore   ...   ...   ...

5 15   0

5 15   0.

 

Carried forward   ...   ..,

...

 

3.93 104

▲back to top

 

C.   830

 

RETURN SHOWING THE PURCHASED AND UNTURCHASED INTEREST or NATIVES—Continued.

Name of Block.

Name of Claimant.

Amount Paid.   Total.

 

 

£   s.   d.   £   s.   d.

Rangiriri, A.   

6 acres 8 roods.

Brought forward   ...   ...

Kitahi to Taniwha   ...   ...

 

18 10   0

18 10

Rangiriri, D.   ...   ....   ...

5 acres 3 roods.

Te Kairaimaina   ...      ...   ...

'   •

11 10   0

11 10   0

Nokenoke, B.   ...   ...   ...

13 acres 0 roods 25 perches.

Nikorima Poutotara   ...   ..

 

26   5   0

26   6   0

Nokenoke, A.   ...   ...   ...

9 acres 8 roods 11 perches.

.

Matiu Kaimate   ...   ...   ...

Rapana Maunganoa...   ...

Wiriama Kiritahanga...   ...

...

...

...

Whakaharatau, A.   ...   , ...

7 acres 2 roods 18 perches.

Raika Whakarongotai   ...

Hiria Rotorua   ...

•   ••

Hera Tuhirae   ...   ...

Teretiu to Kupenga...   ...

15   5   0

15   5   0

Hangaruru   ...   ...   ...

7 acres 0 roods 20 perches.

Rapana Maunganoa      ...

...

Tapuaeouenuku   ...   ...   ...

7 acres 0 roods 84 perches.

Raika Whakarongotai   ...   ...

14 10   0

      14 10   0

Whakaupapa   ...   ...   ...

14 acres 1 rood 19 perches.

Wirope Hoterene Taipari ...   ...

...

Te Tapuae   ...   ...   ...

8 acres 2 roods 11 perches.

Hoani Nahe and Matene to Nga

7   5   0

7   5   0

Karaka   ...   ...   ...   ...

17 acres 3 roods.

General Claim ...   ...

Raika Whakarongotai   ...   ...

Weremana Konui   ...   ...   ...

58   5   0

58   5   0

5   0   0

5   0   0

Kauaeranga, B. 10   ...   ...

14 acres 0 roods 10 perches.

Parata to Mapu   ...   ...   ...

Waraki to Matapihi   ...

28   2   6

28   2   6

      56   5   0

Kauaeranga, B. 11   ...   ...

8 acres 0 roods 14 perches.   

Bupene to Whatnid self and Rehara

Ngawharawhara   ...   ...

 

82   7   6

      82   7   6

Kauaeranga, B. 12   ...   ...

4 acres 2 roods.

Hone to Huiraukura   ...   ...

Hohepa Paraone   ...   ...   ...

Maata Paraone   ...   ...

Aporo to Kaka   ...   ...   ...

Hera to Wettings   ...   ...

Erana Ketu ...   ...   ...   ...

Te Kepa to Wharau   ...   ...

Karapuha   ...   ...   ...

...

...

2 10   0

2 10   0

...

6   0   0

2 10   0

2 10   0

—   15 0 0

Kauaeranga, 12 A.   ...   ...

10 acres 2 roods.

Hone to Huiraukura   ...

Hohepa Paraone   ...   ...

42 0 0

42   0   0

Kauaeranga, 13 A.   ...   ...

15 acres.

Mango   ...   ...   ...   ...

Ngapari   ...   ...   ...   ...

Tanumeha to Moananui   ...   ...

Aperahama to Reiroa   ...   ...

...

...

15   0   0

15   0   0

80   0   0

Ilanaerauga, B. 18   ...   ...

8 acres.

Tanumeha to Moananui   ...   ...

Ngapari   ...   ...   ...   ...

Mango   ...   ...   ...   ...

Poro Korn   ...   ...   ...   ...

Maata Paraone   ...   ...   ...

Wiriata Whaiapu   ...   ...   ...

Hirawa   ..   ...

5   0 0

...

...

5   0   0

5   0 0

...

5   0 0

General Claim   for   Moanataiari

No.   4 ...   ...   ...   ...

Te Kemara to Raruahuni ...   ...

20   0   0

8 15   0

 

Aihe Pepene   ...   ...   ...

5   0 0

8 15   0

 

 

Total amount paid ...   ...   ...

...   £1,351   1   6

3.94 105

▲back to top

 

831

No. 6.

Mr. COMMISIONER HAY to the CHIEF COMMISSIONER.
Thames—Reporting on certain Native Claims referred to him.

SIR,   Konpu, 18th June, 1858.

I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of letters dated 9th January, 1858, and 2nd February, 1868, delivered to me yesterday on my return from the Piako. In reply to letter bearing date 9th January, containing copies of letters from To Hoterene and Wharerurutu to the effect that Kohatianoa should not be sold, I trust the report enclosed in this will be sufficient. In regard to letter dated 2nd February, 1858, enclosing copies of letters from Ngatai and others with sketch of land offered by them—Opukeko To Papa, on the River Webb and from Mataora to Waihi, on the sea coast—I have to observe that, in September or October, 1858, the same block was offered by Ngatai, though the sea coast was not taken in at that time, This offer was made verbally after I had refused to negotiate for a block called Te Mats, near To Putt, Taraia's settlement. I refused to have anything to do with Te Mata, knowing that Teuriwha tribe and Ngatitamatera were all concerned in it, telling Ngatai at the same time that if he could get the consent of Taraia, To A and others, I would attend to it, letting him know also I was aware ho would have but a small share, when To Papa was proposed instead. Knowing that he only owned the actual site of the Pah of Opukeko, and, to the best of my knowledge, not a thousand acres acres at To Papa, I again referred Ngatai to the Ngatitamatera, the tribe living on the land, the Whakatohea, and Ngatikot ; I offered to go with him and hear what the Natives would say, but, when I called at his settlement on the Wairoa, he was either going to Auckland, or out of the way. I would strongly recommend the Government not to advance any money on land offered by Ngatai or Bode, but I suppose, from the time that has elapsed (nearly four months), and from Maori reports, the money has been advanced.

With the exception of the two trifling bits of land owned by Ngatai, not an acre is owned by any of those Natives named in the copies of letters forwarded to me. I refer, of course, to the River Waihou on the present occasion ; in fact, amongst the whole of the Ngatipaoa tribe, Hoera and Peneamene, who rank first amongst the heirs of Wiremu Kingi (To Huru), are the only claimants on this river. Peneamene is claiming conjointly with Paora Te Putu in the' block offered by Ngatai and Hoeto ; there are seven or eight claimants owning ten times as much land, and of equal if not higher rank than himself (Ngatai) ; besides these a host of minor claims larger than his, though the owners may be called slaves by him. This attempt on the part of Ngatai and Hoek, to obtain money under false pretences has done more to stop the sale of land than the united influence of all the Natives who have opposed it in this district.

I had intended to have negotiated for (after obtaining the sanction of the Government) a block nearly five times the size of that offered by Ngatai and Hoete, and I believe that I should have had comparatively little difficulty, large blocks being cheaper from the Native, attention being drawn to the large amount offered, and not to the division of the price by the number of acres. They offer also the advantage of being surveyed for the most part trigonometrically ; but the feeling now is so strong that for the present none of the land supposed by the Natives to have been meddled with by Ngatai and Hoete can be got. I shall be able, I believe, to work on the west bank of the river. I enclose a letter from Te Whewberatauwaru with respect to land in the Thames Valley.

I have, &o.,

Donald McLean, Esq.,   G. U. DRUMMOND HAY,

Chief Commissioner.   District Commissioner.

No. 7.

Mr. COMMISSIONER HAT to the CHIEF COMMISSIONER:

Thames.--The Ngatitamatera refuse to cede land on account of money advanced to Ngatai.

SIR,—   houpu, 18th July, 1858.

I have the honor to state for your information that the Ngatatimatera have come to the determination that they will code no portion of the land on account of money advanced to Ngatai.

Even supposing them to have consented to a survey being made of the block sketched by Ngatai, they would not have recognised the advance made as payment for any portion of the laud but that which really belonged to him ; and I am confident that he cannot claim more than a thousand acres, and that there would be several other claims as good as his which would have to be silenced by pay- ment in addition to the advance already made. As for Taraia having taken part with the Government, the Ngatitamatera do not recognise any right on his part to authorize advances in money being made on a block which includes almost all their principal claims.

As my latest official information is a letter dated 2nd February, 1858, I, of course, am not acquainted with the nature of the arrangement made with Taraia, who affirms that Ngatai received the whole of the money advanced. A very slight share of responsibility rests on his own side. I have pointed out to him that, as I conceive, in all probability it was mainly through his consent that Ngatai obtained any advance from the Government ; and he has desired that I should forward the enclosed letter (dictated by him to me) for His Excellency the Governor's information.

In case a report that Hops Totohi has offered land on the eastern side of the Cape Colville Range be correct, I recommend that bat a small advance be made.

I have, &c. ,

G. W. DRUMMOND HAY,

To the Chief Commissioner,   District Commissioner.

   Native Land Purchase Department, Auckland.

3.95 106

▲back to top

 

C. 882

7

No. 8.

Mr. COMMISSIONER HAY to the CHIEF COMMISSIONER.
Thames.—The Natives prefer' to sell their Lands in small Blocks.

Koupu, 81st August, 1858.

I have the honor to acknowledge receipt of letters dated 29th and 80th June, 8th, 9th, and 10th July.

In reply to those referring to Riria's claim; I have the honor to state, for the information of the Government, that the land has not been surveyed, nor have I entered into negotiation for it.

A small piece of land was offered by Unahi (Wi Koka) near Waikaka, but not approved of by me, as I considered this and several other small claims had better be purchased in oneblock, or not at all.

,

It is impossible to complete the purchase of small pieces of land under a thousand acres, unless at the rate of 2s. or 3s. per acre, and the Natives would like to sell separately as they think, other- wise, that they do not get the full benefit of their claims. They may consent at the commencement of the negotiation to 16d. or 1s. per acre, but when the sum paid to them does not exceed their very sanguine expectations, disputes arise ; and if one Native complains, his friends readily join in his cry. The greatest drawback and source of contention I have met with has been the money advanced on small blocks, the Natives comparing the size of 'the blocks, and accusing me as the cause of their not obtaining higher prices.

They also exclaim that they never have anything to show for their land after it is sold, as—except in the case of one or two influential men who may retain large sums—the mass of the payment is divided amongst the tribe in trifling sums, which are spent, perhaps, immediately, 'and in a few months they regret having coded their land.

The Ngatimaru and Ngatitamatera are the only tribes that can sell blocks of any size in this district, and with them I have to fight my way from claimant to claimant until a good sized block is procured. I speak, of course, of arrangements previous to the sale by Ngatai, as since then there is very little use attempting to purchase.

The Ngatimaru have always been opposed to selling their lands, but their opposition, without being violent, is more determined than ever. There have been visitors from the Waikato amongst them lately, and from what I hear they were sent to try and confirm the Ngatimaru in their system of retaining their lands. I attempted to negotiate with them the other day for land on the West bank near the Aroha, but was told to consider their decision as final ; that they would never sell a single acre to the Government south of the mouths of Piako and Waihou. I told them, that, though of course their land was their own, I did not recognise. their right to retain land which they do not, nor never will, cultivate, and part of which is debateable land, so that by selling their claims there they would do away with ono source of dispute.

I have been for some time collecting a party who are inclined to sell ; but I do not wish their lands to be offered until the old land claims in this river have been settled.

I have delayed several purchases until Mr. Dillon Bell arrived, as they were all connected with the old land claims.

In negotiating with the Natives, I attempt to point out to them the most advantageous and substantial form that may be given to payments they may receive ; for instance, by suggesting a flour-mill, and pointing out a site. I have succeeded in obtaining a small block of 4,000 acres or thereabouts ; there has been a dispute about it, but it is not one that will interfere with the sale, and will be settled by To Kopara immediately ho returns to the Piako.

I have been doing all I can to get up to the Ngatihaua boundary, as the border land belongs to a hapu, who were anxious to sell when the Hangawera Block was sold, and who are willing to sell now. The Ring party are, of course, using every exertion to retain all Native lands, and I am inclined to believe Tioriori does all in his power to persuade Natives from selling. If the Government look upon the money advanced to Ngatai as a premium for the cession of such land as may hereafter be obtained, well and good ; otherwise his share would not be £50.

These advances also contributed towards placing me in a false position with the Natives. They look upon offering land to me as an unnecessary step, only causing delay in the payment of what money may be advanced ; they are also more inclined to believe the statements made by Natives whom I may have had occasion to thwart or oppose in any way. The Government cannot expect me to succeed in purchasing land, especially in a disaffected district, if the Natives see that the power of recommending the proper persons to receive payment is taken out of my hands. A Native present. ing himself at the Native Department to ask for an advance is a very different being when he returns to have his land surveyed, or, having been disappointed in getting money, to give as much trouble as he can. The Natives talk sometimes as if it were a personal favour letting me survey.

The Ngatimaru have desired me to state to the Government that, as they put in a claim for their land at Waiheke, and received intimation from the Government to the effect that care would be taken to give them due warning when due payment was to be made for that island, they look to the Government for payment, as their claims seem to have been overlooked. This, and one or two other points on which they are sore, tend to strengthen their disposition to retain their land.

My time is fully taken up by disputes and complaints that I am obliged to listen to, as I cannot get away from them.

The extract from my diary I forward to-morrow, as the vessel is to start, and I have not time to complete it,

I have, &c.,

G. W. DRUMMOND HAY,

Donald McLean, Esq., Chief Commissioner.   District Commissioner.

3.96 107

▲back to top

 

883   

C.

   The CHIEF COMMISSIONER to Mr.   COMMISSIONER HEY.

   Thames.—To avoid small and disconnected Block.

Native Land Purchase Office,

 

SIR,—    Auckland, 20th September, 1858.

With reference to your letter of the 81st August, last, reporting negotiations for the acquisition of fresh blocks of land in your district; I have the honor, by direction of His Excellency the Governor, to request that yon will complete the survey and purchase of the blocks on which you made advances in Auckland, at the time the Piako Block was paid for ; which blocks should be, as far as possible, finally settled before entering into negotiations for fresh purchases.   

It is not the wish of the Government to acquire land in small blockson the contrary, such purchases should be carefully avoided; excepting cases when they are likely to lead to the sale of large tracts of country.

I am further directed to inform you that His Excellency objects to the purchase of isolated blocks detached from the land already acquired, unless such acquisitions are make with a view of connecting several purchases in a district into one large block, that may be eventually available for European settlement on an extended scale..

 

  •                                      I have,&c.,

  •                                      DONALD McLEAN

  •                                           

G. W. Drummond Hay, District Commissioner.      Chief Commissioner.

No. 10.

Mr. COMMISSIONER G. W. D. HEY to the CHIEF COMMISSIONER.
Thames.—Respecting Land Offers.

SIR,—   Te Kerepehi, 29th October, 1859.

I have the honor to state for the information of the Government, that I reached Wai Aro, Te Moananui's Settlement, on the 2nd instant. To Moananui and his party have offered to cede their land on the west bank of the Waiton. I can form no idea of the extent until I have seen the Ngatiwerewere, at Paknrao, who own the adjoining land. I consider it highly advisable that the Government should avail themselves of this offer, as the sale of land in that part of the country will inevitably lead to other purchases. To Moananni, who took the most active part in stopping the sale of land in the Waihou, on account of the advance made to Ngatae, is now ready to sell. Te Hira Kake will withdraw his opposition, and the Natives residing in the Waihou have only been deterred from selling by their fear of the Ngatitamatera.

Amongst the Ngatimaru there are a good many who are anxious to sell their claims, but they are opposed by the others, who maintain that no individual claims shall be sold without the consent of the whole tribe; that the tribe have any right to the land, but because such sale may compel them eventually to sell the adjoining claims.

Under the present system of opposition to sale of land, especially amongst the Ngatimaru, I would recommend the acquisition of all claims offered to . the Government, especially with river frontages to the Waihou.   

As long as the claim is not too small, the adjoining claims would soon bo offered for sale, and I

think in a very short time frontage of from ten to fifteen miles would be acquired on the west bank of the Waihou, with an average depth of two miles. There is not the slightest possibility of any large block being offered for sale near the mouth of the Waihou, and those Natives who aro now willing to sell their claims, would in all probability make the strongest opposition were land offered for sale there, at any future time, unless their right to sell is recognized

The Ngatitamatera aro to meet in the Waihou, about the middle of December, when they will enter into negotiations for land in that part of the country. In the Waihou, much time necessarily elapses before anything can be settled finally about the land, the claimants living so far apart ; and in the present instance, the sale of laud having been altogether put a stop to by general consent, they must all re-assemble to remove the restriction.

I expect some of the Ngatipaoa in a few days, when I- hope I may be enabled to take further stops towards consolidating the Piako Block.   

Taraia has again spoken of some land he wishes to cede on the east bank of the Wairoa. I have arranged to go there with him, on my return to Auckland.

I have, &c.,

GEO. W. DRUMMOND HAY,

The Chief Commissioner, Auckland.   District Commissioner, Thames.

No. 11.

Mr. COMMISSIONER HAY to the CHIEF COMMISSIONER.

 

Thames.—General Report as to the State of the Land purchasing Operations in his District.

 

THE land for thirty-five miles south of the mouths of the Waihou and Rivers, bounded on the West by the wooded range between the Piako and the Waikato on the East by the coast line between Tairua and Katikati (Tauranga) is the only portion of the district at present available for land Purchase. The land lying to the south of this tract of country is in the hands of tribes who are thoroughly opposed to the sale of the land.

QQ.—C.

3.97 108

▲back to top

 

C.

884

The above-mentioned boundaries give approximate area of Six hundred thousand (600,000) acres as the extent over which purchases may be 'effected. The total acreage of land over which the Native title has been extinguished, including land "ender negotiation, and land offered; but for which negotiations have not yet commenced is One hundred and eight thousand five hundred (108,500)

 

Old land claims of the distrio      

   15,000 acres.

000 sores

Land acquired since 1856   89,500   "

 

Land under negotiation 14,000,   "

Land offered, negotiations not yet commenced    40,000 "   

 

 

108,5000

One third of the area to be deducted as not available, such as the wooded ranges, and part of the swamps, leaves available land 400,000 acres.

Out of this quantity, the, Native title would be extinguished over 72,800 acres, inclusive of land already purchased, as soon as ngotiations are recommenced.

16,000 acres of land were bought and finally paid for during the year ending June,1860.

9,000 acres were surveyed during the same year; as the rest of the land purchased adjoined land already surveyed, there were data enough to ascertain the area. The average price was ls. 10d. per acre. The land is of fair average quality ; and, by purchasing blocks in different parts of the district, the peculiar distribution of the claims of different tribes renders the cession of the in ening land a

certainty.

14,000 acres are under negotiation ; the sum of 4820 has been paid on this land; hen the final payments are made, the average price will be ls. 6d. per acre. Several contiguous blocks have been offered, amounting in all to 40,000 acres. No negotiations have been as yet commenced, but there is reason to believe that this land will be acquired at the rate of ls. per acre.

The land within the boundaries already mentioned is owned and occupied by five distinct tribes, who hold the land from .their ancestors by right of conquest. There are also numerous remnants of the original possessors of the soil scattered throughout the district, and Occupying a subordinate position with reference to the other tribes.

One tribe alone utterly refuses to part with theirTheir claims are not extensive, but are scattered throughout the district. The objections raised by the other tribes to the sale of the land are merely questions of price ; they not finding the price in some instances an adequate compensation for what they consider the greatest sacrifice they can make, namely, the total surrender of their laud.

This district having been the battle-field of numerous tribes for a period of about Seven hundred years, every spot of ground is more or less associated in the minds of the Natives with their ancestry. Not a name but recals vividly to the Native mind some part of his own family history, and however trivial it may appear to anyone else, it is in the eyes of a Native almost sacrilege to part with land which is to him a family record.

The five distinct tribes occupying the district—their constant feuds, with various success, during a long course of years ; their inter-marriages; and the lines of collateral descent resulting therefrom ; the debateable land on the boundary lines between the lands of tribes; the decline of the Maori feudal system ; the growing jealousy between the tribes holding the land and the descendants of the original owners of the soil, who have been in the position of vassals, but who now, under the effects of British rule, attempt to resume rights which they forfeited generations ago these different causes tend to create a complication of title which increases every day, and to render all investigations unusually intricate and tedious.

The system of giving Crown grants for Native reserves has not been as yet introduced in this district, the small blocks of land so called having been reserved by the Natives, and are held under Native title.

All details will be found in the General Report.   GEORGE W. DRUMMOND HAY, District Commissioner,

Thames and Piako.

Enclosure.

GENERAL REPORT ON LAND PURCHASING OPERATIONS IN THE THAMES AND PIAKO DISTRICT.

The only part of this district at present available for land purohase is a tract of land extending from the mouths of the Waihou and hake, 85 miles in a southerly direction, bounded on the west by the wooded range between Waikato and Plako, on the east 'by the coast line between; Tairua and Taurauga.

The land to the south of this tract is in the hands of tribes who are thoroughly opposed to the sale of land.

The boundaries already mentioned contain an approximate area of 600,000 acres, which will represent the extent over which purchases may be effected.

Of this, the total acreage of land over which the Native title has been extinguished, land still under negotiation, and land offered, but for which negotiations have not yet been commenced, is

108,500 acres.

Old land claims of the district   ...   ...   ...   ...   ...   15,000 acres.

Land acquired since 1856      89,500   "

Land under negotiation      14,000   "

Laud offered, negotiations not yet commenced      40,000 "

108,600

3.98 109

▲back to top

 

885

 

One-third of the area to be deducted as not available, snob as the wooded ranges and part of the -swamps, leaves available land 400,000 acres.

Out of this quantity, as soon as negotiations are recommenced, the title would be extinguished over available land, inclusive of blocks already purchased, to the extent of 72,800 acres.

The tribes who own this land are Ngatipaoa, Ngatitamatera, Ngatiwhanaunga, Ngatimaru, and Ngatikarana.   -

The negotiating for land purchase have been hitherto confined almost entirely to Ngatipaoa and Ngatitamatera.

The last land offered to the Government belongs to Ngatiwhanaunga and Ngatikaraua. Ngatimaru alone utterly reface to part with their land. Their claims are not extensive, but are scattered throughout the district.

With regard to the other tribes, the only objections raised by them are mere questions of price, as they do not find the price in some instances an adequate compensation for what they look upon as the greatest sacrifice they can make, namely, total surrender of their land.

The tribes in this district in former years were constantly at fend with each other ; this, combined with their subsequent intermarriages, has rendered the title in many instances almost hopelessly intricate. The few scattered remnants of the original owners of the soil, who have till of late years been in the position of serfs, now frequently attempt to reassert their right to tho land, in defiance of the chiefs' right of conquest; and as they have to be referred to concerning boundaries, and when the title is obscure, it requires considerable caution to avoid exciting the jealousy of the chiefs, while conciliating the vassals.

The numerous small claims into which the land is sub-divided, and which frequently have to be treated for separately ; the irregular boundaries, which bring the lands straggling into each other, often entailing the necessity of dealing with two tribes at once, a proceeding always hazardous, and not unfrequently fatal to the success of a negotiation : all tend to increase the difficulties, and render the negotiations unusually tedious. The title to land in this district is becoming more complicated every year ; in some cases the Natives are in perfect ignorance of the real state of their title, until it is investigated as connected with land purchasing operations.

The Natives still evince the same disposition to sell, induced in many instances by the dread of their land passing away after their death into the hands of other Natives who are but slightly, if at all, connected with them. This is the case with the block offered by Ngatawa Palau, where there are no direct heirs, and where the owners are dying off rapidly.

With reference to any difficulties that exist in the district with regard to any particular block, that of longest standing is a claim made by Ngatipango to some land included in the western bounbary of the Piako Block at Kawau-tohe-roa and Tirohanga. The claim was not made until long after all negotiations were Concluded, and though the relatives who made the claim were close at hand, and repeatedly sent for during the time that the boundaries were being determined, they neither made the P lightest protest, nor did they comply in any way with the invitations sent to them to be present. The claim most certainly was not a valid one ; the strongest point in it was vague title by descent in the female line. The alteration it would have made in the boundary was immaterial, but it was opposed firmly, as it was evidently one of the first attempts of the Anti-land-selling League to interfere in land purchase. The Ngatipango have not entirely given up their point ; the question was left to be settled between themselves and Ngatipaoa who sold the land.

In carrying out instructions to consolidate the purchases on the Piako, the great difficulty consists in the Native Iteserve known as Te Tikon, where the bones of several tribes are buried. The objections on the part of the Natives to the sale of this reservs have been removed, but the District Commissioner having been detached to Taranaki in August, 1860, and no operations having been carried on since in the district, the negotiation was never completed.

The determination expressed by the Natives to confine all sales of land to the west bank of the Piako has been cancelled ; the land at the fork of the Waitoa and Piako having been ceded, and a block purchased on the east bank of the Piako, which connects the Piako with the Waihou land. It will be found of the utmost advantage in A district constituted as this is, to push purchases wherever it is practicable, so as to cross the country from river to river, or from the river to the coast line. It will be seen eventually that by this means the acquisition of the land between Piako and Waihou, Waitoa and Waihou, Waihou and the sea coast, will be greatly facilitated.

The laud on the upper Waitoa, which is for the most part excellent land, and to the sale of which all the Natives concerned objected at one time most strongly, has been opened up, and when land purchasing operations are recommenced, the land between the Waitoa and Waihou will be ceded. The difficulties connected with laud purchase on the Waitoa were caused by Paora To Putu's opposition, arising partly from a wish not to sell land in that part of the country, and partly from jealousy that ho had not taken the initiative, Paora To Putu having died, and his successor not being in the hands of those who had great influence over him, will render the negotiations for land far simpler.

Taraia also threw many difficulties in the way, at the same time that he pretended to advocate land purchase, but as all his opposition was grounded on Paora Te Putu's objections, he will now side with Te Moans Nui entirely.

The District Commissioner having been ordered away suddenly in August, 1860, the Natives connected with the sale of a block of land on the east bank of the Waitoa took advantage of his absence to refuse to sign the deed, on the score that the payment was not sufficient. The objection was raised by a section of the tribe who owned a very small portion of the block. Arrangements have since been made with the principal claimants amongst them to cede the whole of their lands on the Waitoa. This will remove the objection referred to, as the Natives who refuse the price of a hundred acres at one shilling or two shillings per acre will make no difficulty about selling a thousand acres at the same rate. Where there are a great number of claimants, the payment, except in the cases of a few fortunate individuals, who, by the death of nearly all their relations, have become the proprietors of the land of

3.99 110

▲back to top

 

 

   336

nearly a whole hapu; excepting in cases such as these, the payment is subdivided into such small snms that the Maori, deriving very slight tangible benefit, rarely any of lasting effect, and not being able to look forward to the future advantages to be derived from having the wild lands occupied, is sure to become more or less dissatisfied with the sale of land. It is not unfrequently the case that the Natives with the smallest claim will upset a negotiation ; they aro always the most troublesome.

Again, however small the extent of a Native's claim, before the land is alienated ho is always acsustomed to view the whole tract as his, as far as occupying spots hero and there for plantations, pig–runs, and fisheries; not that he claims a right over the slightest portion that does not belong to him by inheritance, but he is well aware that, unless from some cause or other ho is a marked man, he will always obtain permission from the different proprietors amongst his own tribe. The hinds owned by the different hapus or sections are quite distinct in the title, and frequently there are distinct subdivisions again in one hapu or section. Of course, through marriage individuals may become possessed of collateral claims in several hapus. If a hapu, or section of a tribe, wish to cede their land, they will rarely meet with any decided opposition from the tribe, unless the land of such hapu be situated in the very heart of land not yet ceded to the Government, or as part of the system pursued by the land–league to put a stop to sale of land. Any portion of a hapu wishing to sell their laud are never interfered with, where their land adjoins a block already coded.

In no instance in the district has anything approaching to what is termed tribal rights been attempted, except as immediately connected with the opposition of the land league, and then on ono occasion only ; in this case also the strongest plea used by the opposition was that it was a very Small block to be ceded in the midst of lands not yet offered even to the Government. Setting aside the apparent indifference of the Native to his laud being occupied temporarily, or any other property that cannot be removed without his knowledge being used by others, they, of course, having first obtained permission to do so, there is perhaps no race in the world more alive to, or more tenacious in asserting, their proprietary rights, and more ready to resent the interference of the tribe, unless it be to support him, than the Maori.

The land on the Upper Weihou will, from its constantly having been occupied by Whakatohea and Ngatikoi, be found more difficult to treat for than other parts of the district. The two above–mentioned tribes, descendants of the original owners of most of the land on both banks of the Waihou, were dispossessed by the Ngatitamatera and Ngatimaru, and left for many years iu occupation as vassals, paying the tribute usual amongst Natives in such cases. Their attempts of late years to ignore their relative position with regard to the conquering tribes have led, and will continuo to lead, to disputes that require great caution, as well as a thorough local knowledge of the Natives, their genealogy, and the boundaries. of the land, in order to adjust them when caused by negotiations for land purchases.*

The disputes about a belt of land between the west bank of the Waihon and Te Awaiti arise from this cause ; in some few instances the boundaries in the forest aro lost, the men who could have given information on the subject having died. Te Hira Halea's dispute about To Rangiora, and his sub. Sequent refusal to sell land, arose through Ngatipaoa having included a considerable extent of Nga–titamatera land in the block ceded by them for money paid in about 1854.

A section of the same tribe knees, as To Urikaraka, amongst whom Ngntai, Wiremu Hocte, and Te Ruinga took a leading part, having obtained an advance of £000 for a tract of land in which Ngatai alone had any claim, and that an inconsiderable one, were the means of putting a stop to all 'and purchasing operations in the Waihou for a time.

With the exception of three chiefs, the tribe of Ngatipaoa have no interest whatever in any land on the Waihou. After a year or more had elapsed, the Waihou land was again opened for land purchase by employing Tanumeha Te Moananui's influence ; and there is no doubt that, proper care in conducting the negotiations, the Government could acquire as much land in this district as might be desirable. There will be some opposition on the part of Hoterene Taipari and others to the sale of the block offered by Ngatawa Pahau and To Kapihana, on the east bank of the Waihou. Ngatawa is supported, and his undoubted title to the land recognised, by Ngatiwhanaunga of Whare– kawa and Waiau, who, as well as Ngatikaraua, propose ceding a large tract contiguous to the block offered by Ngatawn. Te Hoterene's objections are that some land of his adjoins that offered by Ngatawa, and adds the usual cry of the Land Leago that the land shall not be sold. To Hotereno has attached himself for the last three years to the Maori party, and is a strong partizan of the Laud League, endeavouring thereby to regain his waning influence as a chief.

Te Kapihana, Ngatawn Pahan and their party have no direct heirs, the hapu is dying cut rapidly, and the Natives concerned in the opposition, hope to establish some claim to the land, when the present owners are extinct.

Amongst the Natives who stand up for the Land League, and insist upon its being carried out in this district, there are two classes ; the largo land owners, who have not, and will not for the present at any rate, cede one acre ; and the tribes termed by the Natives. These aro tribes or sections of tribes, who, either owning land in come part of the country where they do not choose' to reside, or having no distinct title to any laud whatever, obtain permission from other tribes to occupy their land ; and having done so for some few generations, are naturally anxious to put a stop to land purchase, lest the tribe on whose lands they are residing should be induced to resume occupation of the land on which the Manene had obtained permission to stop.

The Manene were not exactly looked upon as vassals, but when the tribe owning the soil was a powerful one, the position of the Manene was, in point of fact, very little better than that of a vassal.

  •   NOTE.—This feeling is caused of course, from the old Maori custom of chief and Blare dying not under the effects of British rule ; but it also was strengthened by the land being sold previous to land purchases having been made ; and for some time after they had commenced, the Maori never realized the parting with his land for ever. Wrested from him for a time by a stronger tribe, ho always looked forward to some future day when he might be reinstated; and there is no doubt that this is one of tho causes of the disputes arising out of old land claims.

3.100 111

▲back to top

 

337

In all cases, however, the ono expected and received from the other some sort of feudal service. Instances of the Manene acquiring any title to the land on which he had been residing aro extremely rare ; and it would only be after many inter-marriages. and a long course of years, that the stranger's claim would be entertained at all ; inheritance to land was the only thing be could not share in with the triba he had been received into, unless, having distinguished himself in battle, ho was adopted by one of the chiefs owning the land. At all times, however, his burial ground Would be sacred, but his tight to these spots only lasted while the. bones lay there; the hahunga once performed, the pure eaten, his right vanished.

Where the tribe owning the soil diminished in numbers, and incorporated the strangers amongst then for mutual safety under the general name of the whole tribe, the case was modified, but the rule was adhered to in all its principal points; the first fruits of the land allotted to the new section of the tribe were looked for, and received by the others, and it was only when the Maori feudal system, began to die out that the complication of title commended, which is fast tending to render all investi gation almost hopeless. The chiefs find their influence a thing that has past, unless exerted for, mischief ; the Mancne, and the conquered tribes, ignore the position they have held with regard to the hereditary owners of the Roil and the conquering tribes ; the ono assuming a right they never possessed ; the others, quietly reassuming the position they forfeited some three or four hundred years ago, ask why their rights are not recognized. With these conflicting influences, and the information concerning titles and boundaries, all oral of course, being lost from time to time through deaths, it is evident that no time should be lost in ascertaining the titles and fixing the boundaries, before the complication increases.

A very short time suffices to create most important changes with regard to the title to the land. A Native, the sole survivor of n hapu is anxious to sell ; he has no heirs, his connections are all equally distantly related to him ; if he dies before his offer is taken into consideration, or before negotiations are commenced, the one claimant to be treated with becomes multiplied into ten or twenty, all equally interested in the laud, end each claiming the whole of it. If the land had been sold before his death, these numerous claimants would have received a very small portion of the payment, if any, from him ; nor would they have thought of urging their claims; they would receive the payment as an aeknowledgement of common descent from some distant ancestor, and not as a right. The only other dispute out of which claims may arise hereafter, is that which took place concerning two or three smell blocks on the Piako, near the mouth of that river. One of the blocks is known as Roha–tuanon. This laud was offered by Keha and Ngatipehi, and a sum of money paid to them as an advance on the land, in 1854. It appears that this money was shared by Echa and his own party, Ngakapa Mahirewera, of Ngatiwhauaunga and Hori Pokai To Ruinga, since dead, who received the lion's share. When the title was investigated in 1856–57, the sale was opposed by Te Aperahama Wharerurutn and Ngatimaru. Keha was unable to make out any better title than that he inherited from his ancestor Waitaha, who was dispossessed by Ngatimaru and driven away, and that he had lived on the land in question for many years.

After Ngatimaru had driven Waitaha away, a section of the tribe were allowed to remain in occu–pation, paying tribute. Intermarriages took place between. them and their conquerors ; the chiefs taking the vassals' women as wives. From one of these intermarriages Wharerurntu is descended ; and Kcha,—disowning his own former position as a vassal,—maintained that Wharerurutu could not, on that account, inherit ; descent in the female line not being considered a good title.*. Keha's plea would have held good had it not hem for the position his ancestors were placed in as vassals to Ngati mare ; in fact, he himself was in the same position, and it is only some thirty years since ho withdrew with his party to a small piece of laud that they own at Pukorokoro, and attached himself to Hori Pokai's party.

-

Wharerurutu and Kelm were told that the matter would not ho proceeded with for the time being.

Subsequently, Ngakapa—thinking that, as he had received a part of the money, the opposition of Ngatimaru was a slight to himself—insisted on ceding land for what he had received; he offered to do so, either at the Native settlement, at To Herepehi on the Piako, or at Kawacrauga. Niwha Kitahi, and Ngatiwhanauga, were prepared to support him unless Ngatimaru withdrew' their opposition to the sale of Kohatuanon. Feeling convinced that Wharerurutu's opposition was well founded, and that Keha's title was not at all clear, and not wishing to entail any disturbance between Ngatiwhauaunga and Ngatimaru, it was recommended that Ngakapa should, under the circumstances, be allowed to repay the money received by him to the Government. This advance made to Keha was eventually of service, as the investigations to which it gave rise were the means of elucidating information of importance with reference to title and boundary of other blocks. Hori Pokai never gave any land for the money he received, Kelm having most likely paid him the money as ono whose influence would assist him. The money that fell to the share of Keha and his party, it was proposed should be considered as payment for their laud at Pukorokoro, but they own no other land than that they reside on.

Nola is dead, and Paraone, Karamaina, and To Moanaroa still assert that they have coded Keha–tuauoa with, a good title.

The Assurances given to the Natives of the district, when negotiations were commenced in 1856, were as follows :-

That no land would be purchased without ample notice being given, so as to afford every ono who wished an opportunity of asserting his claim, and of protesting against the sale if there were good grounds for doing so; that on no account whatever would villages or homesteads be included in any purchase, without the consent of the occupants, and then only if provision could be made elsewhere ; that no offer would be entertained if it appeared that the Natives offering the land had not reserved a sufficient quantity for their own purposes.   

• Na to wahine i hapai ke a tana maro.

3.101 112

▲back to top

 

C.   838

This last assurance was made to meet the possible-objection in the case of a hapu wishing to sell their land, that they would sell all they had, and fall back on the land of the other hapus, for purposes of cultivation. At the same time the Natives were told distinctly that if any Natives, however few, could prove a sound title to land which they wished to sell, the offer would be entertained ; and that if opposed by the tribe on no better grounds than that the land should not be sold, such opposition would carry no weight with it ; also, in the case of the whole tribe being concerned in the offer, some few individuals alone demurring, their title would be thoroughly investigated, and their rights respected, however much the tribe might insist otherwise.

They wore also told that while the rights of the chiefs holding land, as the conquerors, would be always carried out where there was no injustice in doing so, the interests of the Natives in an inferior position would be strictly looked after.   

There is no doubt that the gradual opening up of the district is to be attributed to the strict observance in all cases of the foregoing promises. In a district constituted as this is; where there is a strong opposition on the part of some Natives to the cession of any land whatever, without referring in detail to the different grounds for such opposition, it is desirable and necessary to encourage and support all those who wish to cede land with a good title, and to form them into a party that will have sufficient weight and influence to carry their point without entailing serious disputes. If this were not done, the opposition would often intimidate a small body of Natives who were exercising a right they undoubtedly possessed. This refers particularly to the case of hapus or sections of tribes having dwindled away, and being tyrannized over by the rest of the tribe, when desirous of selling their land.

This pian has been carried out as far as possible in the district, and has contributed greatly, and will continue to do so, to the acquisition of land in this district. As yet the Native disturbance has not affected the land–purchasing operations in this district as far as the Natives are concerned ; and there is no occasion to surmise as to what would be the result of further hostilities.

The land finally bought and paid for in the year ending June, 1860, amounted to 16,000 acres.

The land surveyed during the same year amounted to 9,000 acres. The rest of the land purchased adjoining land already surveyed there were data enough for obtaining the area; the average price was is. 10d. per acre.

The land itself is of fair average value, and a most important point has been gained by purchasing in different parts of the district a the cession by the Natives of the greater part of the land between such purchases being a certainty. The land under negotiation contains 14,000 acres. The sum of £320 has been advanced on this land; when the final payments are made, the land will have an average cost of 1s. 6d. per acre.

40,000 acres have been offered in several contiguous blocks. No negotiations have as yet been commenced, but there is reason to believe that this land will be acquired at the rate of is. per acre.

From the nature of the district, the manner in which the tribes are scattered throughout it, the complication consequent on five distinct tribes having fought against each other with various success all through the district, their inter-marriages, the lines of collateral descent resulting therefrom, the intricate nature of the title, even in a single section of a tribe, the conflicting influences of the conquerors and conquered, chiefs and vassals, all these require, in order to ensure success in the negotiation of land purchases, that the District Commissioner should devote himself entirely to the necessary investigation of title and boundary. This will always entail, as it already has done, frequent visits to the different settlements before the Natives can be assembled, and every exertion is often needed to the presence of a chief, or chiefs, who may apt an important part in the cession, yet have but meagre expectation personally as to the payment. Two or more large meetings are requisite under the most favourable circumstances to conclude a negotiation for land.

The Natives have idle time at certain seasons of the year ; and these favourable opportunities must be taken advantage of to assemble the large meetings, otherwise an incurable grievance would be established by making the sale of land entail neglect of their agricultural pursuits.

During the months that the Natives are occupied in putting in their crops, the settlements can be visited, and all informatiou collected from the different hapus, and the land belonging to hapus treated for separately, as is often requisite.

From this it will be seen that the District Commissioner cannot at the same time negotiate purchase of land and survey boundaries without sacrificing one duty to the other.

In general the different blocks purchased so ensure the cession of the adjacent land that a survey is hardly requite until a largo tract be acquired, the boundaries being always so defined and roughly marked off as to be readily recognized when it is desirable to make a regular survey.

G. W. DRUMMOND HAY,

District Commissioner,

Auckland, 4th July, 1861.   Thames and Piako.

No. 12.
Mr. JAMES MACKAY to the UNDKB SECRETAHY, Native Department.
Respectiug Land Purchases in Thames District, dc.

SIR,—   Auckland, 4th July, 1876.

I have the honor to enclose herewith a return of land purchase transactions, conducted through my agency, from 1st July, 1875, to 80th June, 1876.

Owing to delays at Wellington, caused by my being summoned to appear before several Parliamentary Committees, and subsequently from detention there in arranging with the Government respecting land purchases, I was unable to enter into any negotiations between the 1st July and the

3.102 113

▲back to top

 

839   C.

 

 

81st December, 1875. Since that time I have devoted the whole of my available time to arranging questions about the Piako, Waihon East and West, Waitoa, Te Aroha, and Waiharakeke Blocks, and in directing the surveys and settling disputes about the internal divisions of those blocks.

The survey of the Piako Block involved the arranging and laying off on the ground of the eastern boundary of the Waikato confiscated lands from Pukorokoro, on the shores of the Hauraki Gulf, to Pukemoremore, near Cambridge, which has proved to be a most difficult task in consequence of the continued interruption of the Surveyors by disaffected Natives living at the Moerangi and Taubei settlements, near the edge of the Whitekahu (so–called Piako) Swamp. I am, however, happy to say that this line has been completed throughout.

As the lands suitable for settlement, and which are so urgently required by the population of the Thames District, are, with the exception of Oninemuri, all included within the blocks previously mentioned, I have deemed it advisable to let other purchases, which were nearer completion, stand over for the present, in order to meet, as speedily as possible, the wishes of those persons who are anxious to become permanent settlers.

I have, &c.,

The Under Secretary, Native Department, Wellington.   JAMES MACKAY

No. 13.

T. HEALE, Esq., Government Surveyor, to the Curer COMMISSIONER.

Piako.—Survey of Hangawera Block.

Auckland, August 18th, 1855.

I have the houor to inform you that, in obedience to your instructions, dated Waipa, July 9th, I proceeded from thence to Kitikitiro, to obtain a party of the Ngatihaua Natives, and point out and mark the boundaries of the land I was directed to survey at Piako.

The unreasonable demands of the Natives delayed me there several days, but on Monday, the 16th, I was enabled to start with five men, to whom I agreed to pay five shillings per day each ; sixth subsequently added himself to the party.

On Thursday we arrived at Hangawera, and proceeded immediately to perambulate the land. For the purpose of survey I considered it sufficient to chain the front or cast boundary, it being in the plain, and the principal point in the back boundary on the mountain being satisfactorily fixed by bearings.

The block contains about 4,000 acres, and is situated on the eastern slope of the Hangawera Mountain. It is bounded at the back or west by straight lines from points on the spur of the mountain, all which have been carefully marked and correctly fixed on the plan. These lines cross several steep gullies, which aro thickly wooded higher up.

The southern boundary is the Stream Mangahaumia ; the west boundary meeting the river immediately above a or eel–weir ; the east boundary runs in a crooked line along the undulating land, about mile from the River Piako, across several deep swamps and streams, to a ridge 730 links to the north-west of the River Huruhuru; and the northern boundary is a straight line from thence to the northern extremity of the west boundary, on a lofty hill on the north side of the gully of the Huruhuru.

The quality of the land is, on the whole, pretty good, the loam part being level, with a good though light soil, covered with fern and small manuka, which has been everywhere burnt ; nearer the hill it is sandy and poor. But the greatest defect is the want of wood, of which there is absolutely none ; and without the land between it and the River Piako, the block is, of course, unacceptable and worthless.

The latter block, however, is that which Pita has, in the letter I conveyed to you, offered to sell to the Government, and accordingly I have roughly ascertained its dimensions, and delineated it on the plan. It abuts on the Buihauriki, which the Natives assort to be Webster's southern boundary, and up to which the land has been surveyed. It contains a small portion of forest (a few acres in a gully at its western extremity), and is of very good quality.   

I have, &c.,

Donald McLean, Esq.,   THEOPHILUS HEALE Chief Commissioner.

No. 14.

The CHIEF COMMISSIONER to the Hon. the COLONIAL SECRETARY.
Piako.—Respccting purchase of Hangauera Block.

Land Purchase Department,

BIB,—   Auckland, August 10th, 1855.

Captain Heale, who has been employed to survey the block of laud offered for sale by the Ngatihaua tribe, has completed this service, and the Native claimants are now in town to conclude the purchase. They have already been paid Ono hundred pounds on account of it, and a further sum of Two hundred pounds will complete the transaction. Captain Male reports the land to be of fair average quality. The area of the block is 4,000 acres. The price is rather high, but it is of great

3.103 114

▲back to top

 

19th August, 1861—John Porter to be Post master at Little Muddy Creek (Appoint meet to date from 1st October)

30th September, 1861—James Speedy, Esq.

R.M., to be Postmaster at Mauku

30th September, 1861—John Dinnison to be   Postmaster at   

Mangawai

7th October, 1861—Robert Ormsby to be
Postmaster at Te Tarata, Waipa

24th October, 1861—William Bailey Baker Esq., R.M., to be Postmaster at Rangi– tukia, East Cape.

Province of Hawke's Bay.

6th August, 1861—Richard Plummer Bur–
gess to be Postmaster at Te Mahia

30th September, 1861—Henry Martin Ham. lin to be Postmaster at Wairoa

7th October—Joseph Herbert to be Post. master at Wainui. (Appointment to date from let September)

  •      Province of Wellington.

6th August, 1861—Joseph Angill to be Post. master at Porirua. (Appointment to date from 1st October)

Province of Marlborough.

25th September, 1861—Francis James Blun–

dell to be Postmaster at Birch Hill
November 1st—Richard Monk to be Post.

master at Kekerangu

Province of Canterbury.

6th August, 1861—Reverend Henry Toriesse to be Postmaster at Okaiu's Bay, Bank's Peninsula

7th September—James S. Fitch to be Post. master at Pareora

Province of Otago.

6th August, 1861—Robert Telford to be Postmaster at Waiwero Bridge

30th September, 1861—William Young to be Postmaster at Warepu 1st November, 1861—William Henning Mansford to be Postmaster at Tokomai– riro. (Appointment to date from lsl October).

1st November—William Ellison Burke to be Postmaster at Waitahuna. (Appoint. went to date from 15th October).

Province of Southland:

5th October, 1861—Andrew Jamieson Elles,    Esq., J.P., Postmaster of Invercargill to be Chief Postmaster of the Province

Office of Minister for Native Affiairs
Auckland 21st Nov., 1861.

THE following correspondence respecting the Coromandel Gold Field, is published for general information.

WILLIAM Fox, In the–absence of Mr. Mantell.

Office of Minister for   Native Affairs Auckland, Oct. 14th, 1861.

SIR,—The Governor has been pleased to direct that you should proceed to Coromandel with as little delay as possible for the purposeof carrying out the following objects.

Recent information has tended to confirm the expectation which has long prevailed, that gold in considerable quantities would be found in various parts of the Coromandel peninsula if facilities existed for the necessary pros–pecting operations ; and the attention of the Government having been specially directed to the subject by a deputation of settlers that waited on His Excellency, it recognises the necessity of taking immediate steps to secure, if possible, the assent of the Native population to a proper exploration of the mineral resources of that district.

You are requested, therefore, to com–municate immediately upon your arrival at Coromandel with the principal Chiefs there, with the view of ascertaining in the first instance, as accurately as possible, the territorial boundaries of the various tribes or hapus inhabiting the district, and of determining upon some boundary across the peninsula, between Coromandel and Mercury Bay, to the North of which, as far as Cape Colville, Europeans may be at once allowed to prospect for gold and other minerals.

The Government will be quite prepared' to enter into some fair arrangement, either generally with associated hapus within the boundary, or with separate hapus if such association be impracticable, for the permission required. The Natives should be distinctly assured that such an arrangement would be independent of any question as to the sale of the land itself. If you should find that a disposition to sell really exists, you will of course lose no time in entering into the necessary negotiations; but the Government attaches such importance to

present arrangement being made for the exploration of the Gold Field believed to exist there, that (if you find the Natives still resolved to keep their land) this should be the first object of your attention.

It is not possible to give you any very precise instructions at this moment as to the. terms of such an arrangement: but the general views of the Government may be indicated as a basis for your proceedings. I understand from one of Mr. Preece's reports, that the Natives will consent to gold–digging operations being carried on, provided the Government does not issue gold licenses itself. You will carefully explain to them that by the laws regulating the issue of Licenses and Miners' Rights in proclaimed Gold Fields, the Government has no power to issue Licenses under the Gold Fields Acts within Native Land; and that they need therefore be under no apprehension of any infraction of their rights. At the same time it will be your duty earnestly to advise them to, consent to placing, the district under the.

3.104 115

▲back to top

 

THE NEW ZEALAND GAZETTE.

301

supervision of Government, even if they should not be willing to sell any of the land. You should point out, that in the event of prospecting been really successful, and a large number of persons being consequently attracted to the district, it would be indispensable that 'police and other regulations should be established for the maintenance of order, and for the prevention of any collision between the races : that their own interests would therefore be best served by agreeing on their part to any measures which should be found necessary for these objects being taken by the Government ; and that as a considerable expense might ultimately be found necessary, some source of revenue must accrue out of which the same could be defrayed.

The Natives are probably aware that a fixed duty of 2s. 6d. per oz. is levied on the export ofgold. The application of that revenue is limited by law, and it is not possible therefore to make any appropriation of it towards such an arrangement as is contemplated with the Natives. But it appears to the Government that, for the present at least, an equitable basis for that arrangement would be, that the Natives should receive out of other funds, for the permission of prospecting, a sum which should bear a proportion to the total amount of gold revenue collected in the district during a given period. You are authorised therefore to treat with them either on that basis, or (if you find that impracticable) then on the basis of a fixed annual payment, or as a last resource, of a sum for the present year so as to allow exploration to proceed without further delay.

You will take the earliest opportunity of communicating to the Government the progress of your negotiation ; and I need not assure you that they rely on your ability and zeal to assist the Province of Auckland in this most desirable measure for the developement of its resources.

The Government desires that you should take the opportunity, during your stay at Coromandel, of reporting specially upon the negotiations for the purchase of land now pending under the management of Mr. Preece; specifying the blocks which are likely to be acquired, if any, and the comparative amounts of payment and acreage ; also stating the apparent effect which those negotiations have upon the Natives, and accompanying your own opinion with a careful review of the facts on which it is based.

When it is known whether your first steps at Coromandel open the way to a satisfactory arrangement, more detailed instructions will be forwarded for your guidance.

I have, &c.,

WILLIAM Fox,

In the absence of Mr. Mantell. The Chief Land Purchase Commissioner.

Waiheke,
November 7th, 1861.

SIR,—

I herewith enclose the translation of an Agreement entered into with the Natives of Coromandel Harbour for the exploration of their lands lying between the Waiau river and Cape Colville, including the East and West sides of that Peninsula.

The Natives, at a Meeting held with them on the 2nd instant, assured me that every facility would be afforded to, parties searching for gold within their territories, if only, in the first instance, they gave notice to the Native proprietors of their intention to do so.

They considered the discovery of gold as calculated to be beneficial not only to Europeans but to themselves also, as affording them a readier market for their produce, enhancing the value of their property, and yielding them an immediate revenue, should gold be found in any considerable quantity.

They are prepared to abide by the Agreement of 1852, for the working of the Gold Fields; or, if necessary, to enter into a fresh Agreement for an equitable proportion of the yield of gold, or some equivalent in money upon a scale to be fixed hereafter between themselves and the Government.

Gold has not yet been found in sufficient quantities to admit of any prospective arrangement regarding it, beyond that of obtaining the sanction of the Native proprietor. to explore their country.

Prospecting parties should be prohibited from extending their operations south of the Waiau Creek, or Castle Rock, until arrangements are made with the several claimant. for that purpose.

A tract of country near Koputauaki has been reserved, in compliance with the wish of the deceased Chief Paora Te Putu, to the effect that this land should be worked by Natives. Some of this Chief's immediate relatives have, however, waived their previous objections in favour of parties wishing to prospect on their lands.

I have not been able to see some of the claimants residing on the East side of the Cape ; but I am satified that they are not likely to offer any decided opposition to the search for gold, as most of them are under the influence of the well-known Chief Puhata, who has been a firm and consistent friend of the Europeans since their first settlement in this part of the country. The names of these claimants are, Maka to Rahui, Paengahuka, Riria, Harata Tikaokao ; and Parakaia Puhata, who accompanied me, informs me that he will communicate with the above Natives to obtain their sanction to extend the search over their lands.

I sent up the Thames for Te Hira Kake, one of the Ngatitamatera Chiefs, who represents Pacra To Putu.He attended the meeting at Waiau, and expressed himself favorable to the arrangements entered into with the other Chiefs. He himself did not

3.105 116

▲back to top

 

sign the agreement, but most of his relatives, including a grandson of Paora's, attached their names to it.

Should any unforeseen objections be raised by individual Natives not parties to this Agreement, the Chiefs and others who signed it should be communicated with before urging a search for gold upon the particular spots owned by such persons; and, in every instance, Native cultivations, graves, or other eacred spots, should be carefully respected.

The Natives claim to themselves the right of pointing out their respective boundaries to the explorers. This will be done at Cabbage Bay, near Cape Colville, by Moananui, and at Waiau by Te Taniwha or such Chiefs as Mr. Preece may select.

On my return, I saw some of the Chiefs interested in the gold-fields on the western shores of Hauraki, and they appeared quite satisfied with the proceedings of their relatives at Coromandel, as detailed to them by Puhata.

From the disposition evinced by the Natives, I am satisfied that, as a body, they will not throw any serious obstacles in the way either of prospecting or working the Coromandel gold-fields, if they are treated with a just consideration for their prejudices and customs, and with an equitable recognition of their rights as proprietors of' the soil. Care, however, should be taken that the opening of the gold-,fields which they have so readily granted may not involve them in difficulties with Europeans, in the event of any large influx of people to the diggings; and their co-operation with the Government should be fully reciprocated, by affording them ample security and protection against violence or ill-usage to which they might be exposed by sudden contact with strangers unacquainted with their language and habits.

To provide ouch security and protection, it is most essential that a magistrate should be appointed to that district without delay Such an officer would be readily aided by the Chiefs, and by a Native police, in main- taining order.

During my stay at Coromandel, the Natives requested that the purchase of certain blocks of land offered by them should be completed. Two survey parties are now engaged in defining the external boundaries and computing the area of each block; one of which, supposed to contain 7,000 acres, is situated on the East side of the Coromandel runes.

I have, &0.,

DONALD McLEAN,

Chief Commissioner.

The Honourable

The Minister for Native Affairs,

&c.,   &c.,   &c.

AGREEMENT.

Let all men know. We the Chiefs and people whose names are attached to this paper—that is to say, the descendants of Marutuahu—fully and truly consent on this day, the second day of November in the year 1861, to permit all Europeans who desire to prospect for gold on our land, to search for and to seek for such gold within all our lands from Waiau to Cape Colville (Moehau) even unto the sea on the eastern and on the western shores thereof. We will not prevent nor forbid such Europeans.

  1. If gold should really be found in considerable quantities, then we will make terms with the Government for the regular working of such gold.

  2. Let all men know likewise that the title to the land remains with us ; and will not be at all affected by this arrangement.

  3. If the European gold-seekers come in large numbers, then the Government shall adopt measures to preserve order among the Europeans and Maories.

  4. Each tribe shall conduct the Europeans to its own piece of land.

Te Taniwha,

Te Moananui,

Tamati Waka,

Tareranui,

Eriatara,

Te Teira,

Pakuku,

Hera,

Nga Wekete, John Toa,

Te Matenga,

Eruera Parsone Tahurangi,

Heta,

Wiremu Maihi Mokongohi,

Horopeta,

Pumipi Parerewa,

Wiremu Patene Rakura,

Pita Taurus,

Te Arakuri,

Makoare,

Te Ranapia,

Reihana

Heets,

Kereeopa Tarawainui,

Takerei Paora,

Patens Puhate.

DONALD McLEAN.

Witnesses—

JAMES PREECE,

GEO. W. DRUMMOND HAT.

True Translation,

DONALD McLEAN,

November 9th, 1861.

3.106 117

▲back to top

 

303

THE NEW ZEALAND GAZETTE.

Agreement of 1852 between the Government

and Natire Tribes fur the management of

Gold Fields on the Thames for the term

of three years.

  1. That one system be adopted for the regulation of all persons searching and digging for gold betweeu Cape Colville and Kauairanga.

  2. The Government undertakes to pay in respect of the whole land within the above limits, per annum, for three years, for any number

Under 500   £600   

500 to 1000.....................900

1000 to 1500...................1200

1500 to 2000   1500

and so on in the same proportion.

  1. The Native owners to register themselves, and point out their boundaries to the Government, and the money paid to each body of owners so registered to bear the same proportion to the whole sum that their land does to the whole block.

  2. All owners to be free to dig gold on their own land, without payment to Government, but not to permit other persons, whether Native or English, to dig without a license.

  3. The Government guarantees protection to all classes of persons, in consideration of which a license fee will be required from all diggers not being owners of the land.

  4. The Native owners undertake to assist the Government as much as possible, by reporting all persons who are found digging without a license.

  5. The Government to be at liberty to issue licenses immediately. but the payments to be reckoned from the 1st December 1852 ; the first. payment, to be made on the 31st March 1853, and quarterly afterwards.

  6. The property of the land to remain with the Native owners ; and their villages and cultivations to he protected as much as possible.

  7. If any of the tribes of the Peninsula decline this proposal, their land shall not be intruded upon till they consent.

R. 11. WYNYARD, Lieut.-Governor To Horeta, x his mark,

Kitahi,

Hopeha Paraone,

Eruera Tahurangi,

Tara,

H eta Rikiware,

Parawera,

Wiremu Maihi Mokongohi,

Ngapuka Hopekau, Hohepa Aramu, Wiremu Patene. Puhata,

Wiremu Oka, Wiremu Hoete, Arama Karaka, Te

Rawiri Takurau, Irai Taroku,

Wiremu Kepa,

One Matua,

Wirema Kingi, Taurua,

Pita,

Ta

Rangihoro,

Mereana,

Wiremu Hopihana,   

Hera,

Hohua,

I haraira,

Wetere,

Rangi Kauwan,

Anarua, Rutuhau. Witnesses to the signatures,

G. A. NEW ZEALAND,

WILLIAM MARTIN,

THOMAS LANFEAR.

Witness to marks and signatures,

JOHN G. JOFINSTON, Interpreter. Coromandel. Harbour, 30th November, 1852.

NOTE-The foregoing arrangements include the consent of three tribes, and comprise about sixteen square miles, or 10,000 aeres.

Further Guarantee in respect to the Natives who have agreed to lease their land to Government:—

In addition to the terms of the agreement or lease drawn up and signed on the 19th of November, 1852, I guarantee that a fund shall be created by a Tax of two shillings on every License, for the purpose of paying (independent of the rent thus agreed upon) and for rewarding the native owners for their faith and confidence in the Government, as well as recompensing them for any damage, annoyance, or incouveuience they may experience from Europeans while digging on their lauds.

R. H. WYNYARD, Lieut.-Governor,

Copy of a letter from. Mr. Brackenbury, late Gold Commissioner in Victoria, to the Chief Commissioner.

Auckland, November 9th, 1861.

Sin,—In compliance with your request, I have the honor to forward you a Report of that portion of the Coromandel gold country supposed to be auriferous, and to append some remarks as to the present condition and future prospects of the Gold Fields.

On my arrival at Coromandel, I proceeded to examine the external features of the country, and was much struck with the resemblance which it bears to some of the most highly auriferous land in Victoria and New South Wales.

I first visited a creek North of and near to Roe's mill, and found a few persons at work

3.107 118

▲back to top

 

there. Upon enquiry, I ascertained that they were getting gold in very small quantities. A specimen was shown to me ;it was taken from the bed of the creek, and was of a heavy, shotty characer, very similar in its nature and appearance to the gold found at Creswick's creek, and in the bed of the Yarra Yarra river, at Anderson's creek, in Victoria.

I saw another specimen taken from the alluvial sinkings in the same direction. It was of a good colour and fair average weight, and resembled the gold found on the surface at Castlemaine and Ballaarat.

I next looked at some gold crushed, by hand from a few pounds of quartz taken from a reef on the top of the ranges North of Ring's mill. The reef extends thence to Koputauaki, and its width varies from 3 to 12 feet. As yet, only a small portion of the cap of the reef has been prospected, the casing of which has yielded at the rate of 6 (six) ounces to the ton.

I was unable to judge accurately of the quality of the gold, as from the defective nature of the materiel for amalgamating and retorting, a large proportion of quicksilver remained with the gold. It was, however, the largest specimen that I saw, and sufficiently proves that the country is auriferous.

Three years ago some natives obtained 50 (fifty) ounces of gold at Koputanaki.

The site of an old claim above Ring's mill, formerly worked by Mr. Hugh Coolahan, has not been prospected beyond the places where gold was found nine years ago.

The number of miners at work on the Coromandel gold fields, as far as I could ascertain, did not exceed forty-five on my arrival, and this number was diminished by nearly one half before I left.

Having now given you a detail of facts, I proceed to offer a few remarks, which I trust may prove useful in enabling intending miners to form a just opinion with reference to the capabilities of the Coromandel country as a gold field.

The conditions of success in the development of the resources of a country, are sufficient and persevering labour. These conditions Coromandel has certainly not enjoyed, for which many reasons may be assigned, amongst which the following arc some of the most

powerful.

1st. Coromandel is too near the city, and being easily accessible in little more than half a clay, prospectors, if not immediately fortunate, can without difficulty return. Whereas, were the gold fields situated at a greater distance, the expense of getting to them, and the difficulty of returning, would deter miners from leaving them until they had given them, as it is termed, a " fair trial."

2. With few exceptions hitherto, the class of persons who have gone to Coromandel has not been one calculated fairly to determine the question as to the real nature.of its capabilities as a payable gold-producing country. At least eight-tenths of the first prospectors have been

men utterly ignorant of mining pursuits and boys unaccustomed to hard work, and who, not working, evince a want of the spirit of enterprise and perseverance without which no partial discovery of gold has ever yet been worked to a practical and successful issue.

  1. The Government hitherto has not given any assurance to parties wishing to prospect the Coromandel country, that they will be permitted to carry on their operations without interruption from the Native proprietors of the laud.

  2. Milkers in Victoria and New South Wales have so often been deceived by what are commonly called "storekeeper's rushes," as evidenced by the Port Curtis and other Swindles, that without some positive guarantee from responsible and reliable authority that gold does exist, they would be very cautions in incurring the expense and losing the time necessary for a voyage, whose only probable results would be disappointment and serious loss.

These and many more arguments might be adduced as reasons why the Coromandel country has not yet been properly prospected, and this brings me to another point for your consideration.

In Victoria it is the object of the Government to encourage in every legitimate way the search for gold, knowing, as they do, that to its discovery the prosperity of tile country is attributable, and that upon the continuance of the yield its future materially depends.

Thus, in a country already known to be as auriferous as any in the world, the Government offer very heavy rewards for the discovery of new and payable Gold Fields, hesides granting considerable privileges to the prospectors. The argument for the adoption of a similar course, in a country reputed to he auriferous, is palpable. If gold is discovered in New Zealand in paying quantities, the Government will not lose by rewarding the prospecting pioneers. If gold is not found, no reward will have to be paid, and consequently no expense incurred by the Government.

The merchants also, in Victoria, frequently unite for the purpose of defraying the expenses of good strong prospecting parties to fields at a great distance from the metropolis. In Auckland, however, there seems to be an unaccountable apathy even on such a subject as the existence of a paying gold field at the very doors.

I am of opinion that eventually gold will be found in considerable quantities at Coromandel for the following reasons:—

1st. The external features of the country are very similar to those exhibited by the most auriferous parts of Victoria, viz., Ballarat, Buniuggong, Castlemaine, and Bendigo.

2nd. The geological formations indicate the presence of gold.

3. The specimens seen by me denote the existence of three sorts' of gold, obtained

I three different modes. One from sand at the

3.108 119

▲back to top

 

THE NEW ZEALAND GAZETTE.

305

bottom of creeks, round, and shotty. One from purely alluvial siukings, weighty, red gold. And one from quartz, of which there appears to be any quantity.

What is wanted therefore to test the capabilities of the country and develope its resources, is

1. A sufficiency of skilled labour, to prospect thoroughly ; men who have worked for years at the Gold Fields, and who have re

 

duced Gold Mining to a fixed science this to be obtained.

  1. By an offer on the part of the Government of such a reward for the discovery of a paying Gold Field, as would make it worth the while of skilled labourers to endeavour to obtain it.

  2. By the cordial co-operation of those most interested in the advancement and colonization of New Zealand—the merchants of Auckland.

  3. By an assurance from the Government, that prospectors of the country will not be molested by the Natives in their operations, and that sufficient protection will at all times be afforded them.

When these conditions are fulfilled, I folly believe that Coromandel is destined at no distant period to take its place amongst the large Gold Fields of the Southern Hemisphere.

I have only to add that I shall at all times be most happy to afford any information in my power, with reference to the Gold Fields and the various methods of working them.

I have, &c.,

WALTER CHARLES BRACKENBURY.

Donald McLean, Esq., Chief Commissioner.

Office of Minister for Native Affairs, Auckland, 14th November, 1861.

Sue—With reference to the Report which has just been received from you of your proceedings at Coromandel Harbour, I desire to call your attention to a point On which it is essential there should be. no misunderstanding whatever.

The agreement entered into with the Natives clearly expresses that European prospectors shall be free to search for gold within specified limits of territory, and that in the event of gold being found in large quantities, the. terms of compensation for the regular working of the gold-field shall be settled between the Natives and the Government. But in order that persons who may be disposed to apply capital and labour in the search should be without any anxiety as to the result. in the event of their being successful, it is necessary that they be assured, that supposing any digger to find gold,

he will he entitled to remove it, whatever may be the quantity, without hindrance from the Native owners of the soil ; and that whatever question of compensation may arise in that ease, is to he settled, not between the Natives and the individual diggers, but between the Natives and the Government.

You are requested to state whether the agreement just entered into is distinctly understood by the Natives in that sense.

I have, &c.,

HENRY SEWELL,

In the absence of Mr. Mantell. Donald McLean, Esq.,

Chief Land Purchase Commissioner.

Auckland, 14th November, 1861.

SIR,—In reply to your letter of this day's date, referring to the agreement entered into with the Natives of Coromandel respecting the gold fields, enquiring more particularly whether diggers finding any quantity of gold would he entitled to remove it without hindrance from the Native owners of the soil, I have, to state that the Natives who signed the agreement, and who compose the most numerous and influential proprietors at Coromandel, have assured me that no obstacle would lie thrown in the way of either digging or removing gold off their laud at any time, it being understood by them that, if gold is discovered in considerable quantities, the Government will enter into definite terms with them as to the compensation which they shall receive from the Government. I apprehend no difficulty from the Natives, if judiciously managed; they expect as owners of the soil, to point out their respective claims to persons going in search for gold ; they also expect a Government agent to he stationed there to arrange matters of dispute as they arise.

It should, however, be distinctly understood, and untitled to persons searching for gold. that the land known as Paora's Claims, at Koputauaki, is not to be interfered with. These Claims extend from a place near Ring's mill to Koputauaki, and on to Umungawha, and thence to Arataouga on the East side of the range, where a portion of Iand has been given by Paora to the Ngatiporou tribe of the East Coast. These reservations will he pointed out to a surveyor at any time by the claimants, and it would be desirable to dame the boundaries without delay.

I have, &.e.,

DONALD MCLEAN.

The Honourable

the Minister for Native Affairs.

3.109 120

▲back to top

 

No. 9, —

Enclosure in No. 7.

MEMORANDUM.

The s Governor states, for the information of Ministers, that he has just concluded arrangement between Tirirau and Matiu, to the following effect:—   

The colours in the pas they occupy are to be struck simultaneously, and the pas are. be vacated; the parties returning to their own homes, which they occupied before the

The land in dispute is then to remain vacant, neither party cultivating on it, Kauri gum. felling trees, or making any use of it, until it is decided to whom it belongs, what may be the respective boundaries of the contending parties.

To settle the boundaries of the land in dispute, or the right of ownership in it, Tirirau is to name two persona, either European or Native; Matiu is also to same two persons either European or Native. These four persons are to name a fifth, either European at Native. 11 they cannot agree in their choice of a fifth person. then the Governor Is to name him; and the majority of these five persons is to be binding on the contending, parties, regarding the ownership of the whole or any part or parts of the land in All questions arising out of this war being settled by their arbitration.

This Court is to sit at Auckland, to be an open court, and, if possible, it is to sit in month of October, Due notice of the time of its meeting to be given to Tirirau and Matis in order that they may be able to attend with their witnesses; but they understand that Court may sit at any convenient time in next summer.

In pursuance of this arrangement, the colours of both parties were struck at the same moment. Tirirau and his party forthwith vacated their pa, as did also a large portioned Matiu's party ; but, by mutual consent, Alain and • few people are to remain in their until to-morrow morning, to wait for Tamaiti Wake, who was too much tired to go on with them to-day ; but they will all start to-morrow morning.

By mutual arrangement, also, each pa is to be allowed to remain to fall to pieces, neither party may boast of having destroyed the other's pa.

Tirirau and Maths should be communicated with by the Native Secretary to name two persons to act Mr them respectively, in order that they may choose a fifth, and w this is done, the time for hearing the case should be fixed,

(signed)   G.

Whangarei, 18 June, 1862..   .,

My Lord Duke,

I HAVE the honour to report to your Grace that the various measures which induced me to leave Wellington for Auckland having been now satisfactorlly     arranged, I shall sail from hence for Wellington on the 1st of July, to open General Assembly of New Zealand, which meets at Wellington on the 7th that month.

I have, &c.

(signed)   G. Grey,

Copy of a DESPATCH from Governor Sir George Grey, K.C.B., to
His Grace the Duke of Newcasile, K.G

(No. 68.)

No. 8. —

(Received, 18 September 186.).

Auckland, 29 June 1862.

End. in No. 7.

No. 8.

Governor Sir

G. Grey,K.C.B., to the Doke of New-

casle,K.G.

29 june 1862.

(No. 69.)

COPy of a DESPATCH from Governor Sir George Grey, K. C. B.,
to His Grace the Duke of Newcastle, K.G.

Auckland, 29 June 1862.

No. 9. Governor Sir

G. Grey, Lem., to the Duke of Newcastle, k.g.

  •    (Received, 13 September 1862.)   29 June 1862.

, My Lord Duke,

(Answered, No. 08, 23 September 1862, page 128.)

my Despatch No. 65, of the 30th of May last, I reported that I was that considerable numbers of Europeans were proceeding to the parts of the Coromandel Goldfields near Auckland, which were the property of

who would not allow them to dig there, so that I entertained that serious collisions might take place between the two races, and that therefore deemed it my duty to return at once from Wellington to

especially as I was informed by the Natives that,if would person

arrange with them-for the-occupation of their country \_by dilggers. they

d offer no further opposition to them.

. I have now the honour to enclose a copy of an Agreement, which I entered on the 23d instant, with the Native owners of the territory so much coveted the Europeans.

3. This arrangement appears to have given complete satisfaction to bolt
and matters are now going on as satisfectorily as could be desired.

I have, &c.
(signed)   G. Grey.

Enclosure in No 9.

We and all of us whose named are attached to this document, agree to give up our land,
to be worked by the gold-diggers, for as many years as the Governor may desire that the
had should be so worked, in consideration of a payment to us ot five hundred pounds

a year.

Vie number of Europeans who work upon this land should exceed 500, the Govern.will pay us for each European in excess of that number, 1 L each per annum.

ft be found, in the course of years, that the land produces no gold, the Europeans

Shea oease working upon it, and the land will be given up to he owners ; the annual

t will also cease after one year's notice.

  •   boundaries of the land commence at Te Rau o to Hpia, thence on to the centre

  •   elate, thence on to the ridge and along the ridge of Tokotea, thence on the centre

range and on to Te Rauga, thence along the ridge, and coming out on this side of

halariki, thence from that mountain to Te Umu Kuri, thence on towards the sea. Tawhetaranagi (a creek on the seashore), and on to Papoporo (this is on the seashore),

Te Papaki, Te Weraroa, Wairahi, Taurangarahi, Taihaperah' Waipamparu,

inland to the mountains and on to the other side of Rangiuria, on the east to the

o Tongia, thence on the cast side of that mountain to Te Umu Kuri, and on to thence on in the creek to the mountain, and down to the Wai-where creek

is a kokowai pit of old), thence on to Whatarangi, thence down to the Koputanaki thence crossing the creek to Pukcatua and on to Kai Araura, thence seawards and to Kotuku, thence on in the creek to Koputanaki, thence on the ridge to Tutukaka and an to Kaiwha, thence on in the road and coining out at Te Whare-o-to Rire, where it

the land of Te Patu Kirikiri.

One thousand pounds (1,0001.) once told is to be paid to us for two years' rent in advance, year to commence on the 23d of the month of June 1862.

(signed)   Na Riria. x   Ka haora   Tupaea.

Hera. x   Hahapa.

Tarera-nui.   Karaitiana.

Aroma Karaha. x   Te Meha. x

Poora x Putu   Ko Hana. x

Taherei x Paora.   Hone Ropiha. x

Witnesses'

(signed)   Pateni Puhata, Government Interpreters,

John White,   L. P. D.

 

Encl. in No. 9.

467.

3.110 121

▲back to top

 

 

3.111 122

▲back to top

 

 

3.112 123

▲back to top

 

 

3.113 124

▲back to top

 

 

3.114 125

▲back to top

 

 

3.115 126

▲back to top

 

 

3.116 127

▲back to top

 

 

3.117 128

▲back to top

 

 

3.118 129

▲back to top

 

 

3.119 130

▲back to top

 

 

3.120 131

▲back to top

 

 

3.121 132

▲back to top

 

 

3.122 133

▲back to top

 

 

3.123 134

▲back to top

 

 

3.124 135

▲back to top

 

 

3.125 136

▲back to top

 

 

3.126 137

▲back to top

 

 

3.127 138

▲back to top

 

 

3.128 139

▲back to top

 

 

3.129 140

▲back to top

 

 

3.130 141

▲back to top

 

 

3.131 142

▲back to top

 

 

3.132 143

▲back to top

 

 

3.133 144

▲back to top

 

 

3.134 145

▲back to top

 

 

3.135 146

▲back to top

 

 

3.136 147

▲back to top

 

 

3.137 148

▲back to top

 

 

3.138 149

▲back to top

 

 

3.139 150

▲back to top

 

 

3.140 151

▲back to top

 

 

3.141 152

▲back to top

 

 

3.142 153

▲back to top

 

 

3.143 154

▲back to top

 

 

3.144 155

▲back to top

 

 

3.145 156

▲back to top

 

 

3.146 157

▲back to top

 

 

3.147 158

▲back to top

 

  •                                    

3.148 159

▲back to top

 

 

3.149 160

▲back to top

 

 

3.150 161

▲back to top

 

 

3.151 162

▲back to top

 

 

3.152 163

▲back to top

 

 

3.153 164

▲back to top

 

 

3.154 165

▲back to top

 

 

3.155 166

▲back to top

 

 

3.156 167

▲back to top

 

 

3.157 168

▲back to top

 

 

3.158 169

▲back to top

 

 

3.159 170

▲back to top

 

 

3.160 171

▲back to top

 

 

3.161 172

▲back to top

 

 

3.162 173

▲back to top

 

 

3.163 174

▲back to top

 

 

3.164 175

▲back to top

 

 

3.165 176

▲back to top

 

 

3.166 177

▲back to top

 

  •                                    

3.167 178

▲back to top

 

 

3.168 179

▲back to top

 

 

3.169 180

▲back to top

 

 

3.170 181

▲back to top

 

 

3.171 182

▲back to top

 

 

3.172 183

▲back to top

 

 

3.173 184

▲back to top

 

 

3.174 185

▲back to top

 

 

3.175 186

▲back to top

 

ROYAL COMMISSION RE NATIVE GRIEVANCES

PETITION No. 25

Wairoa & Otau Blocks.

The Main Pa of Wairoa Block was Paparata which was strengthened and fortified by the Rebel Natives to serve as a base from which any overland communication between Auckland and Thames,Rotorua, or Tau - range could be stopped. It was also to serve as a stronghold to prevent any encircling movement by the Pakehas to attack the Waikato Natives. At one time General Cameron had intended to attack it and several reconnaisances were carried out but the natives finally abandoned the pa.

Appendices

to H.R.

1863,E5,

Page 33.

App.to H.of

R.1863,E5B,

Page 5.

Wairoa Blk.

N.L.Ct.File.

Hauraki Min.

Book Vol.2.

Page 128.

Wairoa Blk.

N.L.Ct.File.

Appendices

to the H.of

R.1863.D14,

Page 45.

Turton Dee

No.233.

N.Z.Gax. 29th

Decr.1864.

Wairoa Blk.

N.L.Ct.File

Two engagements were fought at Otau in September 1863 and the Maori Pa was attacked by troups under Major Lyons.

Report by James Fulloon on Plot to attack Auckland from Taupo-Wairoa while at the same time natives lying in the town for that purpose were to fire it at different points.

During evidence at the Compensation Court in 1865 it was stated that only five Ngatitai Tribe joined the Rebels but upon their names being recounted it was found that there were nine.

At investigation of Title to blocks at Maraetai

on the 16th April 1869 the names of ten rebels of Ngatitai were given only six of whom were the same as those given at the Compensation Court.

Ngatitai lived at Wairoa with the Ngatipaoa. Honatana to Irirangi in giving evidence before Compensation Court says that their land within the Confiscation Boundary "ends at Te Ahua Matariki. This is a range that extends to Wharekawa".    "There is more land to the North of the boundary belonging to us".... The land left outside is at the Crown's disposal. I should like Crown Grants..... The eastern boundary of our claim, is a line from Te Ahua Matariki to Koherunui Point. The western boundary is the River Wairoa to the junction of the Mangawheau, thence to Te Ahua Matariki. Ngatitai are the only owners of the Block just described."

As recounted in the accompanying report from Jas. Mackay Jnr., Civil Commissioner the Ngatipaoa Tribe sold to a Mr. Fairburn all the lands extending from Te Wairoa to Papakura. Their right to do so was disputed by Ngatitai.

 

The Government stepped in paid Hori te Whetuki and his people £500.0.0 and reserved 6,000 acres pf land for them, at Maraetai. A piece of land was granted to Mr. Fairburn (Old Land Claim 269A), and the remainder was retained by the Government.

On the 29th December 1864 by Order in Council the Wairoa Block was confiscated. This included approximately 9,000 acres claimed by the Ngatitai.

A compensation Court was held at Auckland in May 1865 when claims by Ngatitai were heard and £1,000.0.0 was awarded by the Court to Honatana te Irirangi, Hori te Whetuki, Watene te Mapura on behalf of the Ngatitai Tribe as compensation on account of the taking of their lands within the Wairoa Block. The total compensation awarded was £2,810.0.0.

3.176 187

▲back to top

 

 

3.177 188

▲back to top

 

 

3.178 189

▲back to top

 

 

3.179 190

▲back to top

 

 

3.180 191

▲back to top

 

 

3.181 192

▲back to top

 

 

3.182 193

▲back to top

 

COPY

Civil. Commissioner's Office, Auckland, 1st April 1866.

The Eon. The Native Minister, IRLINNGTON

Sir:

I have the honour to inform you that on the 12th ult.I received a letter from Hameora to Rangituatea, Bawiri Takurna and several other influential men of the tribe Hgatipaoa complaining of a judgment of the Native Land Court in respect a .heir claims to /and at Kakavtiera and are near Te Vairoa district of Hauraki and asking for a rehearing of the case.

It was intimated that if a rehearing was not granted they would take foreible possession of the land. It appeared they claimed a block of land extending tram Te Knti to Papepape this was surveyed as two pieces one known as the Block and the other of the Papepape Block. Of these the former had been adjudicated on and a small portion awarded to Ngatipaoa the remainder being for Hari to Whetuki and Bgatitai. To properly understand the case it seems necessary to state that some years ago a portion of the Kgatipane. Tribe sold to at's. Fairburn all the Lands extending from Te Velum to Papakura. Their right to do so Was then disputed by Hori   The Government stepped in, paid Hori to Whetuki and his people £500.0.0 and reserved 6063 acs., of land tor them. A. piece of land vas granted to Yr. Fairburn and the remainder vas retained by the Government.

Affairs remained in this state for several years

Hgatital occupying the bulk of the 6063 acres set apart and some of be 021   

the Igatipaoa.Who had not/Parties to the sale to Mr. Fairburn

occassionally occupying and cultivating in the neighourhood of Oue. Hori to Whetuki recently had the land surveyed and the title investigated in the Native Land Court; dispute then arose.

Finding the question about the Papepape Block was yet to be arranged, knowing that the Ngatipaoa were much more numerous than Hgatital, and fearing that trouble would arise if

3.183 194

▲back to top

 

'Another decisino was given against Ngatipaoa I determined on arranging the dispute if possible by settling the case out of Court. I accord..

ingly spent nearly the thole of the night on the 12th., in negotiating between the two parties. It yes finally arranged that Ron Te Ihetuki should pay to Ngstipaoa the sum of £250. O. 0 for their claims over the Whakai Whara and Papepape Blocks and that of 6063 acres.

On the 13th I went to the Native Land Court and informed the Court of the arrangement which had been entered into, also that a claim preferred by the Ngatipaoa over land at Urungahanhau was to be settled out of Court. The Court then awarded that the Crown Grants for all these pieces of land should be made out in the names of Mori te Whetuki, and others of Ngatital. But the Crown Grants were to be delivered to me to be retained until such time as all the claims of the Ngatipaoa were satisfied.

On the 13th March Boni te Whetuki paid Ngatipaoa the sum of £250.0.0 and they executed a conveyance of their claims to him. I report this case as it shows the difficulties which may sometimes arise under the Native Lands Act Wren with well disposed natives . I am

happy to say that all parties concerned are well satisfied with the arrangement made.

I have the honour to be,

Sir,

Your most obedient servant,

(signed) NAMES HACKAY Junior

CIVIL COMMISSIONER.

3.184 195

▲back to top

 

 

3.185 196

▲back to top

 

 

3.186 197

▲back to top

 

 

3.187 198

▲back to top

 

 

3.188 199

▲back to top

 

 

3.189 200

▲back to top

 

 

3.190 201

▲back to top

 

 

3.191 202

▲back to top

 

 

3.192 203

▲back to top

 

 

3.193 204

▲back to top

 

 

3.194 205

▲back to top

 

 

3.195 206

▲back to top

 

 

3.196 207

▲back to top

 

 

3.197 208

▲back to top

 

 

3.198 209

▲back to top

 

 

3.199 210

▲back to top

 

 

3.200 211

▲back to top

 

 

3.201 212

▲back to top

 

 

3.202 213

▲back to top

 

 

3.203 214

▲back to top

 

 

3.204 215

▲back to top

 

 

3.205 216

▲back to top

 

 

3.206 217

▲back to top

 

 

3.207 218

▲back to top

 

 

3.208 219

▲back to top

 

 

3.209 220

▲back to top

 

 

3.210 221

▲back to top

 

 

3.211 222

▲back to top

 

 

3.212 223

▲back to top

 

 

3.213 224

▲back to top

 

 

3.214 225

▲back to top

 

 

3.215 226

▲back to top

 

 

3.216 227

▲back to top

 

 

3.217 228

▲back to top

 

 

3.218 229

▲back to top

 

 

3.219 230

▲back to top

 

 

3.220 231

▲back to top

 

 

3.221 232

▲back to top

 

 

3.222 233

▲back to top

 

 

3.223 234

▲back to top

 

 

3.224 235

▲back to top

 

 

3.225 236

▲back to top

 

 

3.226 237

▲back to top

 

 

3.227 238

▲back to top

 

 

3.228 239

▲back to top

 

 

3.229 240

▲back to top

 

 

3.230 241

▲back to top

 

 

3.231 242

▲back to top

 

 

3.232 243

▲back to top

 

 

3.233 244

▲back to top

 

 

3.234 245

▲back to top

 

 

3.235 246

▲back to top

 

 

3.236 247

▲back to top

 

 

3.237 248

▲back to top

 

 

3.238 249

▲back to top

 

 

3.239 250

▲back to top

 

 

3.240 251

▲back to top

 

 

3.241 252

▲back to top

 

 

3.242 253

▲back to top

 

 

3.243 254

▲back to top

 

 

3.244 255

▲back to top

 

 

3.245 256

▲back to top

 

 

3.246 257

▲back to top

 

 

3.247 258

▲back to top

 

 

3.248 259

▲back to top

 

 

3.249 260

▲back to top

 

 

3.250 261

▲back to top

 

 

3.251 262

▲back to top

 

 

3.252 263

▲back to top

 

 

3.253 264

▲back to top

 

 

3.254 265

▲back to top

 

 

3.255 266

▲back to top

 

 

3.256 267

▲back to top

 

 

3.257 268

▲back to top

 

 

3.258 269

▲back to top

 

 

3.259 270

▲back to top

 

 

3.260 271

▲back to top

 

 

3.261 272

▲back to top

 

 

3.262 273

▲back to top

 

 

3.263 274

▲back to top

 

 

3.264 275

▲back to top

 

 

3.265 276

▲back to top

 

 

3.266 277

▲back to top

 

 

3.267 278

▲back to top

 

 

3.268 279

▲back to top

 

 

3.269 280

▲back to top

 

 

3.270 281

▲back to top

 

 

3.271 282

▲back to top

 

 

3.272 283

▲back to top

 

 

3.273 284

▲back to top

 

 

3.274 285

▲back to top

 

 

3.275 286

▲back to top

 

 

3.276 287

▲back to top

 

 

3.277 288

▲back to top

 

 

3.278 289

▲back to top

 

 

3.279 290

▲back to top

 

 

3.280 291

▲back to top

 

 

3.281 292

▲back to top

 

 

3.282 293

▲back to top

 

 

3.283 294

▲back to top

 

 

3.284 295

▲back to top

 

 

3.285 296

▲back to top

 

 

3.286 297

▲back to top

 

 

3.287 298

▲back to top

 

 

3.288 299

▲back to top

 

 

3.289 300

▲back to top

 

 

3.290 301

▲back to top

 

 

3.291 302

▲back to top

 

 

3.292 303

▲back to top

 

 

3.293 304

▲back to top

 

 

3.294 305

▲back to top

 

 

3.295 306

▲back to top

 

 

3.296 307

▲back to top

 

 

3.297 308

▲back to top

 

 

3.298 309

▲back to top

 

 

3.299 310

▲back to top

 

  •                                     

3.300 311

▲back to top

 

 

3.301 312

▲back to top

 

 

3.302 313

▲back to top

 

 

3.303 314

▲back to top

 

 

3.304 315

▲back to top

 

 

3.305 316

▲back to top

 

 

3.306 317

▲back to top

 

 

3.307 318

▲back to top

 

 

3.308 319

▲back to top

 

 

3.309 320

▲back to top

 

 

3.310 321

▲back to top

 

 

3.311 322

▲back to top

 

 

3.312 323

▲back to top

 

 

3.313 324

▲back to top

 

 

3.314 325

▲back to top

 

 

3.315 326

▲back to top

 

 

3.316 327

▲back to top

 

[AUG.26 1868.] Printing and   [HOUSE.]Publishing.   27

 

was an old Ordincil, called " The Relief Ordinance," on for apprehends ran away and paid the fines believed if that uld prove a good who might have perhaps at first it design. If the

go so far as to lot to leave the he could satisfy sufficient means lily, he was not would supplie. He would ask at that Ordinance, the case or dipped out of his constantly acted

STATE.

Secretary, town    Estate ;

ments are being car-coming the future

said the estate sight. It bad cost money, but bad and not only so, but sum to keep it whether the were with the View for the Governor, would be glad to it if otherwise, he id of the estate the

at nothing strictly movements had been , and a Bill was estate to be sold, to the erection of ore fitting site, and the would be able to of the Bill.

CT AMENDMENT

leave to bring in a etitioners Act, 1861,"

a ment was to

penalties under certain pro-resent it was found cualties, the law thus number of pering against the proforts made to enforcelly inoperative, the to sue for the impetent jurisdiction event persons being a solicitors or barris-

ters without giving a certain amount of notice, and residence for a certain period in the Colony. A short time ago a gentleman practising in Melbourne wits admitted hero without giving the notice contemplated by the Act, and the object was to prevent persons not coming to reside here for a reasonable time, and giving reasonable notice, from being admitted. 'The provision with regard to the recovery of penalties had been prepared with the knowledge and concurrence of the Hon. the Attorney-General, and although he could not say that that gentleman was absolutely acquainted with the provision as to the necessity of a residence and notice, yet he had no doubt that he would not object to the provision.

Mr. STAFFORD said the Bill, as ho had gathered, would in fact prohibit persons being admitted, who were not in ordinary residence, without notice, and he thought that was very fair, but pointed out that unless the penalties were made very large they would not meet the case referred to.

Leave was granted. Mr. Travers and Mr. G. Macfarlan were ordered to prepare the Bill, which was brought in, read a first time, ordered to be printed, and the second reading made an Order of the Day for the following Wednesday.

JAMES OSGOOD'S PETITION.

On the motion of Mr. REYNOLDS, it was resolved, That the petition of James Osgood, together with the report of the Select Committee on Public Petitions relating thereto, be referred to the House Committee, in terms of said report.

UNIVERSITY SCHOLARSHIPS,

Mr. DILLON BELL moved, That the House will, on Friday, resolve itself into a Committee of the whole, to consider resolutions to give effect to the report of the University Scholarships Comittee of last session.

Mr. STAFFORD would be very happy to give the motion precedence on that day of any Government order, except the question of the financial statement, if his honorable colleague should have so far recovered from his indisposition as to be able to make it, but with the understanding that the motion was one not likely to take up much time in debate, to the exclusion of other business.

PRINTING AND PUBLISHING.
Mr. RICHMOND moved for leave to bring in
a Bill intituied an Act for preventing the print-
ing and publishing of books and papers by persons
not known. He thought the little discussions
they had had on several recent occasions respect-
ing articles in the public Press would make it
easier for him to obtain the leave of the House
to introduce this Bill, proposing to do no more
than its title expressed, that is to say, to re-
quire the registration of presses and newspapers,
and to impose penalties on those neglecting to do
so. It could not be said the Bill was wanting in
immediate justification, for several eases had arisen
within his own official experience in which it had

been extremely difficult to prove the responsibility for a particular publication, and as the Press was an engine of enormous power, to which they accorded absolute freedom, he thought that at the very least the House would think it quite right that there should be a prompt responsibility on the part of those wielding the engine.

Mr. HAUGHTON would suggest to the honorable member introducing the Bill whether it would be well to introduce into the Colony the system of causing all papers to be signed, and leading articles in the journals to be signed by their authors. He thought that it would be a very good system, as they would then be able to fix any charge of breach of privilege on a particular person.

Mr. RICHMOND said that the question raised by the honorable member was a very important one, and well worthy of discussion, and could be considered in Committee. He would name a distant day for the committal of the Bill, so that honorable members might have time to consider the whole question.

Leave was granted. Mr. Richmond and Colonel Haultain were ordered to prepare the Bill, which was brought in, read a first time, ordered to be printed, and the second reading fixed for that day week.

GOLD FIELDS IN NATIVE DISTRICTS
BILL.

Mr. RICHMOND was sure that it was not necessary to say many words to induce the House to give him the leave he asked for, as it must be obvious that in bringing together the two races on the gold fields, contingencies must arise which could hardly be dealt with under the ordinary Gold Fields Act. One single consideration was sufficient to justify legislative action. The Colonial Government were lessees of the Kauaeranga field, and responsible for the rents, but they had no funds available by law, and ought to be placed in a position to stop what was necessary as a first charge out of gold revenues. The rents must be paid to the Native owners, at the same time that it was desirable if possible to maintain the delegation to the provincial officers. In some remarks which had been made on the previous day in reference to the retirement of Mr. Mackay, he had referred to some alleged difficulties in the accounts, and it was not an improper time to state now that the only difficulty which had occurred arose. from the position of the Government in reference to the gold fields. They had not at their absolute command the revenues of the Thames gold fields, and were not able authoritatively to stop money for meeting those rents. He was bound to say that no difficulty had been thrown in the way of the Government by the provincial authorities, as money was paid to a sufficient amount to meet the rents, although some portion of the money appropriated for the payment of the rents had been expended in the payment of departmental officers of the gold fields. In the poverty of the Auckland Government, the money thus advanced bad not been repaid by them, and thus arose one of

3.317 328

▲back to top

 

28   Gold Duty,   [HOUSE.]   Gold Duly.   [Aug. 26

the sorrows which Mr. Mackay had experienced. At the end of the June quarter the money was not immediately forthcoming to pay the quarter's rents, but it had been made up since. The Government should have the means of paying any rents due upon such a transaction as that under which the Thames gold fields were held. That was the first point which caused the neces- sity for the Bill, but other important provisions would be made, and he hoped that the House would allow some portion of gold field law to be extended to mining on private lands, and that power should be allowed to the Governor in Council to make regulations to suit special cases. It was impossible to bring in any Bill which would meet in detail the necessities of every case ; they would require at least another year's experience before they could do so. Be begged to move for leave to bring in a Bill to provide special regulations for goldfields in Native districts.

Leave was granted Mr. Richmond and Colonel Haultain were ordered to prepare the Bill and bring it in.

GOLD DUTY.

Mr. HAUGHTON moved, "That in accordance with the unanimous expression of opinion by the Provincial Council of Otago, it is desirable that the day upon gold should be gradually reduced and eventually extinguished in that Province, and that the Government be requested to bring in a Bill to effect this object." He did not intend to detain the House by going fully into the general question, as it was fully debated last year, and he found there would be a difficulty in reducing the gold duty over the whole Colony. Last session he brought in a Bill which applied to the whole Colony, and which proposed to reduce the duty gradually, year by. year, until it was extinguished : that Bill was lost by a small majority of four. He now merely asked the House to endorse the action taken by the Provincial Council of Otago during last session, when the following resolution had been passed :—

"That in order to give every facility to the

working of capital, and the working of inferior auriferous ground, the time has, arrived when the duty on gold should be reduced within the Province of Otago at the rate of 6d. per ounce per annum, until the duty shall be abolished, and that an address be presented to His Honor the Superintendent, requesting him to forward this resolution to the General Assembly, with the view of giving effect thereto.—Passed the Pro- vincial Council, 22nd. April, 1868.—WILLIAM

H.REYNOLDS, Speaker."

Before the Superintendent of Otago had arrived, he (Mr. Houghton) put a general notice on the paper, having forgotten that the matter had been deputed to the Provincial Govern- ment, but on the arrival of that gentleman, he was kind enough to hand him a copy of the resolution of the Provincial Council, and he had brought the matter before the House. He did not think that any of the objections raised last year, and which could be read in Hansard,

could affect the question now before the House. He knew that if the duty were reduced in Otago, it would be said that other Provinces would send their gold there for the sake of evading the duty, but when they considered the physical configura- tion of the Colony it would be seen that it could never pay to smuggle gold from one Province to another in any quantity. It was proposed to reduce the duty 6d. a year, commencing after April next, which was the end of the present financial year in Otago.

Mr. C. O'NEILL rose to second the motion. He only wished that the honorable member had gone a little further, and asked that the duty be reduced in all the Provinces of the Colony. Still, the proposal was a step in the right direction. When they considered what an important feature gold presented in the Colony, they must feel that anything tending to encourage the production of gold must advance the interests of the whole of New Zealand. The present tax or duty upon gold was very heavy, and he could not under- stand why the miner should have so great a tax imposed upon him. He trusted the House would follow the example of Victoria and assent to the motion now before it. Vic- toria, long ago, saw that the duty was oppressive, and consequently abolished it. There the duty from 1st May, 1855, was 2s. 6d. per ounce ; from 1st July, 1863, ls. 6d. per ounce ; from 12th April, 1866, ls. per ounce ; and front 1st January to 31st December, 1867, 6d. per ounce, when it ceased to be collected. Miners' rights were issued from 12th June, 1855, at £1, and from 1st May, 1866, at 58. per annum. Let it be clearly under- stood that a miner's right was available in any dis- triet of Victoria, while here, a new miner's right was required in every Province, which, of itself, was a great hardship, and he hoped the day was I not far distant when one miner's right would be available in any part of New Zealand. The abolition of the duty on gold, and reduction in miners' rights, had not acted injuriously in the Colony of Victoria, for at that moment Victoria was in a most flourishing condition, and people were settled upon the land. Many, besides work-

ing on gold fields, carried on agricultural pursuits, and he might state that the " diggers " were not such a migratory class as some who did not understand them would lead people to belive.The

" digger" had hard work and many privations to undergo; but if he could get land easily, and at a fair price, he would settle down and prepare a comfortable home for himself and family. Such

was evidenced clearly in Otago. Referring to Victoria, it might be said that Otago. Referring popu-

lation was not so large now as it was some years ago, but the people had not left the country. He could show from official documents, kindly sent to I him by the Hon. Mr. Sullivan, Minister of Mines, the state of the mining population of Victoria. In 1857 the mining population amounted to 125,764, in 1867 it amounted to 63,053. In reference to this the report of mineral statistics states:—

" That the total number of miners in 1867 should be little more than half of the number for 1859 is, at the first view, somewhat perplexing,

1868.]

and seemingly of prosperily part of the with other

public work stock--it is have provement ways and and that still population their labour

In 1857, to £310,062 the total discovery sterling. ending 1867 from alluvia total of 1,4 land the to April, 185 £l4510,573

Otago

 

Nelson

Marlbe

Auckla

South

During

ported was

sent by

Hravele

Xelsor West p Bright Hokiti

Okarit

Bluff

The quant during 18

 

the quant revenue

and from £39.682 1 receipts a annual val has grown 1867. Th was £119 total valu was equal col £2,897. what had

He was

 

3.318 329

▲back to top

 

'Patea. [OcT. 9

1868.]   Treasury Bills Bill.   [HOUSE.]   Gold Fields Bill.   247

called upon to take

said he knew of one worth of that scrip,

AT PATEA.

the Hon. the Cole-

the Government into compensating the

lately been destroyed rebel Natives ? He

to whom ho re-

not his constituents, over of Customs, that

from the official , to put the question.

importance to those the Government in-

to losses occurring, as action of the Govern-

It was not s time to express any

to state the fact that notion of property had

remind the House and a passage in

addressed to cement of the session,

the case of those who no distinct action of

refuse such compenaction of the Govern-

certain locations from to retire ? They

I which I should be were to fail to recog-

stated this in to the Superintendent

to have recom-

from the Paten. it these people should opinion of the moved the notice

out that the Governing until the Legislature means to meet those of compensation year by a Select a report upon which the House ; and there some specific

   do was to

record what he amount of losses, to take such further ith that record before that any direct pro-his session, but at no inquiry had been made again to meet the

if he understood Secretary would

institute inquiry, and would next session propose to the House any course of action

Mr. STAFFORD did not see that the Govern meat could refuse inquiry in this case, but be was not prepared to say what course the Government might think proper to adopt when the result o that inquiry was known, although it would be entirely in accordance with his own views that some proposal should be made, because he failed to see how a distinction was to be drawn in the matter, analogous claims having been acknowledged hitherto. The Imperial Government had from the first steadily refused to recognize such claims, which, as a rule, were in the mother country charged on the territorial division when they occurred ; but as the Colony had hitherto acted on a different principle, it would also prob ably do so in this case.

WASTE LANDS COMMITTEE REPORTS.

Mr. LUDLAM brought up the report of the Joint Committee on Waste Lands on the petition of seventy-eight settlers in the Clutha district, which was read, and ordered to be printed, with the evidence. Also, the report of the Committee on the Otago Survey Correction Bill, which was read, and the Bill ordered to be committed on Monday. Also, report of the Committee on the Awatere Shearing Reserve Bill, which was read, and the Bill ordered to be committed on Monday. Also, on the petition of certain run holders in Awatere, which was read, and ordered to lie on the table.

STANDING ORDERS ON CONFERENCES.

Mr. HALL brought up the report of the Joint Committee on Standing Orders, which was ordered to be read.

MESSAGE FROM THE LEGISLATIVE
COUNCIL.

The SPEAKER announced that he had received the following message from the Legislutive Council :-

That the Legislative Council have passed the Ngaitahu Reference Validation Bill, and the Post Office Act 1866 Amendment Bill, without amendment.

RESOLUTIONS FROM SUPPLY.

Resolutions were reported from the Committee of Supply, read a first and second time, and agreed to.

TREASURY BILLS BILL.

Mr. HALL, in moving the second reading of this Bill, said that it would effect some alterations in the regulations under which Treasury Bills were issued, which the experience of the last two years had shown to be necessary. The principal alteration was one by which the Treasury would be enabled to dispose of Treasury Bills direct, instead of through a contractor. The report of the Auditor-General showed that considerable loss had been entailed upon the Colony by the system which had been in force hitherto.

The Bill was read a second time, and committed for next sitting day.

CONSTABULARY FORCE ORDINANCE
AMENDMENT BILL.

Mr. HALL, in moving the second reading of this Bill, said that it would enable the Governor to delegate the authority vested in him by the Constabulary Force Ordinance of the old Legislative Council, under which the greater part of the existing force was organized. In those parts of the Colony included within Provinces the powers had been in most cases transferred by Ordinance, but in other portions of the Colony there was no power to organize and maintain a constabulary force, except by the direct action of the Governor. It was desirable that the power should in some cases be delegated to local authorities, which was the object of the present Bill.

The Bill was read a second time, and committed for next sitting day.

GOLD FIELDS ACT AMENDMENT BILL. Mr. RICHMOND, in moving the second reading of this Bill, said that he was very anxious that the Government should obtain the attention and assistance of the House in respect to it. The Bill was intended almost entirely to meet the cases of mining on Native lands. There was only one clause in the Bill which was of a more general character, namely, clause 11, which referred to appeals under the 81st and 82nd sections of the Gold Fields Act, and that, he might say at once, only embodied the existing practice of the Wardens Courts in Otago and Westland. The debateable part of the Bill was that which referred to the Native lands. In the first place it secured the means of paying any rents which the General Government might have agreed to for lands leased from Native proprietors. The Crown had a right to enter into a valid engagement with the Native proprietors, prior to a certificate from the Native Lands Court, but it appeared to the Government extremely desirable that the gold fields in the northern part of the Colony should be carried on under a uniform system of management, and they had, therefore, taken every means in their power to obtain leases of Native lands upon which gold fields might be expected to exist, in order to bring them within the rules of the Gold Fields Act. It would be very obvious to honorable members who would take the trouble to consider it, that whatever confusion there was in the administration of gold fields under ordinary circumstances, must be multiplied tenfold if they came into contact with a race of people who were not accustomed to our laws, and whose titles to the property were to a great extent indeterminate. The object of the Bill was, broadly, to legalize the proclamation of gold fields on Native lands wherever the Governor had obtained the right to authorize mining. There were further provisions which required that before any one could commence prospecting on private lands, he must have some sort of authority from the Government, in order to secure that we should not be drawn into quarrels with the Native proprietors. There were also provisions which would extend the Act to the cases of land which might have been leased from tho Natives to private persons. In

3.319 330

▲back to top

 

The Hon   SPEAKER took the chair at two

o'clock.

PRAYERS.

NEW ZEALAND WAR MEDAL.

The Hon. Colonel WHITMORE brought up

the report of the Select Committee on the New

Zealand War Medal, which was read and ordered

to be printed.

POLITICAL STATUS OF THE MAORIS.

The Hon. Mr. MANTELL asked the Hon. the

Colonial Secretary, Whether the opinion of the

Attorney-General on the political status of the

Maoris has yet been translated and printed in

Maori, for the information of Her Majesty's sub-

jects of that race, as ordered on the 14th July

ultimo ?

The Hon. Mr. ,GISBORNE said that this

opinion was in process of translation, but be was

afraid it would not be done in time to lay on the

table of the Council before the close of the session.

The object of the honorable member was, how-

ever, no doubt, rather it should be circulated

amongst the Natives as soon as it was translated,

and the Government would promise that that

should be done. The reason for any delay arose

from the concurrence of circumstances which en-

feebled the translating powers of the Native Office

this session. First, Mr. Pnckey, the interpreter

had been removed to another office ; then the

Native Lands Court had taken possession of Mr.

Young, who bad succeeded him, and Mr. Cooper,

the Under Secretary, who was also a Maori scholar,

had been obliged to perform the duties of the

Defence Office as well as those of the Native

Office. Those were the reasons which had caused

the dela

NATIVE PRISONERS.

The Hon. Mr. MANTELL asked the Hon. the

Colonial Secretary, When the Return ordered

relative to the Maori prisoners will be laid

on the Table ?

The Hon. Mr. GISBORNE said that he was

informed that the return would be ready to be

laid on the table next sitting day.

SUSPENSION OF STANDING ORDERS.

On the motion of the Hon. Mr. GISBORNE, it

was ordered that the Standing Orders relative

to Bills be suspended for the remainder of . the

Session, for the special purpose of passing Govern-

ment Bills through all their stages in one day

when necessary.

PRINTING COMMITTEE.

On the motion of the Hon. Mr. MANTELL, it

was ordered that the names of the Hon. Colonel

Kenny and the Hon. Mr. Acland be discharged

from the Printing Committee, and those of the

Hon.'the Speaker and the Hon. Captain Baillie

be added thereto.

THAMES SEA BEACH BILL.

The Hon. Mr. GISBORNE.-Sir, I propose to

call this Bill the Shortland Beach Bill, instead of

the Thames Sea Beach Intl, and will make the '

alteration now or in Committee, as may be thought

most convenient.

The Hon. the SPEAKER pointed out that it

would be most convenient to do so in Committee.

The Hon. Mr. GISBORNE.—In asking leave

to introduce the Bill, I would shortly state to the

Council the circumstances under which it is

considered that some such Bill as this is necessary.

There has been a Bill called the Thames Sea Beach

Bill before another branch of the Legislature; but

this is a very different measure, as I shall shortly

show to the Council. With regard to the other

Bill, I may say that a Select Committee considered

it, and mades report, which, with the evidence, has

been published. Before I advert to that report and

evidence I would state that, with regard to this

Tory valuable piece of land, almost all the elements

of conflict and complication that could concur to

affect any particular piece of land have concurred

in this case. This land is below high-water mark:

thus we have the question of the prerogative of

the Crown with regard to it. This land is sup-

posed to contain gold : thus another prerogative

of the Crown, with respect to royal metals,

arises. Then the land abuts on land over which

the Native title has not been extinguished : hero

comes in the treaty of Waitangi, and the question

of how far it ands this land, which may be

regarded as a fishery. Then the land abutting on

this piece has been leased by the Natives to the

Governor, and "The Gold Fields Act, 1868," pro-

vides that, for the purposes of "The Gold Fields

Act, 1866," the land between high and low water

mark shall be considered to belong to the owners

of the land on which it abuts. The Council will

therefore see that this is a very complicated

question. Besides all this, there are miners cloes

to this land who look upon it with a very desirous

eye, as containing very precious metal, and perhaps

the imaginary wealth is heightened because its

extent is not at present known, and already, I

believe, there have been some miners who hare

unlawfully gone on the land and pegged out

claims. Under these circumstances, the

mittee of the House of Representatives met and

took evidence and made their report, which,

being very short, I will read. It is as follows :-

"The Select Committee appointed to consider

the provisions of the Thames Sea Beach Bill, beg

to present the three following Resolutions as their

Report on the Bill. Evidence taken during the

sitting of the Committee, and documents referriag

to the question, are appended to the Report:—

  1. That until the question of the

tive rights of the Crown, and of Native claims

relation thereto, over the fore-shore and over

precious metals iu the Colony, are set at rest,

would be inexpedient to legislate upon the

titular case of the Hauraki Gulf.

"(2.) That the Government should take the

necessary steps to obtain the cession of the

gative rights of the Crown, as above defined,

the fore-shore and precious metals of the Colony.

"(3.) That steps should be taken to

with the Natives for the control of the

Sea Beach by the 1 rnment in the Colony."

Now, Sir, it will be seen that the Committee

report that it is inexpedient to legislate upon the

case of this sea beach, and agreeing virtually as

do with the report of the Committee, 1 may be

asked, " Why do you bring this Bill forward ?"

I think the explanation I shall give . will clearly

show the reason. The purport of the Bill is to say

that this laud between high and low water mark

shall not be dealt with by private individuals ;

that is, that such individuals shall not enter into

negotiations with the Natives with regard to it,

because it ma still be a matter of question how

far this an belongs to the Natives ; and-except

in so far as saying that the clause of "The Gold

Fields Amendment Act 1868,"—which says that

it shall be considered for theporpose of that Act

Native land—shall apply to this

propose by this Bill to determaine absolutely the

title. All we say is this, that Europeans or

private individuals shall not further complicate

the matter by entering into negotiations with the

Natives, for the extinguishment of their right.

Now, Sir, looking at the report, I hold, and

I think the Council will agree with me, that

it is impossible for the Government to comply

with the recommendations of that report unless

in the meantime private individuals are prohibited

by law from entering into negotiations

with the Natives with respect to these lauds. It

is impossible to settle the question of the Native

rights a t \_onee, and there would result in the

meantime, if no prohibitory steps were taken, an

infinitely greater complication of the question

than exists at present. At present the land

is free and unembarrassed by airy legal Euro-

pean claims ; but if we 'do not pass a law

preveuting any privete gotiations with re-

gard to it, we shall find an infinity of Private

claims raised by miners and other persons,

and' it will be mrpossible to get out of the

inextricable confusion that must follow. Again,

with regard to the second and third reso-

lutions of the report, recommending that

the Government take the necessary stepe

to obtain the prerogative rights of the Crown over

the fore-shore arid precious metals and that they.

should arrange with the Natives for the control of

this land by the Government of Colony it

would be impossible for the Government effec-

tively to carry out   these resolutions, if they are at

same time to be exposed to the private compe-

tion of anxious

to get the whole of this supposed El Dorado into

their hands. Not only will the Government be pre-

vented from arriving at such a settlement, but if

they could possibly, after much trouble, arrive at

it, the expense would be enormously by

the competition to which I have referred, and there

would also be the risk of collision with the Natives

in the settlement of euerests.

Therefore,on the ground the report of the

Select Committee cannot in any way be given

effect to in its spirit, unless you pass a law pre-

venting private negotiations with regard to this

land, and on the ground that if you do not make

that prohibition   there will be great risk of collisior

between-the

 

to this auriferous land, also because any

possible settlement that time Government may

make will be rendered infinitely more difficult and

expensive than it would be if this Bill were passed,

I would ask the Council to give me leave to intr-

oduce it. It does not go into the question of deal-

ing with these lands ; that is a question for future

consideration, when wo have settled as best we

can what are the prerogative rights of the Crown,

and taken the beet stops for arriving at an amicable

arrangement wills the Natives. The Bill merely

proposes to give the Government power to do

that, unembarrassed by the complications and

difficulties which must ensue if at the same time

private negotiations are allowed to be conducted

with the Natives with respect to the land. That

is the object of the Bill which I now ask leave to

introduce. The Bill is different in its object

from that which was introduced in the other

branch of the Legislature, and is in no way incon-

sistent with the object of the resolutions passed by

the Select Committee, but is, on the contrary,

absolutely necessary in order to carry out that

object properly.

Leave was granted. The Bill was brought ,in,

road a first time, ordered to be printed, and the

second reading fixed for next sitting day.

GAOLERS AND PRISONERS BILL.

The Hon. Mr. GISBORNE, in moving for

leave to introduce this Bill, said that its objects

were very simple. There was a legal difficulty at

present as to whether prisoners who were removed

from a goal to an hospital could, after they got well,

be legally removed back to the gaol, and it was in

order to remove that difficulty that time present

Bill was introduced. The third clause related to

another question, and one which should be set at

rest ; that was with regard to prisoners who were

working at hard labour on the roads. At present

there was no satisfactory law to prevent persons

communicating with them, or delivering articles to

them, and it was in order to prohibit such com-

munications that this clause was proposed. He

begged to move for leave to introduce the Bill.   

Leave was granted. The Bill was brought in,

read a first and second time, considered in Com-

mittee, read a third time, and passed.

SALMON AND TROUT FISHING.

The Hon. Mr. MENZIES, in moving the motion

standing in his name, said that he wished

to refer to an opinion of the Attorney-General

which had been communicated to the Council

by the Colonial Secretary, with regard to a reso-

lution similar to the first part of the present

motion, and which resolution was agreed to by the

Council last session. Another honorable member

and himself had had an interview with the

Attorney-General, and it appeared that gentleman

thought that the Act was not required. He

he (Mr. Menzies) did not know that the

ties to which the Attorney-General could

were sufficient to satisfy him that he was

with all the laws of England upon this

All the work of the latest authoritas in

3.320 331

▲back to top

 

876 Thames Sea

[COUNCIL.]

Beach Bill.

[SEPT. 1

1869.] Joint Stock Companies

[COUNCIL.]

Act Amendment Bill,

877

LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL.

Wednesday, 1st September, 1869.

Native Lands Bill—Thames Sea Beach Bill—Messages from the House of Representatives—Joint Stock Companies Act Amendment Bill—Bills Committed—Armed Constabulary Act Amendment Bill—New Zealand Cross Endowment Bill—Consolidated Loan Application Bill —New Zealand Commissioners Bill—Greymouth Qunys Bill—Treasury Bills Bill, No. 2.

The Hon. the SPEAKER took the chair at two o'clock.

PRAYERS.

NATIVE LANDS BILL.

The Hon. Mr. MANTELL brought up the interim report of the Select Committee on this Bill, which was read.

THAMES SEA BEACH BILL.

The Hon. Mr. GISBORNE moved the second reading of this Bill.

The Hon. Mr. MANTELL hoped that this would be one of the last instances of hurried legislation in matters of this kind which they would have. He would ask the honorable gentleman to tell the Council whether any agreements which now existed would be rendered invalid by this Act. The second clause said that any transactions and dealings of or concerning this piece of land, or any part thereof, should be absolutely invalid. He wanted to know, also, what was the frontage covered by this Bill. It was of little use a Committee of the Council sitting and examining into a subject, if, while it was sitting, a Bill was brought in which might reverse any action of that Committee. He must say, as a member of the Native Lands Bill Committee, that as this Bill was now brought forward, he would take no more action in the Committee.

The Hon. Mr. FENTON, in answer to the latter question put by the honorable member, might say that this Bill was intended to cover the bench from Tararu Creek to Kaueranga Creek, or about a mile and a quarter in length. With respect to the first question, attempts had been made to enter into contracts, but none of those contracts had been perfected, and it was a chief recommendation of the Bill that it would be in time to prevent them.

The Hon. Mr. McLEAN would like to know whether this land was a portion of the land which they understood as that which was leased from the Natives by the Government at the Auckland gold fields. If not, it appeared by clause 2 of this Bill that the Government fully acknowledged the Native title to this land, and if that was so, how could they possibly prevent the Natives dealing with this as they chose ? He saw nothing in the Bill to show that the Government had any claim over the land, and the royalty was evidently vested in the Natives.

The Hon. Mr. GISBORNE said that the questions of Hon. Mr. Mantell had been fully answered by Hon. Mr. Fenton, and he need not therefore further allude to them. The of the Hon. Mr. MeLean opened up a

the lands of the Natives, and as to the title of the Natives in that land. There was a stipulation in the Treaty of Waitangi vesting the right of pre-emption over all Native lands in the Crown, and an Ordinance was passed in 1841 (Land Claims Ordinance, No. 1), declaring all unappropriated lands to be Crown lands, except those which were occupied and being used by the Natives. There was also this question, whether in assuming the sovereignty the Queen did not also assume the possession of the land below high-water mark. As he understood it, the land partly belonged to the Natives and partly to the Crown, and this Bill was intended to enable them to settle the matter between them, and not let a third party interfere.

The Bill was read a second time, and considered in Committee.

IN COMMITTEE.

On the preamble, an amendment was moved that the words "and has never been acquired from the Crown," be struck out, upon which the Committee divided, with the following result :-

Ayes   ...   ...   ...   ...   4

Noes   ...   ...   ...   ...   12

Majority against   ...   ...   ...   8

AYES.

Mr. Johnston,   Mr. Scotland,

Mr. McLean,   Mr. Stokes.

NOES.

Captain Baillie,   Mr. Mantell,

Dr. Buchanan,   Mr. Menzies,

Mr. Fenton,   Mr. Paterson,

Mr. Gisborne,   Mr. Pharazyn,

Mr. Lee,   Dr. Renwick,

Mr. Levin,   Major Richardson.

The clause as amended was agreed to.

The Bill was reported with amendments, read a third time, and passed.

MESSAGES FROM THE HOUSE OF
REPRESENTATIVES.

The Hon. the SPEAKER announced that he had received the following messages from the House of Representatives :-

The Otago and Southland Reunion Bill, and the Nelson Crown Lands Leasing Bill, which were read a first time, and the second reading fixed for next sitting day.

That they had passed the Law Society's Bill, and the Canterbury Temporary Reserves Bill, without amendment.

That they had agreed to the amendments made by the Legislative Council in the County of Westland Amendment Bill, the Westland Public House Ordinance Amendment Bill, the Auckland Waste Lands Act Amendment Bill, and the Provincial Ordinances Validation Act Continuance Bill.

JOINT STOCK COMPANIES ACT AMENDMENT BILL.

amendments made by the House of Representatives in this Bill be agreed to.

The Hon. Mr. MANTELL thought that the amendment made in this Bill was a very extraordinary one, as it converted a public Bill into a private one, and he could not see the use of the Standing Orders on private Bills if such a practice were to be followed. If it were unjust to apply the Bill to companies from whom no information had been received, it was unjust to apply it to the company from which they had received so much information. Upon the score of commercial morality the Bill ought to be rejected, unless it were brought in with the full knowledge of all persons interested. It appeared that certain building and land societies in the Colony had certain laws affecting them, and it had perhaps been found that some of those laws were inconvenient to the members of those societies, but they did not ask to have a Bill rushed through. The Government appointed a Commission to investigate and report upon the laws relating to those societies; and why should joint stock companies be dealt with in a summary manner? As he had pointed out on a previous occasion, they had not had sufficient data to warrant them in taking such a course. He thought the exercise of the right of protest might induce Her Majesty to disallow the Bill, and he should, if the Council agreed to the amendments, give notice of protest, and ask it to be entered on the Journals. He would move that the Hon. Captain Baillie, the Hon. Mr. Menzies, and the Mover, be appointed to draw up reason, on behalf of the Council, for not agreeing to the amendments made by the House of Representatives in the Bill.

The Hon. Mr. FENTON wished to observe that as he expressed an opinion on the preamble of the Bill, which opinion he still held, he could not agree with the amendments made by the House of Representatives. On the previous occasion he had called attention to the fact that in his opinion this Bill was a private Bill, and in his opinion it was still a private Bill, therefore he could not agree with the amendments.

The Hon. Mr. STOKES said ho was astonished at the persistent opposition of the Hon. Mr. Mantell to this Bill, who had advanced no new arguments in support of his views. The principle of the Bill was very clear, that a special resolution could be passed by a majority holding two-thirds in value of the shares. The Bill therefore affirmed that those who had the greatest interest in the company should have the greatest voice in its Management, and that provision was especially necessary in the company to which so much reference had been made, and which, for want of such a provision as this, was absolutely wasting away. The last clause was a "lame and impotent conclusion" to the Bill, which the amendments made by the House of Representatives corrected ; and as he believed it would be a measure of substantial justice, he should support the amendment.

The Hon. Mr. JOHNSTON would ask whether Mr. Speaker would rule if this was a private

The Hon. the SPEAKER said that a private Bill referred to an individual or to a corporation; but it was stated in the preamble to this Bill that it should apply to one company and not to others, unless under certain conditions; and he thought under those circumstances he would be justified in ruling that it did not come under the class of private Bills.

Question put, "That the amendments made by the House of Representatives in this Bill be agreed to," upon which a division was called for, with the following result :-

Ayes   ...   ...   ...   ...   10

Noes   ...   ...   ...   ...   7

Majority for   ...   ...   ...   3

AYES.

Dr. Buchanan,   Mr. Pharazyn,

Mr. Lee,   Major Richmond, C.B.,

Mr. Levin,   Mr. Scotland,

Mr. McLean,   Mr. Seymour,

Mr. Paterson,   Mr. Stokes.

NOES.

Captain Baillie,   Mr. Menzies,

Mr. Fenton,   Mr. Nurse,

Mr. Johnston,   Dr. Renwick.

Mr. Mantell,

The amendments were accordingly agreed to.

The Hon. Mr. MANTELL entered a protest against the passing of the Bill.

BILLS COMMITTED.

The Stamp Duties Act Amendment Bill, the Walsh and others Pension Bill, and the Whiteley Pension Bill, were considered in Committee, reported with amendments, read a third time, and passed.

ARMED CONSTABULARY ACT AMENDMENT BILL.

The Hon. Mr. GISBORNE, in moving the second reading of this Bill, said that it proposed to introduce some minor alterations to enable the Government to better secure the efficiency of the force.

The Hon. Colonel WHITMORE had no doubt that honorable members had already compared the Bill with the Act which it sought to amend, and had perceived that nothing of great importauce was proposed, except as regarded the last clause, and the substitution of "Commissioner" for "Commandant." The last clause involved a principle, and it might be well worthy of consideration whether it was desirable at present to place the Armed Constabulary in the position towards the magistrates of the country that they could at all times be taken from their duty to serve summonses and processes, and obey their commands generally. It was desirable in time of peace, when the constabulary was used only for police duty; but at present it would the discipline which it was necessary to so long as the constabulary was largely employed in the war. He did not know if " actual duty " meant "actual

3.321 332

▲back to top

 

could issue a Crown   Grant. It was the duty of

the Government e that the Crown Grant was issued. The honorable member found fault with the wording of the resolution, and stated that the House could not settle a matter of this kind, and that the assent of the Legislative Council and the Governor was necessary. That was merely a technical objection, as all matters involving the disposal of the revenue were always initiated in that House, and were very seldom interfered with by the other branch of the Legislature. The honorable member also stated that Government were not servants of the House. He agreed with him in that ; but they were servants of the Colony, and it was in that capacity they were called upon to act. The Bill brought in b the advocates of Mr. Busby's claim was perhaps in excess of what should have been demanded on his behalf. On the other hand, the Bill promoted by the Provincial authorities went at least as far in the opposite direction. Until the Government took up the question there was no possibility of its being settled. The House should not allow the matter to remain unsettled, or leave the unfortunate petitioner to seek such remedies—and those inadequate ones—in a court of law. It was in the hope that the House would see that it was absolutely necessary that something should ho done, and that the Government would see that it was absolutely necessary that they should take the initiative, and guide the House as to what was fair to be done between the parties, that he had brought forward this motion, and asked the House to decide upon it.

Question put, "That the resolution be agreed to," upon which a division was called for, with the following result :—

Ayes   .,.   ...   \_.   ...   24

Noes   ... -   ...   ...   ...   16

Majority for   ...   ..,   ...   8

AYES.

Mr. Ball,

Captain Kenny,

Mr. Bail;

Mr. Ludlam,

Mr. Bradshaw,

Mr. Munro,

Mr. Bunny,

Mr. Potts,

Mr. Clark,

Mr. Richmond,

Mr. Collins,

Mr. Swan,

Mr. Diguan,

Mr. Tancred,

Mr. Edwards,

Mr. Travers,

Mr. Eyes,

Mr. Wells.

Mr. Fantail,

Mr. Fitzherbert.,

Tellers.

Mr. Hankinson,

Mr. Carleton,

Mr. H. S. Harrison,

,

Mr, Curtis.

.

Mr. Baigent,

Mr. Mete   Kingi,

Mr. Dillon Bell,

. O'Neill,   .

Mr. Brandon,

. Parker,

Mr. Burns,

Mr. Vogel,

Mr. Creighton,

Mr. J. O. Wilson, C.B.

Dr. Featherston,

Mr. Fox,

Tellers.

Major Hcaphy, V.C.,

Mr. O'Rorke,

Mr. Main,

Mr. Williamson.

The motion was consequently agreed to.

PLACE OF .

Mr. O'NEILL said that, in moving the motion which stood in his name, he did so believing that in a new Colony such as New Zealand, it would be advantageous to hold the sittings of the Assembly by turns, for a few years at least, in the various chief towns of the Colony, for by this means the Assembly would know the Colony, and the Colony would know the Assembly ; the various parts of the Colony, with their requirements, would thus become familiar to the Assembly, whereas at present some parts to many honorable members were unknown. In 1868 a resolution was carried, on the motion of Mr. Wibitaker, to the effect that the next meeting of the Assembly should be held in Christchurch. This motion was afterwards amended by the addition of the words, "and this House pledges itself to make good the expenses consequent upon the movement of the Legislature," moved, with much enthusiasm, by the honorable member for Coleridge; but immediately afterwards a motion was carried in another place, that it was inexpedient to hold the meeting of the Assembly in any other place but Wellington. Last year be bad the honor of moving in this House that the next meeting f the Assembly be held in Christchurch ; but the motion was lost, although a considerable number of members were in favour, of it. He could not but look upon the Assembly buildings as being but very temporary; the accommodation was altogether too small in the House; when the members were all present, they were overcrowded for want of room. Only a few of the public offices could find room here, while the Defence Office, the Controller-General's, the Auditor.Gcneral's, the Crown Lands Office, and others, were accommodated in houses scattered about, and for which high rentals were paid. They bad heard over and over again about the want of accommodation in the library, and how many books were piled up at almost inaccessible heights. They knew that the Committee rooms were too few and too small. Then witness rooms, &c., were required ; and a largo room for patent specifications, models, &e., was urgently wanted, such as they had in Melbourne, or, a higher class still, in America. He knew that about, twenty-two boxes of patent specifications came to the Customs here, and, it was said, were afterwards sent to the Geological Museum, but he could not find any other information regarding them. He presumed, therefore, that they are all lost—lost on account of want of accommodation. The general inconvenience of these buildings was well known; and until the Assembly could build a sufficiently large house, they should move about. The members would derive a great deal of informotion by going to Otago. Northern members would be able to see the richness of thin natural grasses of Otago; while the great plains of Taieri and Tokomairiro would exhibit farming unsurpassed in the southern hemisphere, together with all the latest improvements in agricultural implements, steam ploughs, &c. Mutual advantages would be gained by a visit to Otago; by the interchange of ideas-seat benefits would be

derived It was thus that great biations—as the British and Social Science--did good wherever they went: their tracks of benefits were legibly marked by the advance of progress and science. Otago would show its wonders in trade, commerce, agriculture, and its gold fields yielding £600,000 annually : Tuapeka, Mount Ida, Dunstan, Cromwell, and Wakatipu would all show the astonishing work, of the diggers. It might be said that the cost of removal would be large, but he believed that the advantages and benefits to be gained would far more than counterbalance the cost of removal ; and it must be borne in mind that when the seat of Government was at Auckland a session of the Assembly Was held in Wellington, and there was thou no great cry about the cost and inconvonience of the removal of the printing office or papers; besides the telegraph would annul a great deal of the anxiety which might be felt about papers and information to be obtained from Wellington, while he had learned from good authority that it was unnecessary to remove the printing office at all. Thins all the objection to removal urged for the last four years were removed. Besides the country was not in such a poor state ; it was solvent, nay it was a rich and a great country, and would not be affected by the expenditure of a few thousands when the object was, he might say, to enlarge the mind for the further and better development of the country, and for, perhaps, sounder and more practical legislation. In Dunedin not only could members of the Assembly be well and comfortably accommodated, but the Governor and Lady Bowen could have, what they never had in Wellington, a residence worthy of the representative of Her Majesty.

The hour of half-past five o'clock shaving arrived, the SPEAKER left the chair.

HOUSE RESUMED.

On the House resuming at seven o'clock,

SHORTLAND SEA BEACH BILL.

Mr. DILLON BELL, in moving the second reading of this Bill. said it would be in the remembrance of the House that a Bill called the Thames Sea Beach Bill was circulated among honorable members, and was intended to have been brought down and carried by the House ; but by reason of the large amount of business there was on the Paper it had been postponed, and in the meantime a Select Committee had sat upon the original Bill, the report of which honorable membere had doubtless read. The result of that Committee was to show that action shouldle taken in a different direction, and the Government introduced into the Legislative Council a Bill carrying into effect in fact the recommendations at the Select Committee. In the Bill originally proposed, after recitin the right

of the Crown to the fore-shore the is to shy to the sea beach between high and low water mark, the Government proposed to take power to deal with the land between high

and low water mark in a different   to

what the gold fields mining tricts would be treated. However, honorable members who bad read the evidence, would hare seen that the

view which was originally taken very much corroborated by the witnesses the Committee, and it was considered that not only did the Native claime-stand in e way, but there

were' many-considerations--which had to   be

attend   ed to, before anything like a fair judgment

could be arrived at upon the best mods of

dealing with that particular piece   of land. It

was,suffcient to say that the pice of land and which

was commonly known as the Shartland sea beach, contained seventy men's ground, but that there was a large number o people who had pegged out   claims, having been in treaty with the

Natives, and were probably leadong up to a condition of more or less difficulty in the final settlement of the case. Ho spoke carefully, because ho know that the evidence of Mr. Mackay and other witnesses rather led to the impression that there might some case of right occur, by reason of the action with regard to this piece of land. Iris intention was to hare introduced the original Bill and endeavour to carry it through, without reference strictly to the original provisions, but to mould it so as to carry the recommendations of the Committee into effect. But he had reason to

anticipate, from into that reached him by the last mail from the North, that it would be better to. introduce a Bill into the

'Legislative-Council the particular piece of land from action at the present time. The Bill was accordingly introduced and was now before the Rouse, and the single effect of it was to make it unlawful for any one but Her Majesty to deal with the piece of land which was described, in the schedule, and which might shortly be said to be the sea beach opposite the gold fields of Shortland at the Thames, and to restrict certain public Statutes, like the Public Reservers "Act and the Gold Fields Amendment Act, from being brou ht into operation within that small. piece of land. By the mail which arrived that day, he received information which he would, shortly read to the House, and which would show at once the paramount necessity of some measure of this kind. It was perfectly well known that, with the exception of a small pice of ground in respect to which Mr. Mackay, on the part , of 'the Government entered into some

arrangement with the Natives, there had   to

authorization on the   part   of the Government or

an of its officere to make deatings   with the
Natives of the land between high and low water

mark. He would    read in the orma on a referred
to, which would show the House what state things

were in :—   

"A commencement was made this morning in mining operations on the beach below high-water mark, on a claim of twenty men's ground, named the Great Atlantic, and which is at present to be held and worked under miners' rights. A large shaft is begun, which is to be boxed and puddled to keep out the water, and carried down as fast as the men can got on with it, to catch the Golden Crown lead. The site of the Atlantic shaft is in a line with the Prince Alfred battery. The adjoining claim, the Scandinavian, has also corn. menced preliminary operations for sinking a shaft,

3.322 333

▲back to top

 

900

Sea

 

The claims are situated on that part of the beach between the Thames Crushing Company's works and the Kurunui Creek."

They could see by that that the beach had been rushed in all directions alrendy and that presently claims of great a magnitude Would arise. which would involve the Government in very serious complications ; and if these shafts were

once commenced to be sunk without the authority
of the Crown the Government would be placed in a position of most serious difficulty, and the only course Which the Government consider it proper to take was to hang up for the present that part of the Auckland gold fields until some further authority was given to declare that all transactions that took place without the authority of the Government should be invalid. He hoped the House would agree with him, that it was of the most paramount necessity to prevent complications arising between the mining population in regard to this piece of land, by rendering impossible the application either of the gold fields general law, or any special law which the Legislature might hereafter make with respect to this fore-shore.

Mr. SWAN would be very sorry to stand in the way of useful legislation, but it appeared to him the Bill   before the House was not only in direct opposition to the views expressed in the

report of the Select Committee, but actually

perpetiated   the wrong   that he and others pointed
out in the former Bill. If the third clause of the Bill were passed, it appeared to him that it would

be impossible for the authorities of the gold fields

at any future time to proclaim the beach in question within the limits of the field. He   thought
that if the Government, on behalf of the Crown, should obtain concession of the rights of the Native claim over this beach, they would be able, without coming to the House, to proclaim the land outside the limits of the gold fields, and be able to deal with it in the same way as was proposed in the Bill rejected by the Committee. The land was gazetted in January last as a reserve for public purposes, and that reserve was still maintained. Now, he thought that clause 3 of this Bill positively lifted that reserve, and that therefore, if they passed the Bill, it would be no longer a reserve. There was another point upon which he should like to know how the Government proposed to act. Clause 2 said—" It shall not be lawful for any person other than Her Majesty to make any contract lease or conveyance with or from any aboriginal Native of or concerning the piece of hind described in the schedule. Now he wanted to know how the Government intended to deal with those parties who had already pegged out claims and were sinking shafts, because the position taken up by the Select Committee was a perfectly intelligible one. Its first resolution was

" That, until the question of the prerogative rights of the Crown and of Native claims in relation thereto, over and over precious

metals in the set at rest, it would be
inexpedient to legislate upon the particular case

of the Hauraki Gulf."

If they suspeuded legislation present and until those prerogative rights were obtained, they would then be in a legal position to deal with the parties; but it struck him that this Bill did not give the Governmentally locus standi whatever in dealing with the parties who wore already in possession. He did not think the Government had any power to deal with parties in possession, and they were as much out of court as the parties themselves. Great stress had been laid upon the question of the rush that would take place supposing the land was thrown into the gold fields, and the honorable member for Mataura had alluded to the evidence taken before the Committee on that subject. He would do so also, and would first read an extract from the evidence of Mr. James Mackay. He was speaking of an old Warden, and one experienced in gold fields:—

"What advantage would the mining interests receive by substituting this Bill for the ordinary gold fields law in that district ?—I presume the ordinary miner would not derive any benefit at all, but the land would be purchused by capitalists. I should like to say a few words in further explanation of the matter. I think if the land was proclaimed under the Gold Fields Act, that it would be immediately rushed by a very large number of miners, the same as in the case of all other lands when newly proclaimed.

"Do you think it would be expedient that special arrangements should be made for the purpose of securing the profitable development of this ground ?—I have previously stated that a great portion of the ground is well known to be so rich that any man pegging out a claim there would very soon get sufficient capital to work it.

" Supposing the ground open for work tomorrow, how would you provide against a scramble taking place ?—I should make no more provision than on other gold fields. I should go down to the ground with all the police force I could muster, and decide the disputes on the ground.

"What effect will such legislation as that proposed in the Bill have upon the interests of miners on the ground ?—At the present time a great jealousy obtains between ordinary miners and capitalists on the gold field, and such legislation would probably tend to increase that feeling of jealousy.

"What effect will it have on the minds of the mining community outside the Thames gold fields, both in the Australian Colonies and in the Colony of New Zealand ?—The general result of any legislation, over and above that of holding claims under miners' rights, is a tendency to cause an exodus of the mining population from the gold fields; because, in mining under miners' rights, individual interests are not carried on very well, as the expenditure of a large amount of capital is necessary. There is, again, a great deal of jealousy between the two classes, namely, the capitalist and the ordinary miner. In proof of that, I would cite the large amount of excitement on the Shortlaud gold fields at the time the ' Superintendent issued the leasing regulations.

" Will you be good enough to state whether in

 

 

[HOUSE.]

Beach Bill.

your opinion any, and if so effect will be
produced on the revenue of the Thames gold

fields?—If the land were sold by auction, and the proceeds made gold revenue, of course it would increase it for the time being. The Government, or the owner of the tidal flat, would receive more money by the land being sold or leased by auction than they would if it were held under the ordinary

system of   miners rights tenure; but if a dissatis

faction existed, in the minds of the ordinary mining population, and they considered that it was no use remaining, and if legislation were in favour of capitalists, it would of course reduce the ordinary mining population, and therefore the revenue, to a certain extent.

"Would it prevent ill-feeling if the parties who originally pegged out the ground before your advertisement were to have their claims recognized? —If the claims of those parties were recognized, other miners would then desire to have the same right to peg out They would not see why one party of men should be allowed to hold claims under miners' rights, and the remainder of the community be debarred from doing so."

Now, there was a large number of persons who bad already pegged out claims under miners' rights, and he wanted to know how the Government was going to deal with them?

Mr. DILLON BELL.—Would the honorable member be good enough to explain how it is they hold ground under miners' rights when no claims were declared there ?

Mr. SWAN.—That was not a question for him to answer, but one for the gold fields delegate in that House to answer. He only knew the fact that they did hold ground under miners' rights. The honorable member himself had, not five minutes ago, absolutely stated that he had information from Auckland that a large number of persons had actually pegged out their claims under miners' rights.

Mr. DILLON BELL.—I pointed out that it was contrary to law.
Mr. SWAN agreed that it was contrary to law, but it was a fact, nevertheless, and he would like to know bow the Government intended to act in that respect. He would take the evidence of another witness, Mr. Bradshaw:—

"What course do you think would be most satisfactory to the miners, and productive of the least injustice ?—I would first validate those claims which have been taken up in error under the miners' right system, and which have been registered, it may be in error also, and which have been in full work at a verygreat cost ever since they were taken up. I would then throw open the remainder to the operation of ' The Gold Fields Act, 1866,' for mining purposes ; whether by lease or otherwise is a matter to be determined.

"You thin' that the general course of alienation by sale of known auriferous lands would hare an injurious effect on the mining interest of the Province and the Colony generally ?—I unhesitatingly say yes, because I am certain of it.

"Do you. consider that auriferous lands should

be opend under the miners.

that no leases should be granted until the has been thoroughly prospected under rights ?—1 shall answer that question by
that the present regulations, which I think give prior right to those who take up land under miners' right system, are sufficient, because lease can be granted until such time as miners invited, by posters on the ground, to object such leases. I think that the administration the Act and Regulations is of more consequence than legislation. I wish to add that I object the sale or leasing of any known auriferous lands, outside of a proclaimed gold field."

Take another witness, Mr. O'Keefe :—

"Do you know of any advantage which the purely mining interest would receive by substituting this Bill for the ordinary gold fields law?— I do not.

"Do you think there would be any danger of riot if the land were proclaimed under the Gold Fields Act?—Not the moat remote danger. The idea is utterly absurd.

"Apart from the Native question, you would throw it open ?—I would, and in doing so I would guard the Native interest, as it would be wrong to violate any of their rights, as they have acted honorably, and to trample upon them would he a grievous injustice."
He contended that the whole of the evidence taken in respect to the Bill that was withdrawn applied with equal force to the Bill now proposed to be passed. He considered the community was not lawless, but would respect the law, and thought there was no probability whatever of a riot. He should steadily oppose, as long as he had a seat in the House, the working of auriferous land in the Colony under any other regulations than the simple Gold Fields Regulations and Acts, and for that reason, as well as many others, would move that the Bill be read a second time that day three months.

Mr. BARFF would second the motion, and in doing' so would make a few remarks. He objected to the Bill on many grounds. In the first place he believed it would net for the benefit of a few, and to the prejudice of a great many. His second objection was that the honorable member who introduced the Bill told him from his place in the House that its principle was not to make any alteration in existing things, but to leave them exactly as they stood. If that was the case, the House had better not have anything to do with the Bill ; for it would be merely wasting time to pass a Bill which enacted no more than, "Things shall remain as they are." The honorable member for Mataura had insinuated, if he had not said, that this Bill would not interfere to any great extent with any\_exiating Native right; but as far as he (Mr. Barff) could gather from the evidence, and from the petitions of the Native owners, or supposed owners, of the property, the Bill would interfere a very considerable extent with Native rights   By   "The Gold Fields

Act, 1868," certain beach lands high and low water mark were understood to remain. as Native lands to which the title

3.323 334

▲back to top

 

 

; but section 3 of this Bill expressly

that the Native over such loads

be extinguished petitions from interested in these lands showed that Natives felt very strongly on the subject. hoped it would not be wearying to the House he read some extracts. In one of the petitions was said :—

" And now you have said that the places of the a which remain to us will be taken. 0 friends, is wrong, it is evil. Our voice, the voice of , has agreed that we shall retain the parts the sea from high-water mark outwards. These were in our possession from time ; these are the places from which food was from the time of our ancestors even down us their descendants. Why do you desire to heedlessly upon these places? What fault ours has been discovered by you? It was that the taking of land by you ceased at and other places ; but your thought has to Hauraki, to the noble land the sea of has no ripple."

Again, in the same petition :—

"O friends, our hands, our feet, our bodies, always on our places of the sea ; the fish, the , the shell-fish are there. Our hands are on to those, extending even to the gold. The men, the women, the children, are in this, that they alone are to have the of all the places of the sea, and that the are to have nothing to do with them. friends, give effect to our request. Leave to us own, the places of the sea. Act justly the good tribe, because the searching for is with you. Take your evil to the tribes are fighting ; do not crush in Hauraki, but affairs in reference to Hauraki be carried on properly."

In another petition, he found these words :—

" Our sea and our places were left to us as places where we could obtain food. That was not given up to the Governor. Well, why have they been taken? Tell us the reason, our fault, on account of which you have taken them. We have been living quietly, and you also. Now, for the first time, we know that you are evilly disposed towards us. Is not the taking of land a cause of evil? And when evil comes, you judge it and say that the Maoris are wrong ; and you write to other countries, saying that the, Maoris are an evil race ; but it is on account of that work of yours, and not the fault of the Maoris.

. . . We have not given up these pieces to the Government ; therefore we say to you work correctly, for the Hauhaus are laughing at us. They say, 'It serves you right to be troubled by the Government ; you gave up the gold to the Europeans.' Therefore we said, 'Who suspected that evil would come of it?' Now, we rejoiced at first ; at present we are very sad on account of your work. Friends, there is no cause for this work. This work of yours towards us is very wrong."

In one of the petitions he believed Scripture was quoted, the words used being "Thou shalt

such a phrase any proceeding of ; but the use of such language showed the feeling of the Natives on the question. He was afraid that if this Bill passed in any form, it would do injustice ; and he would heartily support the amendment.

Mr. RICHMOND believed he spoke the mind of a large number of members of the House, and certainly of those members who had had anything to do with Select Committees to which had been referred any questions affecting lands on the Thames gold fields, when he said that he felt exceedingly anxious how he should act on the present occasion, and that he was not without some—lie thought excusable—suspicion as to what the bearings of the Bill might be. His first impression was that he ought to vote for the amendment ; and he could not pledge himself not to do so, until he had honorable member for Mataura had to say in reply. The Bill was intended to exclude this sea beach land from the Public Reserves Act and from the Gold Fields Acts. The Bill would prevent the land being granted to the Superintendent of Auckland, and being dealt though no doubtful claims and rights to it existed. So far so good, for what the House wanted to be assured of was, that nothing would be done to prejudice doubtful claims and rights, which the House could not deal with, but which it ought not to ignore. It had been so much the practice of late to ticket honorable members as philosophers, or poets, or Native doctors, that he thought it necessary, least any such vulgar labelling might be applied to him on this occasion, to disclaim any peculiar partiality for the Native claims in this matter. He looked on the question simply as one of policy. The first object which the House must have, was peacefully to extend gold fields operations over the whole of the Northern Island. That object, he thought, was the wisest policy of the whole Colony. It would relieve the Colony from its present nightmare more rapidly than any policy which the House could devise and attempt by legislation ; and be should be very sorry if, by any hasty action, the progress of that great policy should be prejudiced. He had always agreed cordially with the principles enunciated by Earl

Grey, in the celebrated desputch of 23rd December, 1846, in which,after citing Dr. Arnold his lord-ship declared that the right of freehold in land was one almost inseparable from industry; and that uncivilized men, who merely sat down upon or

roamed over a country, could not have any title, before God, to exclude others from those lands. But even When, twenty-three years ago, Earl Grey announced that view, he added to his expression of it an important   rider:—

" Such," he continues in the same despatch, "are the principles upon which, if the colonization of New Zealand were only now to begin, it would be my duty to instruct you to act." But thus, even in 1846 he qualifies this policy:—"It appears, however, that you have found it expedient to admits pretensions (that is to say the

be suffered to weigh against the acting in a manner either really or even apparently inconsistent with good faith."

That view, expressed in 1846, had acquired a hundredfold weight in 1869. For his own part, he (Mr. Richmond) never had a doubt that when, in 1858, the Native Territorial Rights Bill passed through both Houses of this Legislature, and was referred home for the signification of the Queen's pleasure thereon, a death-blow was struck at the beneficial rights, so to speak, of the Colonial Government of New Zealand. He was sure that he might not go back further, and say that such a blow was struck by the famous " penny-an-acre proclamation" of Governor Fitzroy. Certainly, the honorable member for Mataura must admit that, at least seven years ago, we had done with to subdue it, we might have previously possessed.

any rights which, as men going into a wild country Having thus, as he had pointed out, swallowed the camel, it seemed that we were now to strain at the gnat—that this wretched little strip of land on the Shorthand beach was now, on the plea of prerogative rights unknown and incomprehensible to the Natives to cause a renewed of those beneficial rights which we had abandoned as to every other part of the Colony. We had done more than swallowed an admission of the general

rights of the Natives; for at the Thames gold fields we had winked at the seizure by the Natives of one of the supposed prerogative rights, that of Crown mining on the main land. He thought it would bear argument before the Privy Council,
whether the Crown over did obtain, in this Colony, the same rights over the sea beach and over mines as the Crown possessed in the old country and in colonies acquired in the ordinary manner. The words in the Treaty of Waitangi

plications as to the land. He thought it was for

upon which, as against the Natives, those rights were based, were very vague, and by no means certainly conferred any of what were called prerogative rights. But the real question was, what would be at once really and appearently consistant with the rights granted to Nutires—and what it was politie now to do. Was there any sufficient motivefor cliging to those rights? Would it not be wise, supposing the consent of the Crown could be obtained, and the legal position could   be made clear, that we should cease to haggle about this scrap of property, these obscure rights or claims of the, Crown ? Looking round the coasts of New Zealand, could we see any practical benefit to be derived from their assertion ? All the great ports of the Colony, for all present purposes, had been alienated by the Natives. There never was, he believed, in their minds, any doubt
that, in alienating the terra firma, all that abutted upon it on the coast was also alienated, unless there was a special reservation. The fact that there was such reservation in some cases, showed that total alienation was the rule. He could conceive but two possible objects on the part of the Government in claiming land. One was, to secure, for the purpose of pushing on roads and other works in the district, such a sum of money

the House to consider the be derived from the confirmed confidence Natives upon whom so much depended the extension of

the gold fields through the country of the Hauraki Gulf and the Valley of the Thames.   To discourage those men, and to shake their confidence by even an apparent drawing back from our past policy, ought not to be thought of for so pitiful a consideration as a sum of £10,000, £20,000, or even £50,000. If we could only be as easily content to wink at the difficulty about prerogative rights in this present case as we had been to wink at it in passing the Gold Fields Acts, or in granting sea beaches to Provincial Governments, and allowing land so granted to be alienated, ho thought there would be no danger whatever of any confusion or scrambling as to this Shortland beach. The effect of that would be quickly to bring the land to the condition of private property, to be dealt with by those who were its owners, namely, the Native owners of the adjoining land. He had made a proposal to the Committee on this Bill to the following effect: That the Government should be requested to exercise the powers vested in them by "the Gold Fields Act Amendment Act, 1868," by issuing prospecting licenses for the sea beach to such

persons as might have entered into agreement with the bona fide owners of the land adjoining, and by enforcing the penalties under section 5 of the Act against every person found mining on the lands without such authority. The present Bill, he observed did not impose any penalty : it invalidated a contract when made, but it did not prevent the confusion that would arise from attempts to make contracts with Natives as to this land. The exercise of the powers of the

Gold Fields Act of last session, in the way he wished them to be exercised, would supplement the title of the Natives ; and he felt sure that it would be politie to supplement that title as far as possible. He also proposed to appoint a Commission to ascertain the owners of the beach according to Native customs ; and when that Commission had reported, those who had agreements with the Natives might be allowed to carry out those agreements, while those who had not such agreements might be prohibited from mining on or meddling with the lands. That plan, he believed, would have prevented confusion; at all events it would have put it into the power of the Government, by administration, to have cured confusion as soon as it arose. That plan would also have been a step towards securing the co-operation of the Natives in the further extension of the gold fields. The Government, he presumed , if the present Bill passed, would be bound, in the meantime, to settle, if possible, the great question of the prerogative rights. If it was possible that those rights could be renounced by ' the Imperial Government, he thought that such a course should be adopted, upon a proper representation of the peculiar circumstances of the case. The Commissioners

3.324 335

▲back to top

 

should be instructed to deal with the matter. If during the recess, the Government could secure indisputably the necessary powers, the House would next session be in a position to bring this sea beach under the operation of the Native Lands Act, subject-to-the claims of   those had entered upon the lands with the sanction of the Government, under such an arrangement as he had suggested. He should like to know whether, if the Bill did not pass, the Government would be likely grant this sea each   to the ProvincialGovernment of Auckland. The only thing which Bill seemed to establish which was not already established was, that the beach should not be granted to the Provincial Government but the Colonial Government could refuse to make

the grant without the Bill being passed. It would save the Government from pressure by those who wished to bring the beach under regulations such as were sketched out in the former Bill on the subject. But if the Government had its mind made up not to grant the reserve for the present, it was in their power to refuse. He must await the reply of the honorable member for Mataura before resolving how he would vote. He should like, also, to know from the Government, whether it would instruct the Commissioners who were to proceed to England that it should be one part of their duty to learn from the Imperial Government how far the prerogative rights of the Crown could be, and would be, waived generally, so far as the Colony was concerned, and more especially as to the rights

over such a bit of nor-man's land–not clearly belonging to the Natives and not clearly belouging to the Crown—as this Shortlands beach seemed to be.

Mr. TRAVERS said that the honorable member for Grey and Bell seemed to have forgotten that this under consideration by the Court of Appeal during its sitting, the point having been raised in

regard to part of the beanch at Timaru. It was

then decided-that the prerogative of the Crown over all lauds between high and low water mark was in full force in this Colony and in that decision the brother of the honorable member for Grey and Bell, Mr: Justice Richmond, entirely concurred. Such land, it was held, was part of the private domain of the Crown : but it was also held that the Legislature of the Colony had it in its power to affect such land

by legislation to any extent short of interfering

with those rights which the Admiralty would
have in relation to the navigation of the sea.

Mr. RICHMOND :Was question of Native claims to such lands in any way argued or

raised?

Mr. TRAVERS said not, and that it was not necessary. The House seemed to have forgotten

the second   law passed by the first Legislature

in New Zealand. He referred to an Act passed in 1840, which was still in force, and which defined the position of the Natives in regard to waste Colony . The whole of the unappropriateincluding the for were the waste lands of the Crown. Until

the passing of "The Gold Fields Act, 1868," there was no pretence Natives had any claim to the land e land was treated as any other land below high-water mark. That Act declared that any land below

high-water mark should be deemed to the Native

land within the boundaries of the gold field, for the purose of the Act. The effect of the Act

was that after the land was proclaimed a gold field, it because Native land for the purposes of that Act. The whole of the coast of New,. Zealand belonged toHer Majesty, and the land in question formed part of the land which Crown.He felt per ectly satisfied that no rights whatever had been acquired by any dealings in respect of that land ; no right which could form the subject of any claim upon the Crown, or compensation from the Colony. At the same time, if that land was to be treated as part of the gold field, it was but right that those who first pointed out the richncsb of the ground, and the probability that it might become a valuable part of the property of the Province, should be considered in any future dealings with respect to it. The object of the present Bill, in his opinion, was to restore the land to its former condition, subject to the prerogative rights, whatever they might be and to take

away frons the Executive Government the power of dealing with rho hind under the Public Researves Act, or any Act."As to the power of dealing with an held by the Crown under its prerogative, he was not prepared to give any opinion ; it would require great consideration, and depended very much on, the delegation of powers which Her Majesty had. conferred upon the Governor. His own impression was that it would not be the subject of delegation unless it were exercised in pursuance of legislation by the Colony. He did not pretend to know sufficiently of the circumstances of the case to be able to offer any opinion upon it ; but he was quite satisfied that this piece of ground, which was supposed to contain valuable minerals, had given rise to jobbery and speculation, and it was the duty of the Legislature to prevent the continuance of jobbery and improper speculation, pending an inquiry as to the exact position of the whole matter. It was only on that ground that he should concur with the Bill. He hoped the Government would be prepared next session-having tied up the land, which was a wise course to adopt-to take stops to ascertain what was the existing state of facts in regard to the quasi rights that might be acquired, and prevent any infringement of the prerogative of the Crown, and bring the whole matter before the Assembly in order that legislation might take plane in a proper manner.

Mr. DILLON BELL said it was never intended by "The Native Lands Act, 1862," or any Act until the Gold Fields Act of last year was passed, for which the honorable member for Grey and Bell was responsible, that the Native title should extend over the fore-shore. He believed it the opinion of the Chief Judge of the Native

Lands Court that the claim nun never been set up by Natives. The Rehery right undoubtedly did exist, but The Natives had any right to the fore-shore. There was more question of power involved in the proposed dealing by this Bill than the dealing under the Public Act The honorable member for Grey and Bell had criticised the principle of the Bill, as if it was an innovation of the practice of the Assembly. Ho was asking the House to do more than had been done under the Public Reserves Act. The object of this Bill was to prevent the great evil that would take place by the asserting of right which did not exist on the part of individuals. Every one who proceeded under a miner's right to use the fore-shore, and to exercise rights of ownership over it, was doing so

without any authority, and In absolute contraven. Lion of the law. The miner's right could only be exercised within the limits of the of gold field, whereas

the land. in questions was outside the gold field. The evidence taken be ore t he Committee showed

that Mr. Mackay had frequently warned the parties that they had no right to mine under their miners' rights. Unless some restrictive measures of this sort were passed, what position would the Government be placed in ? Those persons were occupying the laud, and taking upon

themselves the rights of ownership, and setting up claims which would lead to enormous difficulty by-and-by. The honest man who adhered to the law was placed at a great disadvantage. Was it for a moment to be contemplated that those who were unscrupulous enough to take possession of the ground, and sink shafts under their miners'

rights, should receive any advantage over those who observed the law ? The object of the Bill

was to make known to such parties that no such right as they set up would be recognized by the Legislature. They would hot be allowed to take possession of the land in defiance of the existing law, and to the damage of the honest subjects of the Crown, who refrained from taking any course that might plunge the country into difficulties. He hoped the Government would receive the assistance of the House in this matter, which he believed to be a question of very urgent importance. They were bound to support those who kept within the law, and not to support those who were acting in a very unjustifiable manner.

Question put, "That the word ' now' stand part of the question," upon which a division was called

for, with the following result:—

Ayes   25

Noes   17

Majority-for   8

AYES

Mr.Baigent,   Mr.Mete Kingi

Mr. Dillion Bell,   Mr. O'Rorke,

Mr. Brandon,   Mr.Parker,

Major Brown,   Mr.Potts,

Mr.Collins,   Mr. Taylor

Mr. Diguan   Mr. Travers,

Mr. Fox   Mr. Wells

VOL VI–115   

Mr.    Mr.

Mr. Hankinson,   Mr. J. C. Wilson, O.B.,

Mr. Jollie,   Mr. Wood.

Mr. Kelly,   Tellers.

Mr. Main,    Major Heaphy, V.C.,

Mr. McLean,   Mr. Ludlam.

  •           NOES..

Mr. Ball,   Mr. Fitzherbert,

Mr. Bradshaw,   Mr. W. H. Harrison,

Mr. Bunny,   Mr. Munro,

Mr. Carleton,   Mr. O'Neill,

Mr. Clark,   Mr. Patterson,

Mr. Creighton,   Mr. Richmond. ..

Mr. Edwards,   Tellers.

Mr. Eyes,   Mr. Baff;

Mr. Farnell,    Mr. Swan.

The Bill was read a second time, and considered in Committee.

IN COMMITTEE..

Mr. BARFF proposed the insertion of the following se a new clause :—

" Clause 4. In case Her Majesty should make any contract lease or conveyance with or from any aboriginal Native of or concerning the piece of land described in the schedule hereto or any part thereof such land or any part thereof shall not be dealt with otherwise than under the provision, of 'The Gold Fields Act 1866.' Provided that no portion of such Acts as relate to the gold mining leases shall be deemed to or shall apply to the land described in the schedule hereto.'

Question put "That the clause be agreed to," upon which a division was called for, with the following result

Ayes   11

Noes   .   28

Majority against   17

Mr. Ball,   Mr. Munro,

Mr. Bunny,   Mr. Patterson,

Mr. Clark,   Mr. Swan.

Mr. Curtis,   Tellers.,

Mr. Faruall,   Mr. Barth,

Mr. W. H. Harrison,    Mr. Bradshaw,

NOES.

Mr. Baigent,   Mr. Mete Kingi,

Mr. Brandon,   Mr. O'Neill,

Mr. Collins,   Mr. O'Rorke,

Mr. Dignan,   Mr. Parker,

Mr. Eyes,   Mr. Potts,

Mr. Fitzhcrbert,   Mr. Taylor,

Mr. Fox,   Mr. Travers,

Mr. Hall,   Mr. Vogel,

Mr. Hankinson,   Mr. Wells,

Major Heaphy, V.C.,   Mr. Williamson,

Mr. Jollie,   Mr. J.C. Wilson, C.B. Mr. Kelly,

Mr. Ludlam,   Tellers.

Mr. Main,   Mr. Dillon Bell,

Mr. McLean,   . Mr. Richmond.

The clause was consequently negatived.

The Bill was reported without amendment, read a third time, and passed

 

3.325 336

▲back to top

 

 

3.326 337

▲back to top

 

 

3.327 338

▲back to top

 

 

3.328 339

▲back to top

 

 

3.329 340

▲back to top

 

 

3.330 341

▲back to top

 

C,

Gd-01   4/2e-cr

/4',a-ZCZ-t-4-e7-7///‘

7-1Wee,? Gear /4

ec

■ -

/4 iA %

k46

ee--)7•14-0:2;1   Z/,%' ‘724etA.

'-   6 &n-et-ra-1   .ee4. at-ye-A-z

3.331 342

▲back to top

 

NATIVE LANDS COURT.

KAUWAERANGA JUDGMENT.

[BEFORE CHIEF JUDGE FINTON.]

This is an application by Hoterene taipri, and others,for a certificate of his title but piece of land near Shortland, bounded towards the cast by high-water-mark, towards the south by a line nearly at right angles to the shore line commencing near the Kauwaeranga Creek, towards the north by a line nearly parallel to the southern boundary, and towards the west by low-water-mark on

the Waihou or Thames river, The land ix covered by high-water of ordinary tides, but is left by the water as the tide recedes. It forms an extensive mudilat, and is not available for use as a highway by ,persons on foot when the waters have left it, except along a narrow margin near the shore

The other facts, an proved in evidence, are as follows :—The land at Shorthand abutting on the land claimed has been granted by the Crown, upon certificates of the Court to the claimants and opposing claimants.

The land claimal has been possessed and used by the claimants and opposing claimants and their ancestors for generations, for fishing with stake nets, and as a preserve for curlows, and as a private ground for gathering shellfish (pipia).

That such use has been ,exclusive, other tribea having bean kept off.

The New Zealand Government has cndeavoured to deal with the claimants and others for the purchase of their rights in this land.

The Crown opponee time claim an the following grounds :—

By the law of England, the foreabore belongs to the Crown, and can only be held by .a subject by grant from the Crown, either existing or presumed by pretcriptian. this of the Crown in an incident of

sovereignty. the sovereignty of the Crown in New Zealand meet not be held to be founded en the Treaty of Waitangi solely, but upon nettlement. That this incident of sovereignty has been consistently sanctioned and maintained by decision' of the Courta of England and by the Courts of the United Statae of America. That the Netive Lands Acts do not affect the Crown ; and that Maoris cannot own the foreshore according to their customs and usages, as such oweerahip would be in derogation of the prerogative of the Crown and that the Court has therefore, no jurialiction to try the claim.

On behalf of the claimants, it is urged that the above arguments can not apply to

New zealand the rolaltions and the monrin being strictly defined by the Treaty of Waitangi, and by that document only. That in England not only the foreshore, but all other land, belonged at one time to the Crown by right of the conqueit made by William I; that grante from the Crown are presumed respecting both claiaos of land alike, and that the foreshore remains in the Crown simply become, generally, it was of 'no use to anyone. Whereas, in England, all land was originally in the Crown in New Zea-land all land originally belonged to the Maoris. That the doctrines of feudalism can have no application to the land of New Zealand, and that neither English law nor the Civil Law can be alletnel to the rights of maeris to lands which, in the words of the statute, they own according to their customs and usages. That the treaty took noue of their territorial rights from the Maoris, but expressly guaranteed

the preacrvation . of Them    They

were in 1840 Thees rights   ' not

3.332 343

▲back to top

 

2

disputed over the main land,and they should or nations possessing an organised form of not be disputed over land covered by the sea, government may validly assert the right of if they can be proved to have existed. That acquisition of territories inhabitedbysavagre, the Goldfields Act, 1868, recognised these, must, in Courts of Law, be deduced not rights to a certain extent ; the Shortland ' eirnply fromthose prineiplesof abstractjustice Seabeach Act, 1860, repeated such recog- which the Creator of all things has impressed nition ; and that the Executive Government on the mind of Ilia creature man, acid which had made attempts to acquire them from the aro admitted to regulate in a great degree the Maoris by purchase.   rights of civilised nations whose perfect in-

It is at once evident what a vast range of dependence is acknowledged, but from those constitutional and international law the in- principles also which, partly derived from no. quiry into this subject must embrace, and cessity,partly founded on force,have beenttethe Court feels that Parliament could never knowledged as good by civilised States, and have contemplated that the Native Laud in particular have been adopted by our own Court would have to determine questions Government and given to us as the rules for demanding so much research, and involving our guidance.

such great responsibility and such important The principle which all civilised States consequences. Influenced by this thought, agreed to acknowledge as the law by which I endeavoured to induce the parties to agree the right of aeniiiettion, which they all to a formal judgment framed 6y arrangement asserted, shall lie regulated as between in such a manner that resort could easily themselves is, that discovery gave title to and immediately . be had to the Supreme the , Government by whose subjects or by Court,where alone such grave matters should whose authority it was made; 'a ariief `all be decided. But the parties did not accede other Governments, which title mi 1jt be eon. to this proposal, and this Court is therefore summated by possession (Jo neon v. bound to give decision. Could di\_ Court McIntosh Wheaton, "Reports of theSupremo suppose that this decision would be final, it Court, United States," vol. .8). The rela. would content itself with simply ex-pressing tions which were to exist between the di-- its opinion in the usual manner ; but, in- coverers and the natives were to be regulated fluencod by the hope that it may yet be the by themselves. The rights thus acquired wish—es the Court thinks it is the duty—of being exclusive, no other power could inter. the parties to apply to the Supreme Court to fere between them (a).

review this judgment, it seems that due Acting upon this rule, Captain Cook, under respect to that tribunal demands that this a Commission from the Crown of England, lower Court should not limit itself to a bare in the year 1769, discovered, eircumnavi. statement of the conclusions at which it hae,---gated, and took possession of the Islands of arrived, but should set forth the reasoning New Zealand, in the name of his Majesty through which its decision has been arrived George III. This act was performed in the

at.   most formal manner, and was published to

The view taken by the counsel for the the world. Tasman, the Dutch navigator, Crown of the origin and status of the had previously sighted the North Cape, but sovereignty of the Crown in these islands it does not appear that he did any inter. forms the basis of the' arguments on which national act with the view of establishing a the prerogative is urged as. entirely incon: title.

aistent with, and utterly destructive of, all In the year 1787 a Royal Commission was claims of this character. Our first endeavour granted to Ceptain Philip, appointing him must therefore be to determine the true basis Captain-General and Governor-in-Chief in of the sovereign authority, and at what date and over the territory of New South Wales and under what circumstances it originated. and its dependencies. This territory was And in pursuing this investigation the very described in the Commission as "extending fluctuating and contradictorycharacter of the from Cape York, latitude 11.37 south, to the acts orState done by the English authorities South Cape, latitude 43.30 south; and inland will appear very clearly, and suffice to ex- to the westward as far as 135. east longiplain the anomalous position that the tudo eompreliending "all the • islands question has occupied, and the embarrassment, adjacent in the Pacific Ocean within the and doubt which may be traced through the latitudes of the above-named capes:" Nor-

whale career of legislative and, executive folk IeLuid,   Dienien's Land, and the

action reting it.   Islands of Now Zsaland as far, south as
The rv'----wb.mis have been rseoguised as Akaroa, are clearly within the prescribed

internal   law, by which eivilisid.nations

3

In 1814 the Governor and Captain-General I as on land in the islands of New Zealand

e Now South Wales and its dependencies, I and Otaheito, and in other islands, countriu, acting on the representation of the Crown, and placesnot within his Majesty's do• by publicprclaim:Goa declared New Zee- inieieee, by the inasters and crews oellritish laud to be a depeud ncy of his government, aud I ships, and other persons who have for the by regular commission of (led/inns potestatein most part deserted from or left their ships, appointed Justices of the Peace to act there, and have continued to live end reside amongst Amongst these were three Hokiang,a chiefs, j the inhabitants of those islands, &c." The aboriginal natives of the country— Ktiatara, Act then provides for the punishment of liongi, and Korokoro. In 1819 Governor j offences so committed "in the said islands .Macquarrie aply4;:ated other English magis- of New Zealand and Otaheite, or within any trates in Now Zealand, amongst them the other islands, • oountries, or places, not Rev. M. Butler, a member of the Church I within his Majesty's dominions, nor subject Mission. These Justices, or some of them, to any other European Stele or Power, &e." exercised the authority bestowed upon them, IThe Statute 4 George IV., up. 96, enacts by apprehending offenders and sending them that the t•.iutwetne Courts in the colonies of for trial to the seat of Government in New INew South Wales and Von Diemen's Land South :Pales.   may try offences "committed in the islands

About 1822 a rranpany w4.9 formed in the of New Zealand. Otaheite, or any other British Islands for the colonisation of part of island, country, or place, situate in the New Zealand, and the purchase of a large Indian or Pacific Omens, and not subject to hi* tract of country wan effected for the purpou. Majesty or to any European State," if such And during the whole of these periods, as offences are committed by British subjects.

well as subsequently, New Zealand was fru. The Statute 9, George IV., cap. 83, re' quently visited by the Wye] ships of war, pests that enactment in the same words, which, to a certain extent, enforced the sdding only that the punishment for the authority of the Crown, and adminiatered or offence shall be the same as it the crime had caused to he administered a sort of justice, been committed in England.

Coueidereble numbers of the subjects of the On the 16th November, 1831, a letter to Crown also settled permanently at the Bay King William from 13 of the ohiefa of New of Islands and elsewhere, purchased Zealand was transmitted to Lord Goderleb, land for themselves, and carried on a praying the protection of the British Crows; thriving trade, so much so that in against the neighbouring tribes, and agaiumt

the year 1836 no lees than 151 British subjects residing iu the island, and ships visited the Bay of Islands. If the stating their apprcheneion of a settlement history of the transactions of the English being effected by the French, called in the Government and people ended. here, it would letter " the tribe of Marion."

seem that the undoubted title established by ln consequence, of this letter, Lord Ripon, Captain Cook might be doomed to have been on the 14th of June, 1832, despatched Mr. , consummated by possession, and that the Busby as British Resident, with credentials sovereignty of the Crown of england had to this missionaries, partly to protect British been established by the acts of its own autho- commerce, end partly to tepees the out- riled officers, together with the unauthorised rages of British subjects on the native*. His proceedings of its subjects, which would Lordship, sent with Mr. Busby a letter hi

enure for its benefit.   whieh the King was nutria to address the

On the other hand, however, wo find chiefs m an independent people. Their statutory enactments which contain almost support win; requested for Mr. Busby, and A recognition by the King., Lords, and Com• they were reminded of the beuetits they mons of Great Britain that New Zealand would derive from the " friendahip awl was not part of the British dominions.   alliance of Great Britain."

The Act 57 George Ill., cap. 53,is entitled,   In the month of Juno, 1822, a bill was
"stn Act for the More Effectual Punish- brought into the House of Ca' minion@ for the ment of Murders and Masialaughters Com- prevention of crimes committed by his mittml in Plume' not in his Maj«sty's Do- ;Majesty's subjects "in New Zealand, and in minions." 'Die mumble is—" Whereas other islands in the Pacific, not being within , grievoue murders and inanalatighters have his Majesty's dominions." This bill was re,

been committed at the settlement in the Bay jected   Parliament could not lawfully
of Honduras, in South America, &c., and the legislate (or a foreign country,

like offences have also been committed in the   On the 13th April, 1833, th

t, he floyerno.:01. -South Pacific Ocean, as well on the high eon New: South Wales, in obedieils tot laird

3.333 344

▲back to top

 

4

Ripon's orders, addressed instructions to Mr. upon its independence ; and it is at their Busby, in winch New Zealand was expressly unanimous desire that 1 transmit this done-mentioned as a foreign country,aud Mr.Buaby ment in order to its being laid at the feet of himself as being accredited to the chiefs. his Majesty.—I have, ewe

Thee easement terougheut aseuree.a the Mae.   " (Signed)   Jae= Busty,

pendence of New Zealand.   "British Resident at New Zealand. On the 29th April, 1834, General Bourke, " Mr. Under•Secretary Hay, &c. the Governor of New South Wales, trans-

" DECLARATION or TAEINDIXINDILNCE or

mitted to Lord Stanley a proposal from Mr.

   N   eau-eerie

Busby for establishing a national flag for the   " SW eau-eer

tribes of New Zealand "in their collective "1. We, the hereditary chiefs and heads of cacity;" and advised that ships built in the tribes of the northern parts of New the island and registered by the chiefs Zealand, being assembled at Waitangi, in should have their registers respected in their the Bay of Islands, on this 28th day of Octo. intercourse with the British possessions. Sir bee 1835, declare the independence of our R. Bourke reported that he had sent three country, which is hereby constituted and patterns of flags, one of which had been declared to be an independent State, under selected by the chiefs • that the chiefs had the designation of the ' United Tribes of accordingly assembled with the commanders New Zealand.'

of the British end three Ammican ships to   "2. All sovereign power and authority
witness the inauguration of the flag, at which within the territory of the United Tribes of
Captain Lambert and the officers of ILM.s. New Zealand is hereby declared to reside
' Alligator' were present. The flag was entirely and exclusively in the hereditary
declared to be the "national fla" of New chicle and heads of tribes in their collective
Zealand, and being hoisted was saluted with capacity, who also declare that they will not
21 guns by the 'Alligator.' On the 21st of permit any legislative authority separate
December, 1934, a despatch was addressed to from themselves in their collective capacity
Governor Sir R. Bourke by Lord Aberdeen, to exist, nor any function of government to
approving all these proceedings in the be exercised within the said territories,
name cif the King, and sending a copy of a unless by person-, appointed by ;them, and
I

letter from the Admiralty, stating that they acting under the authority of laws regularly had instructed their officers to give effect to enacted by them in Congress assembled.

the New Zealand registers, and to acknow•   " 3. The hereditary chiefs and heads of
ledge and respect the national flag of New tribes agree to meet in Congress at Waitangi

Zealand. in the autumn of each year for the purpose Apparently in consequence of this letter of framing laws for the dispensation of jus• of the Secretary of State, the British Resi- tice, the preservation of peace andgood dent at Now Zealand, as he then styled order, and the regulation of trade ; and they himself, assembled as many chiefs as he cordially invite the Southern tribes to lay could 4ot together ; and a Deels qion of In. aside their private animosities, and to con.

dependency was unanimously at to, and I suit the safety. and welfare of cur =miner. signed by 35 chiefs, fairly rep' rating, as I country by joining the confederation of the the Resident said, the tribes of New Zealand united tribes.

from the North Cape to the -latitude of the tee They also agree to send a copy of this river Thames, The iustrumeet itself,and Declaration to his Majesty the King of the despatch of the British Resident com- England, tothankhimforhisacknowledgment

municating it, are subjoined   of their flag; sad, in return for thefriendehip

"British Residency at New Zealand,      and protection they have shown: anti are
prepared to show to such of his subjects as

" Bay of Islands, November 2, 1835.   gave settled in their country, or resorted to

" have the honour to enelose here- its shores for the purposes of trade, they with a copy of a declaration by the chiefs of entreat that he will continue to be the the Northern parts of t% ew Zealand of the- parent of their infant State, and that he independence Sof their country, and of their will become its protector from all attempts having united their tribes into one State, upon its independence.

under the designation of. the ' United Tribes   " Agreed to unanimously on this 28th day

of New Zealand.   In this declaration they of October, 1835, in the presence of his

.; e   entreat that his 3Isjesty will continue to be Britannic Majesty's Resident. '

the parenteaf their infant State, and that he .?'4 Lord Gleneig, in a despatch to General :will become its protector from all attempts I Bourke, dated 25th May, 1836, acknow-

5   s

letiged the receipt of the Ilesideut's letter month, Lord Pahneteton eepreseal his con. and its enclosure, and after recapitulating Ieurrenee iii the suggestion.

the contents of the Declaration said : " It 1 In reply to a communication made on the will be proper that the chiefs should he I 29th of April, 1839, by Mr. Butt, on assured iii his Majesty's name that he will 1 behalf of the New Zealand Company, Lord :lot fail to avail himself of every opportunity 1 Nortnanby, on tto 1st of May, announcedof showing his good will, ant of affording I that " tier Majesty's Goveruinent could not to those chiefs such support and protection recognise the authority of the agents whom .as may be consistent with a due regard to 1 the tennasne might employ, and that if, as the just rights of ,,there, awl to the interests I was probaide, the Queen should be advised of his Majesty's subjects."   1 to take measures without delay to obtain a

elost of the iforegoing facts awl instru. ' cession in egiaereignty to the British Crown meets are referred to in a memorandum of any parts of New Zealand which were or transmitted by Lord John Russell to Lord Ishould be occupied by her Majesty's subPalmer:emu, on the 1Sth March, 1840, and jests, officer selected by the Queen would he Lord John Russell concludes the paper with I appointed to administer the Exeoutive the fell ow tee e melts   ..If these seletee ; Goverameed witele tedt tetalletey m

Acts of the Parliament and of the King of1 On the 13th of Juno, 1839, Lord Normeuby Great Britaia are net enough to show, that I wrote to the Lords Ceutatiestienere of the the pretension made by this company (theI Treasury, stating that circumstances had New Zoete:n(1 Company), on behalf of her 1 t: swim! which hail further tended to force Majesty (thabe sovereignty of New Zealand), 1 upon her Majesty's Government the adoption is elle:ended, it might still further he re. i cm measures for providing for the government Pelted by a minute narration of all the 1 of the Queen's subjects resident in or resort-relations between New Zealand and the ad- 1 ing to New Zeeland, and with that view it jaeeut British colonies, and especially by the I was proposed that certain parts of ths judicial decisions of the Superior Courts '41 Islands of New Zealand should be added to 01-1.9.0 colonies.' It is preetened, however, t the teeloIty of New Seth , Wades, as a that, after the preceding statement, it would Idencieleuey of that Government, and be superfluous to accumulate arguments of announced that Captain Robson, R.N. who that nature, and the rather because they , bad been - selected to proceed asdritieli could not be intelligibly stated without ; Consul, would also be appointed to the office entering into long and tedious details."   1 of Lieutteuant.Governor. A tlespetch, dated

The formation of the New Zeeland Awe 1 the 1st of July, 1839, from Lord Normanby elation, and afterwards of the New Zealand I to the Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty, Laud Company, cornpelled the Government ; stye ee" It having been deemed expodieut of Great Britain either to acknowledge the 1 by her Majesty's Government to establish
   eevereignty of the Crows over the: New I some competent authority in the Islands of   • Zealand Islands, or abettletele to disclaim it. i New Zealand, it has been determined that At the time there is little doubt they were I Captain ii0inIon, IL.N., should proceed in a position, without embarrassment, to take ; thither, invested with the character of British either one course or the other. • There was ; Consul. 'The tlret object contemplated in no question with any foreign Power, and the I making this apeointeneut is to obtain from natives would, have made nn remistauee to a I the untive chiefs the cession to her Wieldy proceeding, the ineening and effect of which I of certain parts of those Wands whieb it is they were unable to comprehend, so long es I proposed should be added to the wittily of it did not interfere with any of their : New South Wales, as a dependency of that

material rights or interests.   ! Govermnont, when Captain When" should

The Government chose the latter course, 1 assume the character of Lieutenant. and numerous despatcher; and declarations of ■ Governor.'

her Majesty's Secretaries of State, written 1 The Treasury minute, which was mule in at this period, aro consistent in ettuneintieg I CO/19.t.O.JOLICO . of Lord Norwell-7's latter, im end maintaining the principle that Newt dated the 19th of July, 18.111, and *auctioned Zealand was regarded by her ?dejcsty as a 1 the advance of the funds necessary for the free and independent State in alliance with ; bow undertaking, and concluded—" nut btr. Great Britain.   I Stephen will at the same time SLAW   Mte

teethe

i   •

Thus, vu the 12th of Deeember,1838, Lord :Marqu of Nurrasnby that,   the redikel• Glonelg wrote to Lord Palmerston. /acorn• lugs about to hum adopted in regard. to Seer 41IN mending the appointment of a British Consul Zealand, in the event of the faun of the es .,

at New Zealand; and, on the 31st of the same anticipated 0e:feign of sovereignty and of the ' 4

.   .   .

3.334 345

▲back to top

 

6

•intempLited revenue, !nay involve further reports which hare reached this *Rice within expenditure from the funds of this country. the last few months establish the lute that, beyond the salary of the ceuml, already in- about the commencement of the year 183$, eluded in the estimates for consular services ! a body of not less than 2,000 British subjects for the current year, my Lords have con. had become permanent inhabitants of New sidered it necessary that the arrangement Zealand ; that among them there were per. should to brought under the cognizance of sons of a bad or doubtful character—convicts Parliament; and they have therefore directed who had tied from our penal settlements, or that a copy of their minute, siring the / seamen who had deserted from ships ; and sanction now notified to Lord Normanby, that these people, unrestrained by any law, shall be laid before the House of Commons.' and amenable to no tribunals, were alter.

The publication of this minute appears to nately the authors and the victims of have excited much interest in France, which ; every species of crime and outrage. It up to that time had regarded New Zealand as I further appears that extensive cessions a British possession. It was stated in evidence ! of land have been obtained from the before the committee of the House of Coin- natives, and that several hundred persons mons, which sat in 1838, that the wit-rn I have recently sailed from this country to ochad seen no less thee i-f) French newspapers eery mull cultivate those lands The gnirit commenting upon theminute, and urging the ; of adventure haying thus been effectually French Government immediately to St out roused, it can no longer be doubted that an an expedition to take possession of a country ; extensive settlement of British subjects will which was thus authoritatively declared to ' he rapidly established in New Zealand ; and be still open to the enterprise of civilised I that, unless protected and restrained by ne. nations. This step was ultimately taken, cessary laws and institutions, they will

but toodate.   repeat, unchecked, in that quarter of the

On the 14th August, 1839, Lord Nor- , globe, the same process of war and spolia. tnanby wrote his instructions to Captain lion under which uncivilised tribes have Hobson. The despatch is long, but a portion I almost invariably disappear'ed as often as of it bears so directly upon the subject of they have been brought into the immediate our inquiry, and shows so clearly the ideas I vicinity of immigrants from the nations of which were intended to be embodied in the ; Christendom. To mitigate, and, if possible, convention with the natives of New Zealand ; to avert these disasters, and to rescue the which Captain Hobson was directed to make, i immigrants themselves from the evils of alaw- that they may advantageously be extracted.: j less state of society, it has been resolved to

"The Ministers of the Craven have deferred / adopt the most effective measures for estato the advice of the committee appointed by ! bushing amongst them a settled form of civil the House of Commons in 1836, to inquire government. To accomplish this design is into the state of the aborigines residing in the principal object of your mission.

the vicinity of our colonial settlements • and , " I have already stated -that we acknow• base yew:in:ed. with that ;committee in ledge New Zealand as a sovereign and rode. thinking that the increase of national wealth I pendent State, so far at least as it is and power, promised by the tterisition of ; possible to make that acknowledgment New Zealand. would be a most inadequate I in favour of a people composed of compensation for the injury which I numerous, dispersed, and petty tribes, must be inflicted on this kingdom who possess few political relations to: each itself, by embarking in a measure other, and arc incompetent to acts or even to essentially unjust, and but too certainly deliberate, in concert. But theadmission of fraught with calamity to a numerous and i their rights, though inevitably qualified by inoffensive people, whose title to the soil and this consideration, is binding on the faith of to the sovereignty of New Zealand is indis- Ithe :British Crown. The Queen, in common potable, and has been solemnly recognised I with her Majesty's immediate predecessors, by the British Government. We retain these 1. disclaims for herself and for her subject} opinions in unimpaired force, and, though every\_ pretension to seize on the islandesski circumstances entirely beyond our control New Zealand, and; or govern them as part of have at length compelled us to alter our the dominion of Great Britain, unless the course, I do hootscruple to avow that we I free and intelligent consent of the natives, depart from it with extreme reluctance.   , expressed *ascending to their established

"The necessity for the interposition of the 1 usages, shall be first obtained. Believing, A'S'overninfilat has, however, become too evi. I however, that their own welfare would,

at to admit a further inaction. Ths j under the circumstances I have -nteationed,

7   ■

be best promoted by the surrender to her Ma- here, sad the relation in which her Msjuty jesty of a right now so precarious, and little is placed with the aborigines, both as to more than nominal, and persuaded that the their political etating and their territorial benefits of British protection, by laws tultni• rights, must, subject to subsequent modifimustered by British Judges, would far more claim; to looked for in the result of than compensate for the sacrifice by the na- Captain Hobson's operatiene.

Lives of a national independence which they Early in 1840 Captain Holism arrived lu the ate no longer able to maintain, her Majesty's Bay of Isla:Ida in 11 M. ship ' Borsht,' nut to Government have resolved to authorise you a large assembly of chiefs produced a con-to treat with the aborigines of New Zealand volition, called by him a treaty, which was for the recognition of her Majesty's sovereign translated to Dunn sentence by sentence by

authority on the whole, or any part of those thu Bev. Ii. Williams.   After some de-
islands, which they may be willing to place liberation, and at one time a doubtful eon-

I' tider her Majesty's dominion.   • *   ' teution, the histeument was accounted and

  •              "   •   "I sinned there end then by "40 heed chiefein

" All dealings with the aborigines for their presence of at least 500 of inferior degree." lands must be conducted on the same prin. 'Ibis document, kuown as the Treaty of ciples of sincerity, juatice, anti good faith' Waitangi, is tinted the 13th day of February, as must govern your transactions with them 1840 ; was announced on the 7th by a salute for the recognition of her Majesty's sere), of 21 guns from 11.11, ship ' Herald ; and rcignty in the islands."   was subsequently signed by the majority of

Captain Hobson, in the same month, re- the leading chiefs of this Wand. It mitrporta plied to this despatch, end (amongst other to be made by her Majesty with " the chiefs things) calls Lord Normanby'e attention to of the confederation of the united tribes of to the absence of any distinction in hie 111- New Zealand," i.e., those who were parties etructions between the North Island and the to the Declaration of lnclopendonce,as well as southern &land, to the latter of which the with " the separate 0.9a nolepentlent chiefs Declaration of Independence did not relate, who bad not become it-Isenberg' of the con-observing " that it was obvious that federation." By Article I. the chiefs eteled the power of the Crown might, be to her Majesty absolutely and without re. exercised with much greater freedom serve all the rights end powers of sovereignty in a country over which . it peaseseea which the said confederation or independent all the rights that, are usually assumed by chiefs respectively exercised or petitioned, or lint discoverers than iu an adjoining State might be supposed to exercise or possess,oeer which had been reeoguieed as free and indo. their respective. territories 3.3 the sole pendent." But as this inquiry has reference sovereigns thereof, lly Article II. the

. only to the Northern Leland, it is not Queen confirmed mil guarantee,' to the necessary to nutiee this dietinctien.   chief* atilt tribes of New Zealand MA to the

The last despatch which I will allude to respective families and individual* thereof watt written by Lord John llnasell on the the full, excineire, mid undisturbed pos. 4th March, 1840, to John Thompson, Esq., session of their lands and estates, who had asked for a charter of incorporation forcste, fisheriee, culd etherproperties, of a proposed New Zealand Ag'icultural, i which they might.   i

collectively or telivitluelly

Commerce:II, and Banking Cetnpacy. His I possess, so long rum they might wish to retain Lordship said, " That as by. a OttieSS of Acts the same in possegsioti. thy Article I IL bar of Parliament, as well as by thin moneuets Majesty extended to the natives of New formerly taken' by the Executive Govern- Zealand her royal protection, mil itoperttel mentinthhgeountrylEngland), thesovereignty to them all the rights and privilestre of BO. ' of Great Britain over New Zealand is ex. tishsabjecta.

tweedy disavowed, the Queen cannot he   Itt a despatch to Governor dills, data)

advised to grant say such charter."   17th July, 1840, Lord John Ituswil com-
e i

More authorities might Ire quoted, but it minds:ate:1 to him the entire approval of her
apPeare unnecessary to strengthen the posi. Majesty's Government of the meesures which
twit that for many years, up to and including he had adopted, rind of the manner in which
1840, the King, Lords, and Commons a they were carried into effect by i'aptain
England hare distinctly and absolutely Hobson. All question of previous rove•
disavowed all pretensions to the sovereignty reiguty being now removal, it masa' X to
of the New Zealand lelauds,• or to nayinquire what is the effect of this Treaty of
r

dominion M. authority over them. \_The WO Waitangi, which on the one baud Axed 014 origin, therefore, of her laisjestes dominion Sovereignty in the Crown, and on the -'`4.0r

3.335 346

▲back to top

 

guaranteed to the natives all their lands, , or over which they, exercised rights of owner-

eetatki, forests, fisheries, and other pro. 'ship   And (2.) nia the ceeeion of the sove-

parties. I reignty of the Island to her Majesty have the Having, in the recent case of De Hirsch v. i effect of destroying such right or title if it Whitaker and Lundell, inquired with some 1 previously existed:

minuteness iuto the select cent legislation, I la the previous case (\\Vhakaharatau) no it will not be necessary again to review the i proof was given in evidence of the strangely fluctuating view of the character i exercise by the Maoris of any easement, attached by the legislation of this colony and 1 or right of fishery, and the laud was claimed of England to the interests possessed by the ' simply ns land above high-water mark is aborigines in the wild lands of New Zealand Iclaimed; and the judgment iu that case was ander this compact- From the Lands Claims 1 that the question of ownership of any portion Ordinance of 1841, to the impracticable 1 of the foreshore by a Maori must depend. Royal Instructions of 1846, aflame to the Con- I simply as a question of fact, and as the stitution Act, the views have constantly I claimante had nor proved any facts showing varied. The Native Lands Act, 1862, was 1 ownership, or usufructory occupation, the the first effort of the Legislature to define and ; claim was dismissed. In the case now before regulate the lands and estates of the natives I the Court. consistent and exclusive nee of under the Convention,and wasthe final settle. the locus in quo has been clearly shown front went of two conflicting lines of interprets- time immemorial. As far as the evidence tion, and indeed of thought. Its preamble goes, no persons except the claimants and recited the second article of the Treaty of their ancestors have, at any time, appro. Waitangi, and that it would greatly promote Ipriated to their use. this land, nor has the the peaceful settlement of the colony, and the exclusive right of the claimants to enjoy it, advancement and civilisationof the natives, if ; as they always leave enjoyed it, ever been their rights to laud were ascertained, defined, 1 disputed by anyone up to the present con. anddeclared; and if theownershipofsuehland, I tention. That the use to which the Maoris when so ascertained, defined, and declared, appropriated this land was to thorn of the were aseiroilatod as nearly as possible to the Ihighest value uo one acquainted with their ownership of laud according to British law ; customs and manner of living can doubt. It and that, with a view to the foregoing oh. is very apparent that a place which afforded jests, her Majesty might be pleased to waive at all times, and with little labour and pre-in favour of the natives so much of the said paration, a large and constant supply of Treaty of Waitangi as reserves to her almost the only animal food which they Majesty the right of pre.emption, and to could obtain,was of thegreatest possihkevalue establish Courts, and to make other pro. to them ; indeed of very neuch greater value and vision for ascertaining and definining the importance to their existence than any equal rights of the natives to their land. The Act portion of land on terra firma. It is easy to of 11365, repealing that Act, was passed, to understand ;then why the -word "fisheries' provide for the ascertainment of the persons should appear so prominently in the instil:- who, according to Maori proprietary silent by which they admitted a foreign customs, are the owners of land in the authority to acquire rights of sovereignty colony, and to provide for the conversion of over their country. The insertion of the such modes of ownership into titles derived word. "forests," evidently a word of surplus-from the Crown. 'These two Acts entirely age, and the application of the doctrine coincide with the Treaty, and must be re- "noscitur a sociis, ' might afford ground for garded as a complement of it.an argument that the word " fisheries" must

I do not think the English Acts Act, 1858, I be regarded as applying to franchises or affects the ease ; and the only other statute easements in fresh-water streams ; but I to which it is needful now to refer, as carry. cannot think that the phrase should ing out or modifying the treaty, is the be so limited. I am of opinion, Native Rights - Act, 1865, which says, especially remembering the very clear "Every title to, or interest in, laud over and. almost- stringent nature of the which the native title shall not have been instructions given to Captain Hobson, that extinguished, shall be determined according it was the intention of both parties to the to the ancient custom and usage of the Maori compact to guarantee to the aborigines: the *pie, so fares thesame can be ascertained:" -continued ' exercise of whatever tcrritcrial The erestioa then is : (1.) Is this inudflat rights they then exercised Ma full and per. land in or to which the Islaoris, in 1840, had feet manner, until they thought tit to dire aay =and what estate, title, or interest, pose of them to the Crown. The natives

9

kept to themselves what Vattel calla the the Supreme Court in deciding the effect of " useful domain," while they yielded to the the grant which will issue on the our:ificate Crown of-,E..ightud the " high domain." of the Court I would refer, however, in Moreover, in beratton v. Brown (4 B. and passing, to Attorney-Geaeral v. Berridge; 10 C., 4861, with reference to the use of the Prim, 350, and to Attomey-Gouoral v. Par-word "forest," the same question of words meter, 10 Prim, 378.

of surplusage arise in the construction of the In his argument Mr. MacCormick took words "sea—grounds, oyster-layinp, shores, from the text-books the doctrine that all and fisheries." Bayley ..T . said "The deed ooloules were held either (1) by conquest, purportato paseall hatandthosesea.grounds, (2) by cession, (3) by discovery and peeses. oystereleivings,shores,and fisheries.' lf it had aims; and abandoning for this case, as • conveyed the sea.grounds only, that prima matter incapable of discussion, the two first, facie would have operated as a grnat he founded his argument on the title of the of the soil itself. For,' generally speaking, Crown derived in the third method. The the soil passes by the word ground, as, previous part of this inquiry has shown that by the word wood, the soil in which the the Crown, Lords, and Commons have wood grows passes, if the grantor had in- frequently, and its the most absolute manner, tended to pass a limited specific privilege disclaimed and repudiated any such title to and easement in the soil, and not the soil the sovereignty of -New Zealand. King itself, he ought not to have used such cern. William's hither to the linkianga slums, prehensive words, bet words limited and re- Lord Normanby's instruction/ to Captain striated in their sense. But then the words Hobson, and Lord John Russell's delimited' oyster-leyings are introduced, and it is said to Mr. Thompson, written in March, IOW, in that from these words it is to be inferred which he states that her Majesty declines to that; by the words sealroutals, it was grant a charter because she bee no intended to convey a privilege of laying sovereignty in Now Zealand (the result of oysters only," ite. But the Court would not Captain liobeen'e operations being then en. allow the addition of the lesser words to known in England) would alone forbid the restrain the effect of the word "sea.grounds," sanction of any of her Majesty's Courts to the by which the soil was held to pass ; and the idea of this being a colony founded by diem-learned. Judge said :—" It appears to me very and possesonon—at least, so far as this that the deed does ass, not a mere privilege island is concerned. This point has been or easement, but the soil so far, at least, as already decided, and it il needles* again to

the surface is concerned." go over the ground. I may odd, however, The Court then is of opinion that the rights that, as • fact, many of the colonies of the which these claimants and their ancestors, Empire have been originally founded by from the earliest times, exercised over this private individuals, who subsequently got parcel of land, constitute s privilege or ease- charters or grants from the Crown, or in

I went, which is included in the word later days obtained Ants of Parliament. i " fishery," used in the treaty; but whether Thus, Barba/doe" originally discovered by the their poeeetsMu of these mud fiats was soul- Portugese, was efterwartis rediscovered by a

1 dent to make a title to the soil itself, will ship of Sir William Opel-tine's returning from remain for inquiry. America, and wee granted to the Earl of Before ascertaining the exact character of Pembroke. Instancy are not wanting in these rights, it will be well to examine which compacts somewhat similar to the briefly Mr. MacCormick's argument, that Treaty of Waitangi have been made, some-with the sovereignty of the Crown eases all times accompanied with mousy payments, the incidents of sovereignty, all the common for the soil or even for the sovereignty. law of England. and all the eminent do. Thus, Sir Stratford Csening took peassunion minion which the doctrine, of feudalism in 1815 of Singapore, at that time attach to the Crown in reference to land, to belonging to the Malays, the subjmte the extinction of all rights which, ordinarily . of the Sultan of labor,' ; and in 1825 be appertaining to the prorogative,or to the jus I bought the domain from the Seib's', for a privatum of the Crown, cats only be in a sum of- money. There is probably no case subject by virtue of a grant from the Crown, of a colony founded in precisely the liAMO or by prescription. I have left the question manner as New Zealand, Le., by °entreat of the jug publicum, or public right of the with a moo of savages, the thrown of King and people to pass and repass, both on England obtaining the sovereignty or high the water and on the Lea, nnnotioet, for daineba, end confirming and guaraoteeig . that question may be more fitly decided by to the aborigines the aseful domain, seethe

,'e.   .

3.336 347

▲back to top

 

10

use and possession of all the lands. Vattel the effect upon our case of declaring this certainly speaks of Penn's treaty as if ho land subject to allodium. It does not follow had purchased sovereign right in Pennsyl- that the jus publicum of the Crown re. vaunt, as well as the fee simple of the soil, presenting king tied people would then have but I think the passage refers to what no existence. Thus a statute of Connecticut, Penn thought himself that he had acquired 1838, declared that every proprietor in fee rather than to the interpretation the Courts simple of lands " had an absolute and direct would put upon that transaction.   dominion and property in the same," and they

I do not think it necessary to inquire were declared to he vested with an allodial minutely whether all the incidents of title. And although Chancellor Kent stiles feudalism attached to the soil of New Zea. broadly that " feudal tenures have no ex-land immediately the Treaty of Waitangi istence in this country," yet the feudal was signed. There does not appear to mo to fiction appears to have been preserved that be any reason for seeking for analogies and the lands aro held of *some superior or lord ; parallels, in the consequence of a proceeding for the socage lands of the State of New which is itself without a parallel. The fun- York are, by an Act, declared not to be damental principle of the feudal doctrines is deemed discharged of " any rent, certain, that all land is holden of some superior or.other services incident or belonging to lord, originally with the view of tenure in common socage due to the people of keeping up a certain organisation for the State or any mean lord." and soaage supplying fighting men, for the service tenures are of feudal extraction, and retain of the lord or the ling. And. although the some of the leading properties of feuds, being original cause of the foundationof feudalism distinguished by a fixed and determinate has long since disappeared,, yet the doctrine service, which. was not military from

. of tenure remains es the law of real property. knight service.   If an analogy must
Bet meal property means land actually or be had, the nearest resemblance to the

.   by presumption held of or at some time or characteristics of native land might, perhaps,

-   other granted by the Crown. Land owned be found in the fokland as distinguished
by natives according to their customs or from the bocland of our Saxon ancestors.

usages can in no sense be deemed subject to But none of these speculations seem to the the same rules as real property in its tech- Court to be of much importance. The real nice! sense. And we find the Legislature, in question is a question of fact--Was the land i the Native Rights Act, 1865, directing the now claimed, at the date of the Treaty of Supremo Court, whenever any such question Waitangi, land or a fishery collectively or : arises before it, to send the issue down for individually possessed by aboriginal natives? .' trial by the Native Land Court. And this For, if it was, the full, exclusive, and undisdistinction is very clearly preserved in the turbed possession thereof is confirmed and Act under which the Court is now sitting. guaranteed to the possessors by. the • Crown The interpretation clause says that "native of England. And this fact is clearly proved. lands shall mean lands in the.eolony,.which We must seek then in the. Treaty itself for are owned by natives under their customs or the true solution of oar problem, and it only. usages. Hereditamonts olutil mean land the remains now to inquire whether the cession subject of tenure, or held under title derived of the sovereignty of the island, to her Mahone the Crown, or land before Crown grant, jesty has the effect of destroying the Crown's and land after Crown grant. The case of guarantee. And the first idea that naturally Vealo v. Bunn (decided in the Supremo suggests itself is, that this guarantee was Court) will therefore not assist our inquiry, the main consideration for the cession. And until it is decided whether this locus in I do not see how one part of en instrument, quo is a hereditament, orin other words that of which the intention is clear, can be held it belongs to the Crown ; but this point is thus to destroy another part, unless there is the object . of the inquiry, so - that this irreconcilable conflict. And here there is no process of reasoning would simply lead. us conflict. In England, 'where the whole. soil

round in a circle. of the country fell to the King by conquest, Nor will it avail to say, with Mr. Hesketh, and. grants either exist or are: presumed that native land is allodial. I believe that for all such as has left the Crown, whether allodium exists in coins parts of the Shetland above or below higlewater.mark, large Isles it'll° present day, but I are not aware portions of the foreshore are . owned that, our Courts have over. furnished any in fee simple absolutely .- by ,private illustration of the laws, which regulate it. persons, and there are numerous instances Nor do I profess to be certain whatwould be of private holdings of maritime properties,

1

.   .

11

such as oyster-beds, right of fishing with warrant an order for the soil, or under the etakemets, right of carrying away Band and word "fishery," which must limit the Court shells, and evert of cutting seaweed below to a privilege or easement—it is remarkable low-water mark, and others, resembling the that the use to which this land has beau right under investigation.   immemorially put by the natives is exactly

I think it very- clear," says Lonl Chief the same as that to which the shore at Geoid Justice Hale ( De Jur. Maris, 18, Hargreave's Crosby was put by Blundell, the plaintitl in ! Law Tracts), "that the subject may, by Blundell v. Cotterell, who had "the ox. custom and %says or prescription, have the elusive right of fishing thereon with stake I true propriety and interest of many of these note, and of driving those stakes into the several maritime interests, which we have soil that they might support the nets." before stated to be prima facie belonging to Still I am of opinion, though I do not hold the the King."   opinion without doubt, that, if the word

"Fishing may be of two kinds ordinarily, " fishery" were not present in the Treaty, viz. the fishing with the net which may be the word "land" would/10E1101e. to support either as a liberty without the soil, or as a a in the natives to the formihore liberty arising by reason of and in concomi• of sufficient value to be turned into an abet,• i lance with the soil, or interest or propriety lute freehold interest in the aoil, for a of it ; or otherwise it is a local fishing, that "fishery" will mean an interest of no higher arisoth by and from the propriety of the soil. character than a pririlogeoreaamumit

Such are gurgilre, wearee, fishing-places, J, said in Serstton v. Brown :—" I have which are the very soil itself." In the case already said that the grantee might have of the Abbot of St. Benedict, Helm, it was had either the soil or the fishery, or die mere held that a subject may have a separate right privilege of layinq cod taking oysters ; or ho of fishing exclusive of the King, and of the might have taken the soil from the Crown common right of the subject, and that the by one grant, and the fishery by another."

right of the Abbot to have a several fishing   And I think that the Court, in deciding   1., was not a bare right of liberty or profit op- , this. the first case of the kind. that has prcluire ; but the right of the very water occurred iu the colony, is justified in allow.

and. soil itself, for lie 771,111C mare* in it."— ing some weight to the consideration of the   / (Id) And these rights may be in gross OM great public interests involved. I cannot appurtenant] to a manor, as in the case of contemplate without uneasiness the evil Blundell v. Cotterall. The grantee in consequences which might ensue from Judi. Scratton v. Brown, with title derived from cially declaring that the soil of the foreahOre Lord of a Manor, bad only as, his own free' of the colony will be vested absolutely ire hold the sea-grounds and a piece of adjacent the natives, if "they can prove certain act* of land Ior a bc,at.heuse. Blundell was held ownership, especially when I consider bow to own the fishery, and the shgre to readily they may prove ouch, and how ini• the exclusion of persons wishing to batEe, and possible it is to contradict them if they

ho was Lord of the Mauer. only agree amongst themselves. And ,LordTalbot De Malahidehasoystenbeds at am not without precedent in allowing my Malahide, near Dublin, which he periodically mind to be influeuced by such considerations, lets out to persons for money rents. And Best J. dissented from the mat of the Court accepting the principle that all properties, in Blundell's caste on the ground chiefly rights, privileges, or easements of this of the great public injury which would be character areheldtobederived from the King, inflicted I am fearful," said that learned

for primefacie they are all his, yet immemo- Judge, " of the consequencese, of such • deed. rial several' use haviug been proved, the siou" (that the public are precluded from Courts will pregame the grant. And in our passing except at particular places over the case the title is older, for the ownership beach to the sea without the moment of some was before the King, and the King con. lord of a manor), "and, much- as I dislike

firmed and promised to maintain it.   differing from the rest of the Quirt, leannot

I am therefore unable to see any conflict assent to it."

in the terms of this compact, but a clear and Tutt het seat the Government bar very intelligible description of rights, which been negotiating for the purchase od were to be reciprocally coded, acknow. their rights is not needed to strengthen the

'edged, and confirmed.   case of the claimants, for ithaa not appeared

Returning then to the point, whether the what right. the Government recognised, sad right which is the subject' of our inquiry they may be the same that the Court awards. comes under the word "land," which will I I have made no allusion to the Goldfields

'   .

3.337 348

▲back to top

 

Act, HMS, for the provision contained therein' portance will not be allowed to rest on the was limited to "the purposes of that Act;" opinion of any Court except that of the and the Shortland Beach Act, 183P simply highest in the land. Lyttelton's maxim that kept things as ithey were, evidenWr to give the honour of the King is to be preferred time for Parliament to settle the question by to his profit" has not been forgotten, but it

legislation, which it has not done.   appears to me that there can be no failure of

I do not wish to encumber the judgment, justice if the natives have secured to them which is already too long, by referring to the the full, exclusive, and undisturbed possesquestionathatwere raised before the Supreme don of all the rights and privileges over the Court in the case of Crawford v. Secren, for locus in quo which they or their ancestors the sovereignty of the other islands would have ever exercised ; and the Court so deter-probably be found to rest on different acts mines, declining to make as order for 'the

of State ; and moreover our case can be de- absolute propriety of the soil, at least below...) tided on other grounds. And I must again the surface.

express my hope that a case of so much un-

REPRINTED PROM "THE DAILY SOUTHERN CROSS,"

Printed et "The Daily Southern Cro.eie Office.

3.338 349

▲back to top

 

 

3.339 350

▲back to top

 

 

3.340 351

▲back to top

 

 

3.341 352

▲back to top

 

 

3.342 353

▲back to top

 

 

3.343 354

▲back to top

 

Private.

The Thames

October 10th. 1871.

The Hon. Donald McLean. Esq. Wellington.

My dear Sir,

As you expressed a wish that I should write to you occasionally and as I cannot expect to hear from you but seldom ae you have much more important work to attend to, which must occupy the whole of your time as well as being very onerous and sometimes irksome,   You may possibly glean something of some importance , at any rate you will wish to be informed of how matters are going on at the Thames as you cannot expect to hear of everything officially, therefore a private letter occasionally will not

be out of place.   You must by this time have received Mr. Puckey's report in re the mail route, I accompanied him and brought the mission bag from Ohinemuri.   We staid at Ropata te Arakai's settlement on the 4th. Oct. we went to Maha te Moananui's kainga and who sold his interest in the foreshore

at Hauraki as also Mihi Keiti.   I may informed you that I am assisting Mr. Puckey in this matter of foreshore sale we have concluded the purchase of Mikorimao Matui Te poono, Maratuahu, Hera etc. etc. portions, Papana has not come forward as yet, the plan adopted has been not to seem too over

3.344 355

▲back to top

 

anxious and to allow the owners to of offer to sell great success thereby than we anticipated has resulted.   Mr. J.D. O'Keeffe has made himself very busy advising the natives not to sell to the Government and that if they hold out a greater price will be given he has been in communication with Mr.

John Williamson.   Rapaua says he will not sell until he hears what is the result of his "korero" at Wellington with the Government, Rapaua's share is considerable it is as well to hurry on this expected advice through Mr. Williamson.   O'Keeffe idea is not for the benefit of the Maories but to effect his own purpose which is to get the "House" to upset the decision of Native Lands Court and Govt.   Many natives are wishful to sell their interests but the survey has not been completed it is a pity Mr. Heale is not on the spot so that various interests can be secured it is highly desirable that the whole of the Beach from Tararu to Shortland should be secured to the Port, as it would be a capital endorsement for the municipal or educational purposes therefore actions should be taken while the "iron is hot."

4th. Oct. We visited Te Hira and Mere Keiuru

who were very civil and glad to see as their interest in opposing matters pakeha seem to be dying out or getting very slight, that is, so long as they are not advised by their pakeha brethren - who do not or will not see that for their future benefit friendly relations ought to exist between races to ensure prosperity.   The Kiriwera seem to be the

3.345 356

▲back to top

 

seem to be the only parties who oppose the opening up of country one of their chiefs Hohepa to Rauhihi happened to say that they would talk about the mail bag detention when Te Hira said that he had said it (the mail bag) should be given up and he was surprised to hear that they wished to argue the point - so that of itself will show what miracles time will work in their minds, no doubt others who are at present oppositionists to the Govt. will in time become its firmest supporters, that is if proper advice is given to them and not allow too many conflicting ideas to be given to them. This alone in my opinion is the true solution to the grand problem of Maori difficulties.   No recognised Head had been looked up to at least the Maoris have heard every would be authority and accepted it as correct until properly informed which in most cases is too late as a great evil has already resulted, the consequence is their faith is thereby shaken and they suffer in trying to "serve two masters." I can well see that it is not the Maoris the Govt. have to

contend against but their evil advisers it would be well if they (the Maoris) could be taught the difference between an, educated and an uneducated pakeha in a similar proportion to that of their own class for instance they never forget the difference between a "Taurekaraka" and a "rangitira". This leads me to remark "en passant" that Mr. Jas. Mackay

seems to have a sort of authority in re the Telegraph extension.

3.346 357

▲back to top

 

Mr. Puckey does not know of it. Now! do you not think that it would be far better (looking at the subject as a native would view it) that the Govt. would be more likely to clear away difficulties if only one was recognised as being in authority for instance Mr. P. is the authorised agent with the Maoris - Mr. M. - nobody.   Mr. P. knows nothing of this. The influence Puckey might bring to bear on a matter would

thereby be considerably lessened, if Mr.    M. informed them

he was requested to negotiate by the Govt.   Mr. Mackay has not the influence the papers have given him credit for I myself hear the Kiriwera blowing him up for his shortcomings as to sale of Komata property he tried to disclaim it but it would not do this was at a meeting at Moananui's kainga when he (Mr. Mackay) found that Mr. Buekey and myself had gone to Ohinemuri he followed after no doubt in order to participate in the lion's share in the eyes of the public to anything good that may be effected this I have no doubt gives him a certain amount of credit which of course answers his Book and he takes jolly good care not to contradict or disabuse the public mind I do not approve of any man rising at the expense of another, though it is quite right that we should all aspire instead of "go down the hill".   I have heard frequently said that Mackay will and is the man to open Ohinemuri simply because the papers promulgate that idea by having reports (incorrect) by Mackay's friends and they

3.347 358

▲back to top

 

never lose a chance.   I am sure that from what I have seen
of Mr. Puckey the Natives respect him as a gentleman he certainly does not associate himself so closely to them as

Mackay and I am sure that no respect is lost thereby.   I

ask you do you not think that it is better to bring the natives up to our standard than for us to descend to theirs.   Now,
I see that the cravings for being possessors of ploughs is

becoming all the rage with the Ohinemuri natives.   I saw
several ploughing double with horses and bullocks - this thirst for so much civilization ought to be encouraged. To proceed my scribbling will become irksome to you I am afraid.

Oct. 15. Turipoaka came to ask us to go to the Kiriwera to talk as to Mail   Bag, there were about 25' assembled in the "Where Runanga" to receive us. Hohepa te Rauhiki said "Why have you come here" Mr. Puckey said "in consequence of having received your letter" Hohepa "All right have you anything else to say" Puckey - "No". Then Hohepa said - "Here is the bag take it and let this be the last of these mails". Wi Katere said - "No more mails must be carried." Puckey replied "that he could not entertain that idea at all as it was for the Government only to decide and as soon as he received instructions to have the mail transmitted it would be recommenced." Hohepa said: "Next mail I take I will burn." Puckey: "Do you be cautious how you fire the mail lest the grass and stuff should also take fire and

3.348 359

▲back to top

 

174

Copies are supplied only to facilitate

private research and may not be reproducted

without the of

The Alexander Turnbull Library

P.O. Box no. 12349

 

burn your houses down."   

No reply at all to this.

They (Kiriwera) said that in ancient times that path was a war path and closed against any hostile party,

and as the carrying of the mall was hostile to them it should be closed against it. After their new year things would be different they would go down to Hauraki to see about their lands which had passed through the Court and sold without they having received any of the purchase money. They evidently mediate closer connection with the Government and recognise in a slight degree their authority though at present they openly confess their adherence to the Maori King and the Hauhaus and in time they will imperceptibly come under their wing. One word to show that the authority of the King (maori) is decreasing at Ohinemuri as you are aware there was a well fitted up Hau hau church where service was regularly conducted. Now it is unused the only service being carried on by some more attentive assembling in small numbers in one another's whares, for instance I went to one branch of the Hauhau's service (as designated by Ropata to Arakai) which was simply a chanting or intoning of various portions of Holy Bible viz. 34 Paalm etc., in which I saw nothing objectionable to my faith. The fact of them splitting up into various sections of various ideas will ultimately result in not knowing who is their head they will therefore require an adviser of more stability than their

 

3.349 360

▲back to top

 

former ones. They told Mr. Puckey that he might come and see them as often as he wishes but hoped that he would not bring any more Maori chiefs with him alluding no doubt to rarapipipi who went with Mr. Puckey to Ohinemuri some months ago he may possibly have impressed his adherence to the Govt.

in too strong terms for their present ideas. They asked about receiving a portion of the miners' right fees and were told Dy Mr. Puckey that the proper course was to go to Hauraki and talk to the chiefs about it if they consented it should De so, they said they would go when the new year set in. rinipoaka told the Kiriwera that he had heard at Hauraki that Tarapopipi had said that Te Hira had consented to the Mail service, they said that could not be and requested us to proceed to Te Hira to ascertain the truth of the statement. Proceeded to Te Hiras Hohepa told Te Hira as to Tinipoaka's statement. Te Hira of course before their faces said that he had lot consented; all opposition seems to centre in Hohepa Te Rauhihi and that Te Hira has given over the matter to him to 10 as he thinks best if he chooses to stop, it is well., if not, it is well, in fact he may be called the Executive but vhen he finds that first one and then the other of his adherents become traitors to his cause he will I am sure give in. Et is not necessary to write anything that was in the report

Copies are supplied only to facilitate

private research and may not be reproducted

without the permission of:

The Alexander Turnbull Library

P.O. Box 12349

Washington

3.350 361

▲back to top

 

to you, you know as to the Telegraph course in the hands of Moananui and Mackay acted as their friend or mediator simply because there was no one else and they wished to have some one to see the Govt. did not take them in - they alluded to how Shortland was manipulated under the Mackay dispensation but of course the Govt. get all the credit (Bad) Mr. Mackay kindly feathers his own nest with the "coup d'etat" portion and leaves the Govt. out in the cold in fact I believe he lays the unction to his soul that neither a McLean or anyone else can manage or understand the native so well as he does, he may be right bgt I do not think so. It is quite proper that every good citizen should use his endeavours to bring abou+ any end for good and when necessary should be availed of. I am afraid I am spinning out my yarn too much I may say that any time you want information write me and I will do my best to collect it I am fond of scribbling when anything is to be done I set my mind on, I could spin this out much longer but I am almost afraid your duties will not allow you to run it through, being terrified at the length of it, you will put it in your pigenn-hole for future reading and forget all about it, though I must say you have never forgotten the writer and no doubt now the Government is held in favour by the by far the greatest part of the popluace that some good substantial appointment in this district will be put aside for me. I should much like to get into the position of Warden and RM.

under the new Act con-

Picture

3.351 362

▲back to top

 

templated a sort of warden friend-of-the-Maoris ought to be

in office to see the strict adherence to the Natives Agreement I have always said that Ohinemuri would have been opened long ago if greater surveillance on behalf of the Natives had been kept, in fact the idea has been :" Oh: they are, only niggers take it out of them" but now that I have visited Ohinemuri and noticed the wretchedness the Natives live in T reel convinced they have some pakeha adviser (I think him a traitor to his country and himself) who is causing the to hang out in order to get well paid to open the country I would not pay them a penny for giving their consent but I certainly should advise them that they be correctly in structed as to the advantages of having their country settled with pakehas. I fear there are some white men who think progress is a mistake. It appears to me that the payment of miners' rights fees wants a readjusting for instance the Kiriwera say they are entitiled to some propostion, other natives have told me that such and such a native takes his share and they get nothing; this of itself cannot help but increase the native difficulties.   Some nlan could easily be arranged thereby the whole of the proprietors can

be satisfied and have their rights. I think I could devise
such a plan if. I was duly authorised and had power to collect the necessary information.

I noticed that the absence of a Court say a Native Circuit court is felt at Ohinemuri it would be advisable

Picture

3.352 363

▲back to top

 

Copies are supplied only to facilitate   only, to Taeii!:,te

private research only may not be reproduced

without the permissin of:

The Alexander Turnbull Libra
P.O. 122

to proclaim the district under the Native Circuit Court act I am sure the Natives would avail themselves of it besides which it would be inserting the "thin end of the wedge" for instance when Puckey and I were up there if we could hare

had authority for holding a court several cases were mentioned to him which reouired adjustment but he had no authority and was forced to make some excuse to them.

You will remember I wrote to you about the Native Land Fraud Act I see the Dr. Pallen is appointed commissioner no doubt this session some emolument will be set apart for the working of the Act. I presume Dr. Pollen will not care about keeping the post, with his residence in Auckland he is unable to collect information on Thames transaction in fact Mr. Puckey does all the work.

Mr. Puckey forwarded a requisition for salary on my account, I have been interpreting the deeds for sale of foreshore I prefer that I should be regularly appointed to certain work connected with the Native dept. at the Thames than make the usual charge for interpretation besides which it will be more economical to the Govt. besides which if so employed I can be available for other duties which may spring up. I have also at various times assisted Mr. Puckey
in clerical work such as drawing out deed etc., there appears to me to be more work than one man can possibly get through as sometimes it is necessary we should go up country and the office work there fore at a stand still.

3.353 364

▲back to top

 

I have written you just my plain views on any subject which came into my head I hope you will not consider I have touched matters I had no right to do, but that you will accept them in the spirit they are given and also that you will excuse my rewriting this though only intended at first to be a rough draft to write a letter on, hoping you will be able to decipher my views.   With kind remembrances,

I remain,

My dear Sir,

Yours obediently & sincerely Edw. Hy. Power J.P.

3.354 365

▲back to top

 

Private and Confidential

The Thames April 15th.

Mr dear Sir,

I have no doubt you have heard before this of the meeting of miners and others held in Grahamstown in re "opeining of Ohinemuri" the meeting was called by Charles Featherstone Mitchell and a miner named Leaberg. It appears that Te Hira's relative Hopihana–you know the little man

he was staying in Auckland just before His Excelly. Sir George Bowen's departure from N.Z.–it is a fact that Hopihana has received sundry pounds and given permits to miners to prospect in Ohinemuri. You will receive a report of the

meeting by first mail for south.   Now do you not think that it would be far better for the Government to appoint some one to watch their interest as well as that of the natives and to be gazetted and recognised openly as the proper medium through which all matters appertaining to the future or present should pass rather than to allow matters to get into so much difficulty as actually occurred and is at Hauraki.

I can assure you there is very much more dissatisfaction among the Natives at Hauraki than you are aware of and I can say of my own knowledge that the complaints they reiterate to their Ohinemuri friends has been one of the means of retarding the settlement of the pakehas in that district, they the

3.355 366

▲back to top

 

Ohinemuri owners) naturally are afraid lest similar troubles should come upon them.   When the Hauraki gold field was handed over to Govt. the natives put implicit faith in the officers that the agreement with them would be followed out in its integrity, but what do they now find simply that the sole control is in the hands of Govt. that the agreement

is evaded because the Govt. do not care to watch the interests of natives in every particular considering no doubt that the natives themselves should do so and therefore what is every–body's business is nobody's business and the natives are considerable losers thereby; they say that they not understanding the manners and customs of Europeans are unable to detect any impositions they may subjected to; that they require some one to act as their friend and protector, as an instance, a certain sum of money is mentioned to them as having been collected for a particular quarter, say £1000 or £2000 they are unable to satisfy themselves that this amount is correct therefore they are compelled to consider it so they want some one to act as their auditor is such a case. Hohepa Paraone, Hoterene Taupari and others have asked me to act for them they are also anxious to get the "Runanga" to decide upon who they will choose to act as their general agent and mediator as between the Government and Europeans

3.356 367

▲back to top

 

with whom they have to deal, they told me their greattrouble was to get a man of understanding, honest and one which is respected by the Europeans generally and which the Government would recognise they expressed their satisfaction when I informed them I was willing to undertake such duties as indicated by them if you would allow me and put me in that position.   Not mind you to interfere with Mr. Puckey in the slightest degree, but to take orders from them and act

in their place when ever necessary.   I have no hesitation in saying they have lost hundreds of pounds for the want of such an one, they would I believe pay the salary out of miner's rights but that would be for the runanga to decide. If you would take upon yourself the responsibility of appointing me in such a capacity I am sure from what I have heard them say it would give great satisfaction to them and get them out of many annoyances they are now subjected to as also loss of money–they have great faith in all that you do or say they look upon you as the scource from whence all good must spring, though they do not thoroughly comprehend the divided authority of the Gold fields with the Superintendent they ask why does not Mr. McLean as our Head see that the various residents on the Gold field pay for living thereon as well as many other pertinent questions which are difficult to answer as matters stand at present in fact you get some blame (in the natives eyes) for the sins of the provincial

3.357 368

▲back to top

 

authorities which of course you do not deserve.

Now you can do this for me easily I would not ask you if I were not confident I am fit to carry out anything I undertake. I have had more experience than many who are

in high positions for instance Mr. Lowther Broad R.M. of Nelson was my servant as a Gold Broker in the goldfields in Otago, he holds 17 appointments while I have a small salary and have been rather overlooked by the Govt.   I have had a financial education in Banks which is always invaluable to the Government in whatever department the officer is working, I am also a Native Interpreter. so why do not the Government remember me. Several appointments have been made which I would be suited for but I still wait patiently. I am an old Government officer of good family and education and always have taken a lead in any of the towns I have bean stationed. I thank you very much for your constant friendship to me but I must inform you that I do not consider the salary I am now drawing is full payment for my capabilities. You said I was well paid but I want to be fully employed and fully paid by the Government. I have again written to the Government in re J.P. ship I intend to have my rights even if I should wait until I get returned as a member of some constituency I should and do wish to represent a Goldfield

and hope to do so before I die – say the Thames. I am

3.358 369

▲back to top

 

 

3.359 370

▲back to top

 

 

3.360 371

▲back to top

 

 

3.361 372

▲back to top

 

 

3.362 373

▲back to top

 

 

3.363 374

▲back to top

 

 

3.364 375

▲back to top

 

 

3.365 376

▲back to top

 

 

3.366 377

▲back to top

 

 

3.367 378

▲back to top

 

 

3.368 379

▲back to top

 

 

3.369 380

▲back to top

 

 

3.370 381

▲back to top

 

 

3.371 382

▲back to top

 

 

3.372 383

▲back to top

 

 

3.373 384

▲back to top

 

 

3.374 385

▲back to top

 

 

3.375 386

▲back to top

 

 

3.376 387

▲back to top

 

 

3.377 388

▲back to top

 

 

3.378 389

▲back to top

 

 

3.379 390

▲back to top

 

 

3.380 391

▲back to top

 

 

3.381 392

▲back to top

 

 

3.382 393

▲back to top

 

 

3.383 394

▲back to top

 

 

3.384 395

▲back to top

 

 

3.385 396

▲back to top

 

 

3.386 397

▲back to top

 

 

3.387 398

▲back to top

 

 

3.388 399

▲back to top

 

 

3.389 400

▲back to top

 

 

3.390 401

▲back to top

 

 

3.391 402

▲back to top

 

 

3.392 403

▲back to top

 

 

3.393 404

▲back to top

 

 

3.394 405

▲back to top

 

 

3.395 406

▲back to top

 

 

3.396 407

▲back to top

 

 

3.397 408

▲back to top

 

 

3.398 409

▲back to top

 

 

3.399 410

▲back to top

 

 

3.400 411

▲back to top

 

 

3.401 412

▲back to top

 

 

3.402 413

▲back to top

 

 

3.403 414

▲back to top

 

 

3.404 415

▲back to top

 

 

3.405 416

▲back to top

 

 

3.406 417

▲back to top

 

 

3.407 418

▲back to top

 

 

3.408 419

▲back to top

 

 

3.409 420

▲back to top

 

 

3.410 421

▲back to top

 

 

3.411 422

▲back to top

 

 

3.412 423

▲back to top

 

 

3.413 424

▲back to top

 

 

3.414 425

▲back to top

 

 

3.415 426

▲back to top

 

 

3.416 427

▲back to top

 

 

3.417 428

▲back to top

 

 

3.418 429

▲back to top

 

 

3.419 430

▲back to top

 

 

3.420 431

▲back to top

 

 

3.421 432

▲back to top

 

 

3.422 433

▲back to top

 

 

3.423 434

▲back to top

 

 

3.424 435

▲back to top

 

 

3.425 436

▲back to top

 

 

3.426 437

▲back to top

 

 

3.427 438

▲back to top

 

 

3.428 439

▲back to top

 

 

3.429 440

▲back to top

 

 

3.430 441

▲back to top

 

 

3.431 442

▲back to top

 

 

3.432 443

▲back to top

 

 

3.433 444

▲back to top

 

 

3.434 445

▲back to top

 

 

3.435 446

▲back to top

 

 

3.436 447

▲back to top

 

 

3.437 448

▲back to top

 

 

3.438 449

▲back to top

 

 

3.439 450

▲back to top

 

 

3.440 451

▲back to top

 

 

3.441 452

▲back to top

 

 

3.442 453

▲back to top

 

 

3.443 454

▲back to top

 

 

3.444 455

▲back to top

 

 

3.445 456

▲back to top

 

 

3.446 457

▲back to top

 

 

3.447 458

▲back to top

 

 

3.448 459

▲back to top

 

 

3.449 460

▲back to top

 

 

3.450 461

▲back to top

 

 

3.451 462

▲back to top

 

 

3.452 463

▲back to top

 

 

3.453 464

▲back to top

 

 

3.454 465

▲back to top

 

 

3.455 466

▲back to top

 

 

3.456 467

▲back to top

 

 

3.457 468

▲back to top

 

 

3.458 469

▲back to top

 

 

3.459 470

▲back to top

 

 

3.460 471

▲back to top

 

 

3.461 472

▲back to top

 

 

3.462 473

▲back to top

 

 

3.463 474

▲back to top

 

 

3.464 475

▲back to top

 

 

3.465 476

▲back to top

 

 

3.466 477

▲back to top

 

 

3.467 478

▲back to top

 

 

3.468 479

▲back to top

 

 

3.469 480

▲back to top

 

 

3.470 481

▲back to top

 

 

3.471 482

▲back to top

 

 

3.472 483

▲back to top

 

 

3.473 484

▲back to top

 

 

3.474 485

▲back to top

 

 

3.475 486

▲back to top

 

 

3.476 487

▲back to top

 

 

3.477 488

▲back to top

 

 

3.478 489

▲back to top

 

 

3.479 490

▲back to top

 

 

3.480 491

▲back to top

 

 

3.481 492

▲back to top

 

 

3.482 493

▲back to top

 

 

3.483 494

▲back to top

 

 

3.484 495

▲back to top

 

 

3.485 496

▲back to top

 

 

3.486 497

▲back to top

 

 

3.487 498

▲back to top

 

 

3.488 499

▲back to top

 

 

3.489 500

▲back to top

 

 

3.490 501

▲back to top

 

 

3.491 502

▲back to top

 

 

3.492 503

▲back to top

 

 

3.493 504

▲back to top

 

 

3.494 505

▲back to top

 

 

3.495 506

▲back to top

 

 

3.496 507

▲back to top

 

 

3.497 508

▲back to top

 

 

3.498 509

▲back to top

 

 

3.499 510

▲back to top

 

 

3.500 511

▲back to top

 

 

3.501 512

▲back to top

 

 

3.502 513

▲back to top

 

 

3.503 514

▲back to top

 

 

3.504 515

▲back to top

 

 

3.505 516

▲back to top

 

 

3.506 517

▲back to top

 

 

3.507 518

▲back to top

 

 

3.508 519

▲back to top

 

 

3.509 520

▲back to top

 

Mr. RKE said the conclusion at which his honorable friend. had arrived, namely, that there had been no answer to this request, was perfectly correct. No specific answer had been given to that letter. The second issue of papers, D. 2, contained a letter, in which the Agent-General endeavoured to show, by statistics, that a fair proportion of emigrants had been sent from Ireland. In regard to Mr. Waterhouse's memorandum, commenting upon the failure of Mr. Inman to send out a proper supply of emigrants from Belfast, a subsequent report showed that about fifty souls had been sent during the ensuing quarter that ended 31st December last. The precise answer to the honorable member's question was, that no specific reply to this memorandum had been received.

Mr. MERVYN asked whether the Government had, since that period, drawn the attention of the Agent-General to the desirability of co-operating with the Emigration Commissioners.

Mr. O'RORKE said there had been frequent letters to the Agent-General desiring him to avail himself of the services of the Emigration Commissioners, and his correspondence showed that he did so in London ; but, so far as appeared from the correspondence, he did so in London only.

FLOATAGE OF TIMBER BILL.

Mr. VOGEL, in moving the second reading of this Bill, said that its object was to provide that in future creeks should be regarded as highways along which timber might be floated, but without prejudice to the owners of land on the banks, who could claim damage for injury done to their property. The Bill withdrawn on the previous day went further than the present one, and provided that, under certain circumstances, dams might be erected across creeks, in order to rush the timber down the creeks. It was represented to the Government, however, that there was some particular case now under the consideration of the Courts of law, and respecting which there had been aconsiderable amount of litigation, which would have been affected by the passing of that ; and although he contended that its principle was sound, it was thought desirable, in the circumstances, to withdraw it. The principle was that certain creeks—and it must be remembered that the Bill did not apply to all creeks—should be considered as affected by the measure, on the recommendation of the Superintendent of the Province in which they were situated, and that in that case they should be used for the purpose of floating timber. In Canada, he believed, there was an elaborate law in force on the subject, by which works of this kind were treated as works of an important nature, and were dealt with by Boards of Management. The Government thought it advisable to withdraw the Dill for several reasons, one of which he had already stated to the House, and another being that it was impossible to state to the House what private interests might be affected by its provisions. The present measure was,

from all the which might

have been urged against that which had withdrawn, as it provided no more than that might be floated down a creek, the owners of the logs being liable for any damage caused thereby There was a limitation to the right to damage, inasmuch as it was provided that the damage should only be that caused by "the exercise of the power. granted by the previous section "—that was, to float the timber down the creek—" and shall not extend beyond the amount in value of injury, spoil, or damage, actually proved to have been done, permitted, or suffered as aforesaid." The next section provided that any right granted by the Bill should not interfere with the construction of public works ; and the following one stated that the Bill should not come into operation in any Province except upon proclamation by the Superintendent. It would bo seen, therefore, that all that was contemplated by the Bill was to make creeks highways, but with the condition that any damage done to the land on their banks should be paid for. At present, such damage could practically bo prevented by injunction, but that would prevent the use of the stream or creek for important purposes, on the motion of probably some small landowner on its banks. He was informed that the measure was likely to be exceedingly important to many persons, especially in the Province of Auckland and he thought it would readily be recognized that creeks which were available for the purpose of floating timber from the forests of the interior should not be liable to be closed at the will of any one person having a small piece of land on their banks. Very few persons attached sufficient importance to the wealth which New Zealand possessed in its timber. All over the world, timber was now advancing in price, and was likely to continue, for the next few years, to advance very much more, in proportion to the advance in iron and other materials. But there 'was another reason why timber was rising in value, and it was, that the immense consumption of timber during the last half-century had to some extent exhausted the supply in those countries where formerly it was most abundant. Norway and Sweden were even now making most stringent provisions as to the way in which their forests should be worked, and he was aware that considerable inquiries were being made as to the forests of this country. He thought, therefore, that any measure by which, without injury to private interests, the Legislature could enable timber to be brought more readily to the market, was one that should receive the support of honorable members. In this it might be said that Parliament would be acting arbitrarily by preventing solitary owners of land from closing the natural highways to the interior ; but, looking at the matter from an equitable point of view, there could be no doubt that, as long as they gave the use of those highways only to persons who had to pay for any damage they might cause to their banks, the Legislature would be best promoting the interests of the Colony at large. This Bill gave no power to construct dams, or works of that kind, upon

small creeks, and enabled owners or to float it down to sea.

Mr. BRANDON thought this was a Bill which ought to be sent to a Select Committee to report upon, because although the Premier had given some explanation of its provisions, yet he had not given sufficient to warrant the House in passing the measure. There might be vested interests in lands on the banks of these creeks and small rivers, which would be injuriously affected by this Bill, and he for one did not see that the House could properly legislate in the direction indicated by the Premier without some further information than had already been given. He would propose, therefore, that the Bill be referred to a Select Committee.

Mr. KATENE approved of the proposal to send the Bill to a Select Committee. He was aware of what was meant by the measure, as he knew all about the creeks near which the kauri forests grew. If there was nothing in the Bill which would allow dams to be constructed, he would give it his support, otherwise he would object to it altogether. He thought the better course would be to have tramways constructed to bring the timber down. He hoped the Bill would. be referred to a Select Committee.

Mr. BUCK-LAND did not wish to say anything as to the merit of the Bill, and merely rose to point out the anomalous position in which the honorable member who had just spoken stood. He did not appear to understand anything about the measure, and yet they found his name in the Order Paper with " honorable " before it, mid he was understood to be a member of the Executive which introduced the Bill. It seemed to be a most extraordinary thing that lie should be in total ignorance of the pro- visions of a Bill brought in by the Government of which he is a member.

Mr. KATENE explained that he had spoken on the Bill in his capacity as a private member.

Mr. THOMSON said that at first sight this appeared. to be a very innocent measure. It was called the Floatage of Timber Bill. Its object was stated to be to enable the highways of the country to be used for the floatage of timber. This was done every day in the part of the country from which ho came, where rivers and tidal creeks were largely taken advantage of for the purpose of floating logs. If the Bill with drawn on the previous day had. been passed, it would have put many persons in that district at a great disadvantage, as they would have been obliged to lodge a sum of £20 in order to ascer- tain whether the rivers and tidal creeks which they were in the habit of using were fit for the purpose for which they were actually being used. It appeared. to him that the present Bill was not at all an innocent one. In the withdrawn Bill the power really sought for in the present measure was it as were tacked on to the much larger power of using rivers and creeks for the purpose of floating timber ; and certainly, in any measure brought before the House, honor able members should expect everything to be fair and above-board. He was very much astonished

give any power to dams, as no always understood that that   the power which was sought to be obtained and that, in fact, there was no use whatever in passing a Bill like this artless it conferred such a power. He noticed that authority was given to persons to "raft and otherwise float" timber; but the words "other- wise float" were very wide in their signification. He understood them to mean, in the words of the withdrawn Bill, that persons might erect "any dams, slides, pen-stocks, piers, booms, or other works across or upon any part of a river, stream, or tidal creek." If they did not bear that interpretation, the Bill might as well be with drawn, for persons bad all the other power at the present time. He had heard that this process of erecting dams, and booms, and othe works in creeks, for the purpose of floating down, logs, was very destructive and dangerous. No doubt there Were uninhabited, or partially in habited, portions of the country where it be employed without danger ; but if it were a. dangerous as he had heard it was, the House, ought to be very cautious in conferring the powers sought for by this measure. There wa an open and tangible proposition in the Bil withdrawn on the previous day, but it scenic to him that the same object was sought be obtained in a 'sort of underhand way in that present Bill. It was said that it was only in the Province of Auckland, and, in fact, in only one part of that Province, that the Bill Was likely to be taken advantage of if that were th case, be thought it would have been much bette that a private Bill should have been introduced He could easily conceive that this meant would largely affect the rights of private property and if a private Bill were brought in, the rights of all parties would be protected. Under all the circumstances of the case, the Bill ought to'be referred to a Select Committee before it was placed upon the Statute Book.

Mr. MURRAY thought that the House was now subjected to one of the difficulties which

must arise from the reports of the Public Petitions Committee not being read—an early result of the proposal of the Premier that day, because that Committee, in one of its reports, mom mended that this Bill should be referred to

Select Committee. He might say that member of the Native race, in petitions, bad expresso themselves very strongly against this measur as likely to lead to a great deal of trouble. II might refer also to the great destruction

timber which was now going on in the nort part of the Northern Island, as the Premier ha spoken of the great value of timber at the preset time, and he might tell that honorable gentle that he had seen logs seventy feet long by feet, axe-squared to the great destruction are waste of timber. If the Government would intr duce a Bill to prevent such waste, it would conferring a boon on the country. He to move that the Bill be referred to a Select in compliance with the prayers of from members of the European and

3.510 521

▲back to top

 

528   Floatage of   [HOUSE.]   Timber

races, and with the resolution of the Public Petitions Committee.

Major ATKINSON would only be able to
support the second reading of the Bill on the
understanding that the Government would refer
it to a Select Committee. If honorable members
would compare the present measure with that
withdrawn on the previous day, they would see
that for all practical purposes they were identical,
except that the powers conferred by the new Bill
were more favourable to the timber owner than
those conferred by the withdrawn Bill. It might
be that he had misread the Bill, but it appeared
perfectly clear to him that by clause 2 they were
asked to empower anybody owning timber, fire-
wood, and certain other substances, to float them
down rivers, and to take any steps they chose to se-
cure that object, the words being, "to be rafted or
otherwise floated." It was evident that any one
having a saw-mill on the bank of a small creek
might say, "You have empowered me to float my
timber down the creek, and I may, therefore, use
any means necessary for that purpose." The
withdrawn Bill gave power to persons to erect
darns on their own property, under certain re-
strictions ; but under the present Bill, persons
could erect dams upon their own property without
restriction. Under the withdrawn Bill, the
person wishing to drive his timber down the creek
was obliged to get the report of a surveyor, and
to have a license from the Governor; but under
the present Bill there was no necessity for
either one or the other. The House would not
be justified in granting the owners of timber the
power to deluge the land of their neighbours on
either side of a creek, with the small chance of
recovering damages from the owners of the
timber. It was well known that in the timber
trade, as in Many others, the owners of mills
were often not worth powder and shot; and
although they might, under the authority of Par-
liament, commit very great damage to the owners
of laud, they might not be in a position to com-
pensate them. That was one point in respect
to which the House ought to hesitate before it
granted such power to any person whosoever.
The whole Bill from beginning to end seemed
to him to be a concession to the timber mer-
chant, and did not sufficiently provide for the
protection of the public. The argument of the
Premier was, that there was a great waste of
timber going on all over the world, and that, in
consequence, the price bad risen and was rapidly
rising. If that were true, why should timber
owners require special facilities at the expense
of their neighbours to bring their timber to
market? There was no more wasteful way of
conveying timber than floating it down rivers
and creeks, for many of the large branches
of trees were thrown aside or left to choke up
the streams, whereas if owners of timber were
to construct tramways on their estates,
timber would be utilized. He thought
adduced sufficient reasons for the House
to pause before it consented to the second
of the Bill. unless the Government

Committee, all the interests concern would be inquired into, and the. House placed in a better position for dealing with the subject Mr. VOGEL said that when he suggested it

was not necessary the reports of the Public, Petitions Committee should be read aloud he, was not aware one of the reports referred to any subject with which the present Bill dealt. He would agree to the Bill going to a Select. Com-

mittee after it was read a second time.

Bill read a second time.   

SUPPLY.   
The House then went into Committee of

Supply.

IN COMMITTEE.

CLASS I.— PUBLIC DEPARTMENTS. Governor's establishment, £1,150, agreed to Legislative department, £18,084 10s., agreed to.

Executive department, £16,122 14s. 2d. Major ATKINSON said he could not help remarking upon the number of Under Secretaries who were gradually creeping into the service. There was a Private Secretary and Secretary to the Cabinet, and an Under Secretary to the Colonial Secretary, who was also Under Secretary to the Native department. He had not occupied a

scat in the House for some sessions ; was possible, therefore, that good reasons had been given for each of these appointments, in which case he should of course have nothing to say against them. He should like some explanation. He should have thought, however, that the time of the gentleman who occupied the position of Under Secretary to the Colonial Secretary would have been fully employed without his having to find employment in the Native office.

Mr. VOGEL said the Private Secretary to the Cabinet took all the minutes and transacted other business connected with the proceedings of the Cabinet. As to his own Private Secretary, he would undertake to say that that officer was as hard worked as any in the service. With respect to the Under Secretary in the Colonial Secretary's department, that gentleman received £600 a year for that office and. £200 a year as Under Secretary for the Native department ; but it had been found impossible for him to continue the performance of the latter duties, and the £100 was payment of half a year's salary, after which hie connection with tho Native office would cease.

Item, £16,122 14s. 2d., agreed to.

Stamp department, £3,050, agreed to.

Printing department, £8,840 16s. agreed to Store department, £507 10s. agreed to Geological department, £2,900.

Mr. MURRAY thought the item, Analyst, £300, might be divided, so as to enable the citizens of Auckland and Dunedin to avail themselves of the services of a Government analyst. In Dunedin there was a competent gentle Dr. Black, who would be prepared to act a analyst if a small salary were attached to

Mr. MACANDREW said the Provincial Government of had already provided £300 a year for the purpose, so that there would be no

necessity for carrying out this suggestion of the honorable member so far as Dunedin was concerned.

Mr. W. KELLY observed two sums under the head, Field Expenses, &e., £800, and Contingencies, £200, some portion of which he thought ought to be devoted to an exploration of the East Coast, which would no doubt lead to very beneficial results.

Mr. VOGEL said the whole subject of re-organizing the geological survey was at present under the consideration of the Government, since the Assistant-Geologist had left the Government service. The mind of the Government was rather in the direction of separating the Geological department from the Colonial Museum altogether, and to push the surveys

throughout the Colony, but as yet no steps had been taken.

Mr. SHEEHAN hoped the honorable gentleman, in carrying out that idea, would not lose sight of the East Coast. The district between Opotiki and Napier was at the present time almost an unknown country ; but it was known that coal existed there in large quantities, and there was not the slightest doubt that gold would

be found there too. A little investigation into those matters by the gentlemen attached to the geological survey staff might lead to the settlement of a large population in the district.

Item, £2,000, agreed to.

Electoral departments, £2,445.

Mr. J. E. BROWN called the attention of the Government to the large amount expended annually in printing the electoral rolls, and pointed out that in some parts of the Colony, where the Revising Officer was an economical person, the expense was obviated by the rolls being written and posted in conspicuous places, while other officers followed out the strict letter of the Act, and incurred great expense in having the rolls printed. In advertising claims, also, there was a great difference in the practice amongst the Revising Officers, and he thought the Government should institute some rule for the purpose of avoiding expense.

Mr. VOGEL said he was not in possession of :any accurate information on the subject, but he believed the Electoral Bills, which were introduced to the House, made some provision in respect to the matter. The Government were 'constantly endeavouring to reduce the expenditure in this direction, and if the honorable gentleman would point out in what way expense could be saved, he would be happy to direct the attention of the Colonial Secretary to the subject.

Mr. LUCKIE did not know in what way the Colonial Secretary could possibly reduce the expense for printing the electoral rolls. As far as lie knew, the Government generally insisted on the work being done at a price which was barely remunerative to the printers, and all honorable members who knew anything about the subject could bear him out in his statement.

Mr. J. SHEPHARD thought it would be better if the Government did away with the system of printing the lists in the newspapers, and adopted the system which was followed in England, where the lists were posted in conspicuous places. That would save a very "large expense to the Colony.

Major ATKINSON agreed that it would be better to post the lists in some public place, and leave the people to look after their own interests. That was the plan adopted in the district from which he came, and he thought it might be applied at least to all the smaller districts in the Colony, though it might be desirable to have a different mode of publication in the larger districts.

Mr. MERVYN wished to know why the salary of the Returning and Registration Officer at Mount Ida, who was allowed last year £25, had been omitted this year.

Mr. BATHGATE said that where the salaries of the Resident Magistrates had been fixed a £500, they were expected to perform the, dutie of Returning and Registration Officers withou any increase of salary.

Mr. MACANDREW said the salary of the officer referred to had been increased by the Provincial Council of Otago to £500.

Mr. RICHMOND would like to know why a the Returning Officers in Nelson Province ha been omitted, with the exception of the Returning Officer for Collingwood.

Mr. BATHGATE said the omission would I explained when they came to the department Law and Justice.

Mr. MURRAY desired an explanation of apparent anomaly of paying some of the Reside Magistrates in the Province of Otago £500 a while others only received £350.

Mr. BATHGATE explained that in some the duties of Returning and Registration Office were transferred from the Resident Magistrate the Clerk of the Court.

Mr. CURTIS failed to see any provision for Returning Officers for the country distri of Nelson Province in the department of Law a Justice.

Mr. WHITE pointed out that £12 10s. put down under the head of Westland for Returning and Registration Officer at the Bul although the Buller was no part of the Count Westland.

Mr. SHEEHAN said there was no meat of a Returning Officer for the district of Roth Mr. BATHGATE said the list of Return Officers was the same as last year.

Mr. WHITE complained that there nothing set down this year opposite the turning and Registration Officers for Westh although they each received remuneration to extent of £12 10s. last year. He did not see there should be an exception made in the the Returning Officers of Westland.

Mr. CUTHBERTSON said it had already explained that Resident Magistrates received £50 did not receive any allowance as Resuming and Registration Off

3.511 522

▲back to top

 

1006   New Zealand Cross.   [HOUSE.]   Native Land Bill.   [SEPT.10

1873.]   Floatage of   [HOUSE.]   Timber Bill.

member in which it would be found advisable to suspend the operation of the Act.

NEW ZEALAND CROSS.

Mr. INGLES, in asking the Native Minister, Whether it is the intention of the Government to at once, in accordance with previous promises, appoint a Board to inquire into the merits of the various claims for the New Zealand Cross? said he hoped the honorable gentleman would recognize the fact that a decoration of this sort lost half its value if not given at the time. Perhaps he was not aware that the Victoria Cross, as a rule, was given in the field ; and a soldier cared far more about a decoration if it were given at once, when the recollection of his deeds of bravery was fresh in the minds of his comrades. The honorable gentleman should recognize the truth of the Latin proverb, Bis dat, qui cito dat.

Mr. McLEAN replied that, if the order was to be of any value, there were very few cases indeed in which persons would become entitled to it. A good deal of outside pressure was brought to bear upon the Government to induce it to issue the order without sufficient grounds ; but he did not intend to allow it to be issued in a manner at variance with the purpose for which it was instituted. He was aware that some persons were apparently interesting themselves to get the order for others, when in reality they were seeking the decoration for themselves. Such applications ought to be refused, and there were very few instances in which, according to the terms of the resolution adopted by the House, the order could be conferred. Some of the applications which had been made for the order had been of such a character that he intended to refuse them, and in many instances they were not at all worthy of the persons making them.

Major ATKINSON, with the permission of the House, would say a few words on this subject, which was of very considerable interest to the district which he represented. He knew that many applications which had been made were quite groundless, but had hoped that the Native Minister would have given them an assurance that a Board would be appointed. He was present at an engagement, where he saw a man of the colonial forces perform a very considerable act of valour, and an officer of Her Majesty's forces performed a similar one, though, in his opinion, of not nearly so much distinction. The latter had obtained the Victoria Cross, but the other man had received no decoration. He (Major Atkinson) was aware of another case deserving consideration, and wished the Government could see some way of properly inquiring into these cases. The difficulty was, that the colonial force not being a permanent one, the officers could not recommend decorations to be conferred, as the officers of the imperial forces could : and men had very con-

distinguished himself asked for the decoration on his own account ; but, by an order in council, such persons were disqualified from making applications. After the recess, an inquiry would be made to see if there were any other persons entitled to the New Zealand Cross, which, as yet had only been granted to six people.

NATIVE LAND BILL.

Mr. McLEAN moved the third reading of this Bill.

Mr. WAKEFIELD would not go into the merits of the Bill at any length, because, from the tone of the House during the last two sessions, he felt convinced that it would be useless for him to use his position in the House to carry out what he believed to be right in the matter. He had long been opposed to the principle of allowing the Natives to sell their lands to private individuals, but it would be futile for him to attempt to persuade the House that such a course was the right one, because legislation of late years had been in the direction of allowing private sales, and waiving the pre-emptive rights of the Crown acquired under the Treaty of Waitangi. Now, the moment transaction in Native land purchasing took place it became private, although carried out under public Act ; and that being the opinion of the House, he felt it was vain for him to try and change it. He wished, therefore, merely to enter his protest against it, and would vote against the third reading of the Bill, although he would not press for a division.

Mr. SHEEHAN might say, in reference to the remarks of the last speaker, that he had voted against the honorable gentleman's motion of last year, because he thought it was not right for the House to demand a whole heap of miscellaneous information, unless some very good cause was

shown for producing it. He would not take the time of the House in going into the merits of the Bill, and desired simply to say that, having approved of it very much in its original shape and having given what assistance he could passing it through Committee, he regretted exceedingly that some provisions had been introduced towards the end which he feared would be productive of very great harm. He now begged to enter his protest against these provisions because he foresaw that they would lead to great deal of trouble, and felt assured that the House would, in its next session, be called upon to alter them, As far as he could see, the amendments to which he alluded were against a of fairness and equity in dealing with the Native people, and must on that account lead to trouble.

Bill read a third time.

FLOATAGE OF TIMBER BILL.

On the motion that the Speaker do leave the chair, in order to go into Committee on this Bill.

Mr. PARATA

subject of the Bill. Those Natives were afraid that their rights over those streams would be taken by

the Queen or by the Government. He desired to

  • Maoris who owned these streams. If the Bill were really promoted by the Government, he should then be able to speak on the Government side ; but it had been promoted by outsiders, and to the Government in order that it might carried through. If there were no Maori members in the House, he should have nothing to say on the question ; and if the Bill only related lands which had passed into the hands of Europeans, he should have nothing to say upon

  • the subject. There were many streams still in the hands of the Maoris, and if there was no restriction placed in the Bill upon the construction of dams in the small creeks, very great

  • damage would no doubt result to the property and houses of the people. He intended to propose an amendment, as there was nothing in the Bill, so far as he could see, to prevent the construction of dams in those streams or creeks. There was no necessity for legislation with regard to large creeks, as there would be no difficulty in floating the logs down such creeks.

The House was aware that various petitions had

been presented to it by Maoris, and he should like to see the Bill postponed until next session,

in order that it might receive further consideration.

  • He thought the Bill had better be left alone, as there were objections to it from all parts of the

  • country.

Mr. SWANSON wished to direct attention to
the fact that in the evidence given before the
Select Committee there were words put into his
mouth which he never uttered, and he should not
like the statements to go abroad without being
afforded an opportunity of making an explanation.
He would refer to portions of the evidence. The
chairman, when examining Mr. Macfarlane, said,
Mr. Swanson, who has been examined, said that

he could not imagine any place where the timber driven more than twenty miles." He never uttered such nonsense, as he knew that timber

has driven very many miles. Mr. Macfarlane

was asked, "Is there no danger to the neighbouring land?" and he replied, "I never heard of thing ; I have been thirty years in the trade. I am the mortgagee of five different mills, have £30,000 invested in mills. I never had

except those two I have mentioned. I

a part in the management of those mills, and export all the timber. I would wish the Bill to provide most ample security for damage. I say

that evidence of Mr. Swanson's is utterly wrong There are no farms or houses on any kauri creek I know." He wished to state that the evidence had given was perfectly correct, and be could bring forward persons to prove its correctness.

Further on in Mr. Macfarlane's evidence there appeared the following:—"Have you had any

upon him for evidence." He (Mr. Swanson) spoken to Mr. Harris, at Mr. Macfarla request, about the matter. He would be very glad to see Mr. Macfarlane and Harris come to some agreement, instead fighting as they were doing and involving themselves in expense. He might state that being or not being in partnership was a matter the most perfect indifference to him. He had been asked by. Mr. Macfarlane if he would give dence on the subject when the matter was the Supreme Court, and he told him that evidence he could give would not be favourable. He had told him the same thing with respect giving evidence before the Select Commit From the statements made by Mr. Macfarlane would appear as if he (Mr. Swanson) was to give evidence, and did not desire to do so. thought it only right that his evidence should go forth to the public uncontradicted, and that should be allowed an opportunity of making explanation regarding it.

Mr. TAKAMOANA said this was a Bill would have effect upon Native land. He the Government would not favour one by making such a law as this, just for the of benefiting that person's interests. It possible that Europeans might purchase forests from the Natives, but this Bill

prevent such sales being made, because trouble would come upon the Maoris if this were passed. Land would be washed away the water, and eel-weirs destroyed. If these weirs were destroyed, no power on earth replace them again, and this Bill would great distress amongst the Maoris on this. He hoped the Government would give great sideration to such matters as this. There one matter in which the Maoris were in at the hands of the Europeans, which had been investigated by the Government. There a mill of which he was owner, and the which turned it had been led away by Europe so that it was now dry. He thought the Government should attend to that, because they the land to the Europeans, who had been able to divert the water and leave his standing dry. Let this Bill, promoted by European, not be passed. Petitions had received from Natives owning kauri forests, pressing their great distress at the which would be caused to their land if this passed. He hoped the Government would the matter careful consideration, and not this Bill, because, if it became law, trouble arise through it.

Mr. WOOD thought that the Premier pressing this Bill on somewhat hurriedly. report of the Select Committee had been brought up yesterday, and it was only

the Order Paper was handed round to able members to-day, that they had

3.512 523

▲back to top

 

1008   Floatage of   [HOUSE.]   Timber Bill.   [SEPT. 10]

1873   Floatage of   [HOUSE.]   Timber Bill.

fore see that it was desirable that the committal of this Bill should be postponed. If the reasons which he had advanced were not sufficient, the remarks of the honorable member for Newton rendered it positively imperative on the Hon. the Premier to postpone the committal of the Bill. He considered the evidence given by that honorable gentleman before the Committee was of the utmost possible importance, and as he (Mr. Swanson) said that it bad been impugned, honorable members of that House ought to have the fullest possible opportunity of, at any rate, reading that evidence, and coming to such conclusions as they thought fit upon it. All he (Mr. Wood) had to say upon the matter was this: that the evidence given by the honorable member for Newton was absolutely and literally, to his own knowledge, correct. He had had some little experience in this matter. Some years ago, Mr. Thomas Parker, who held a small piece of land abutting on Canty's Creek, which ran into Henderson's Creek, had called upon him and said that for some time he had been greatly annoyed and injured by logs coming down the creek, and had asked him to visit the spot and see what devastation had been committed. He went, and found that in a little loop of the creek there was a small piece of level land, which was almost the only piece of land worth cultivating in the district, in a state of complete ruin. Logs and water had rushed over it and completely destroyed the little cultivation which Parker had there. He was a market-gardener and grew fruit trees principally : he asked him (Mr.Wood) what he should do to recover his loss ? He told him to assess the damages, and go to the Resident Magistrate. He did so, and was thrown out of Court upon the ground that the matter had something to do with the tenure of land, and the Magistrate could not take cognizance of it. It was all very well for the Premier to say that whatever damage was done by these logs was to be paid for, and that security was to be given ; but who would place himself in such a position as those persons must do, who took land on the banks of these creeks. If they bought land there, and cultivated it, they were at once purchasing a lawsuit. The simple effect would be that the banks of creeks would not be cultivated. He admitted there was considerable difficulty in this matter, but the House had to

hoose between two things: on the one hand, was the land on the banks of these creeks to be cultivated ; on the other, was the timber to be utilized? That was very much the question at issue. The only point was, whether there was not some other way of utilizing the timber than by driving it—for floating was a very mild term—down the creeks. He must say that a simpler and better plan would be the construction of roads

or tramways. The present plan might be very cheap to the sawyer, but it was anything but an economical way of using the timber. In many instances the timber had to lie in the water for eighteen months, or perhaps two years, waiting

they sent the logs out to sea, when some of them were lost, and others only recovered at considerable expense. The Bill affected private interests to a very large extent, and he was not aware that, before it was introduced into the House, any notice had been given to the persons holding land on the banks of these creeks whose interests would be affected ; Instead of hurrying the Bill through this session, as he seemed anxious to do, the Premier should take the advice of his colleague, the honorable member for the Western Maori District, and leave it for another session ; in the meantime, he should let the intentions of the Government be fully known, and should circulate the Bill amongst those persons whose rights were affected by it. There was no doubt but that

private rights were most seriously affected ; and if the Bill passed in this sudden way, it was his firm conviction that next session the table of the House would be crowded with petitions asking for compensation for the injuries which

people had suffered in consequence of this Bill having been passed.

Mr. SWANSON asked what steps he ought to take in order to prevent the evidence taken by the Committee going abroad without his contradiction to those parts of it to which he had referred.

Mr. SPEAKER said the Committee could not sit again to take fresh evidence from the honorable member, as it had already reported. The honorable member could make a statement in

writing, and ask leave of the House to lay it on the table and append it to the evidence, which no doubt the House would permit him to do.

Mr. BRANDON said that although the Committee had examined several persons, they did not appear, from the published evidence, to have examined Mr. Harris, who was interested in one of these creeks, and decidedly opposed to the Bill, although the fact of what purported to be

a report of his evidence having been circulated amongst the members of the House without authority, had called forth the reprehension of the Speaker. Undoubtedly the practice of sending logs down rivers had a tendency to

them up, as half of the logs might remain in the

bed of the river, if no provision was made—and none was made in this Bill—for removing them

when the fresh went down, and would cause terrible destruction of property by widening the bed of the stream. In Canada and other places which had been referred to, the local Boards had the power to make such regulations as they thought fit for the protection of all parties located

on the banks of the rivers. Nothing of the was provided for in this Bill, which was exceedingly meagre. The Native members were quiet right in contending that the Bill should be postponed until next session.

Sir J. C. WILSON, C.B., said Canterbury all the rivers were under the management

of the Road Boards, who were bound to keep the

same control he did not know ; but certainly this Bill would not suit the cultivated part of Canterbury.

Mr. TAIAROA had looked into this Bill, and was not able to support it. He had no objection to the Bill going into Committee if it were in six months from that day.

Mr. VOGEL, in reply, said the evidence of the honorable member for Newton was taken down by the clerk, and the honorable gentleman signed it.

It appeared that he (Mr. Vogel), in asking a question of another witness, stated that Mr. Swanson had said that "he could not imagine any place where the timber was driven more than twenty miles."He was not sure that he used the word "imagine;" but if he did so, he was sure that the honorable member did not, as he (Mr. Swanson) said, "I do not think anything like twenty miles." As to the statement made

by another witness, that the honorable member's evidence was all wrong, that was a mere expression of opinion, which would be taken for what it

  • was worth. Neither himself (Mr. Vogel) nor the committee supposed the honorable member wished

to give further evidence, or they would have
him every opportunity of doing so. It
is not possible to reappoint the Committee,
but the plan suggested by the Speaker was one
which the Government would give the honorable
member every facility for carrying out. The
Committee was composed of members, some of
whom were at first very much opposed to
the Bill, and had spoken very strongly against
the House-for instance, the honorable
member for Egmont ; yet the Committee came
unanimous conclusion. There was not a
single division in the Committee, the members
of which were all of opinion that the objec-

tions against the Bill were of a frivolous nature,

that an attempt was being made to stop one of the most valuable industries in the Colony. It was quite clear that, up to within the last few months, no attempt had been made to stop industry, which for many years had been

on under the impression that it was perfectly legitimate to use the creeks for the pur-

pose of floating timber, until a Court suddenly intervened to stop this use of the creeks, to the most serious damage of an industry which the

honorable member for Marsden had pronounced only in its infancy." It was as clear as

that the opposition had been got up by one person ; that attempts had been

to misrepresent matters to the Natives ; and

one of the clearest attempts which had ever before Parliament had been made to overthrow a Bill absolutely required for the interests most important industry—to the Province of

Auckland especially. Evidence was taken from both sides, and the Committee, in the most dis-

manner, came to the conclusion that
balance was against those who opposed the.
Every one reading the letter of the honor-

  •      "Wellington, 8th September

"SIR,-In answer to your question, aware that a lawsuit took place on the now before the Committee,' I beg leave that I am fully aware of it, and, although at a distance from where the action to anxiously waited the result, not from any interest I had in either of the litigants question was a dark and novel one to the public, and with the decision of the learn I was not disappointed.

"2. In my humble opinion, it is not pedient,' but absolutely necessary, to the subject for the Colony at large, as it probable cases of the same kind as has engaged public attention in the Auckland, may occur from time to prevented by legislation.

"3. The present Bill, even in the any improvement, will have my support however, as suggested, point out, at the of this report, to your honorable Commit amendments as, in my opinion, will make more practically useful towards the end without damage to private interests.

"4. In reference to my opinion of seen of the evidence that has already before your honorable Committee on Floating Bill, I need not refer much to except that of Mr. C. A. Harris, is now in print before me. In iny Harris has been unfortunate in taking of Nova Scotia and Canada to his aid, laws on the subject are in direct sentiments he shows forth in the first an clauses of his printed evidence, and tenor of his evidence throughout is the spirit and intent of the Canadian Scotian Acts.

"The law of Nova Scotia, with more practically acquainted than the not made to protect private property timber driver, although laws are added to it, for the evident purpose of both protect that industry from the unscrupulous demands of owners of property. The Nova Scotian Act is

two different purposes ; first, that no

offer obstructions to taking logs down that they must be provided with sluices clear passage for the timber ; and private property should have been bought hundred and fifty years, the law is equally tive as if bought after the Act C. A. Harris, junior's, theory to the notwithstanding.

"The second object of the Nova Scotia to secure at all dams, at certain season year, a free passage for fish going up the

to spawn.   Harris, in saying that

at times over the flats, of Mark Twain's story of one farm on top of a neighbouring one

3.513 524

▲back to top

 

although the Committee

would be desirable only it into force in certain Provinces, yet they afterwards determined that it would be better to bring it into force all :over the Colony, leaving to the Superintendents of the different Provinces the power to declare to what creeks its provisions should apply.

The House then went into Committee on the Bill, which was reported with amendments, which

4

were agreed to, and the Bill read a third time.

PERMANENT.' APPROPRIATIONS REPEAL    BILL.

The House went into Committee on this Bill. Third schedule.

Mr. CREIGHTON moved that the words " The New Zealand University Act, 1870," be inserted in the schedule.

Question put, "That the words of the amendment be there inserted," upon which a division was called for, with the following result:

Ayes   ...   17

Noes   ...   17

J. C. Brown,   Mr. Mervyn,

Mr. Buckland,   Mr. Pyke,

Mr.. Bunny,   Mr. Sheehan, .

Mr.. Carrington,   Mr. Steward,

Cuthbertson,   Mr. Tribe,.

Mr. J. L. Gillies,   Mr. White.

Mr. W. Kelly,   Tellers.

Mr. Macandrew,   Mr. Creighton,

Mr. McGlashan,   Mr. Swanson.

NOES.

Major Atkinson,   Mr. Richardson,

Mr. Bathgate,   Mr. Thomson, •

Sir F. D. Bell,   Mr. Vogel,

T. B. Gillies,   Mr. Webb,

Mr. Harrison,   Mr. Williamson,

Mr. Katenc,   Sir J. C. Wilson, C.B.

Mr. McLean,   Tellers.

Mr. Parata,   Major Jackson,

Mr. Pearce,   Mr. T. Kelly.

The CHAIRMAN gave his casting vote with the Noes," and the amendment was therefore

Mr. THOMSON explained that he had paired 'with Mr. J. E. Brown on this Bill, but forgot the circumstance until too late, and being locked in he Chamber, voted with the Government ; other-

wise he should have voted with the " Ayes."The Bill was reported without amendment, and read a third time.

The House adjourned at forty minutes past one a.m.

shower of kauri: would not be a thing to he •dreaded,as owner of the land could pay himself for one damage done to his flat fields."

" I see no difference between timber-driving in New Zealand and in Nova Scotia, only that the logs here are larger ; the floods of the latter rise as high as they do in this country, the waters have an equal rapidity and force in both, and the rivers of Nova Scotia along which timber was floated, ran along well-cultivated flats, there called " intervals," and very easily damaged ; yet, although thousand on thousand tons of timber had been taken down, I never heard a complaint, or damages claimed. To show reasons, from my own experience in that country, why I should be anxious to see a law of this kind enacted in New Zealand, I submit the following circumstance :—A man in Nova Scotia (no matter who) contracted with a party to supply a large quantity of hard-wood squared timber. The timber was cut on a small branch stream, about fifteen miles from the sea, and to be delivered in a boom convenient for shipment. When the workmen got the timber half-way down, it was stopped by a settler who owed some to the purchaser, for, although the main river was legally open, this branch tributary was not. The merchant at once appealed to the session of the peace for the county, who declared the stream legally open for the passage of lumber. In the meantime the water had subsided for the season, and it was twelve months before the timber could be shipped and sent to market, besides the inconvenience and loss in not having it down in time for the ship intended, all caused by the revengeful disposition of one person, who, although ho (dog-in-the-manger like) was gaining nothing himself, was causing great loss to all concerned.

"No doubt, incidents of the same kind will occur in New Zealand, unless prevented by legislation ; and although I have no personal interest directly or. indirectly, nor do I expect to have in the short space of time that may still be allotted me of life, yet I should much desire to see a law passed that would open all the rivers and streams of the country, and make convenient, without interruption, to every one engaged in that laborious and useful industry, the lumber trade, which is only yet in its infancy.

"I would suggest that some alteration be made in the last clause of the Bill, which would simplify it, and allow it to be more conveniently put in operation, divested of the usual circumrotation from Governor to, perhaps, a careless or partial vice-regal Superintendent of a Province, the usual process reminding me forcibly ' of what comes over a certain gentleman's back having to pass again under his belly.' Let the administration of the Bill, as soon as it has received the royal assent, be intrusted to the Petty Sessions or Road Boards of the districts, empowering them to open any stream or creek within their bounds, and award damages to the amount of real actual damage, without expenses (the chance of any claims, a figment), as the Bill already wisely provides. The hue and cry making against the

passing of so reasonable    necessary a Bill as
the one in question I have doubt your bonor

able Committee will understand, although   ;
not. However, in conclusion, I have

wish that your honorable Committee will mend the Timber Floating Bill to the House, that it will soon become law in the land. have, &c.,   "JHON Munro"

That letter was written by a gentleman who was\_ thoroughly familiar with the subject, and must bear considerable influence with it. The honer able member for Newton said that he (Mr. Vogel had no knowledge of timber cutting and driving but he ventured to say that it would be simply impossible to bring down a large portion of. timber to be found in the Province of Auckland if the natural creeks were not used. If these creeks were not opened, the valuable timber in the interior of the Province might remain

for years, and cause great loss to the country. If the House did not recognize the importance of this trade, New Zealand would be the only co try in the world neglectful of it. Timber all over the world was becoming scarce, and eve effort should be made to facilitate its trans mission to market. Allow the forests of the North to be unused for twenty years, and.

,

what would be the result ? The loss enormous sum of money to the Colony, the stop page of the employment of a most useful   •
of labour. He did not understand the sition to the Bill. There bad no doubt petitions from Natives against it ; but what, the evidence of Mr. Wilson upon those petitions. That some Waikato Natives " came to me told me that some Natives, including Karaitians and some whites bad been telling them that Government wished to take their rivers from, by this Bill." That was just one of those assertio which created so much distrust in the minds of, - Natives. What was more natural than that the should be petitions from them against the Bill such circumstances ? So far from to the Natives' rivers from them, the Bill provided the owners of land on the bank of a creeks an easy and speedy method of obtaining compen ration if damage was done to their land. He only brought this Bill forward because he

to be a measure for the public good, and he might say that he had never known any Select' Committee more unanimous in making a recommends, tion than was the Committee on this Bill recommending that it should be passed. honorable member for Egmont went into the Committee entirely opposed to the measure, before the labours of the Committee were closed the honorable gentleman determined. that the would support it, and it was the same with others. He trusted that, notwithstanding opposition raised, the House would support Government in passing the Bill throught session. It was urgently required in the Pro of Auckland, and the Committee had evidence before it that it would be of great importance this Province. It might be that it would be required in other Provinces at present

LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL.
Thursday, 11th September, 1873.

First Readings—Second Reading—Auckland Improvement Bill—Steam Navigation Bill—Broughton Land Grant Bill—Distillation Bill—Education Bill.

'The Hon. the SPEAKER took the chair at two clock.

PRAYERS.

The following Bills were read a

The Civil Service Bill and. Appropriations Repeal Bill.

SECOND READING.

The following Bill was read a second time :— The Gold Mining Districts Bill.

AUCKLAND IMPROVEMENT BILL. On the motion that this Bill bo read a third time.

The Hon. Mr. WATERHOUSE moved as an. amendment, That this Bill be referred back to the Select Committee appointed to consider it,. with a view to reporting upon the following proposed additions, namely, to the 4th clause the addition of the following words nor until the Governor in Council shall be satisfied. that the proposed improvements can be effected within the amount authorized to be raised, and that such amount has been or has been agreed to be lent on tho security hereby provided." And to the 63rd clause the words " excepting nevertheless. therefrom the fifteen acres provided as a reserve for recreation and. amusement by The Auckland Improvement (Albert Barracks Reserves) Act,. 1872.'" Honorable members were aware that,. when this Bill was under discussion, a feeling was expressed that there was a, danger, if the works which the Commissioners under the Bill were empowered to carry out were once commenced,. of the means at their disposal being inadequate to secure their completion, and of public inconvenience being occasioned thereby. The object of the first amendment was simply to provide that, before these works were commenced, there should be some satisfactory evidence afforded to the Governor in Council that they could be completed for the amount authorized by law. He believed that., in the Committee appointed to sit upon this subject, there was a considerable amount of evidence upon this matter, and that the opinion of members of the Committee was, that the first point could be satisfactorily established, and that there would be no difficulty in furnishing His Excellency in Council with a sufficient amount of evidence to satisfy him that the worksmight be proceeded with without danger of their being brought to an untimely conclusion. By the adoption of the first amendment, the Council would not be in the slightest degree affecting the completion of the work, or imposing delays in its prosecution ; while at the same time it contained a provision which he thought was in accordance with the views expressed by honorable members generally when the Bill was under consideration. The second proviso was of a rather more important character. It provided that the money, to the amount of £50,000, to be raised, should not be raised upon the security of the fifteen acres of land-set aside for the purposes of amusement and recreation in the city of Auckland. His honorable friend the Colonial Secretary, in the course of the few remarks he made on this subject, informed the Council, as probably he might again,. that this was no new power that was established

3.514 525

▲back to top

 

   ztion.   [COUNCIL.]   Taxation;   •'

win, as there are certain exercise of its functions. I say thi

tat burden might fall too to meeting the objections raised by

o mole an amendment to Colonial Secretary. I do not entire honorable friend, which the resolution of the Hon. Colon il, with reference to his I did not altogether agree with it in of two opinions : first, saw it, but for the sake of consist tion on the people of the principle, I feel bound to support vitiated in this Council ; course which is in the direction of '1

time shall come when on this subject. I shall propose to ay, a minimum should be words of the honorable gentlemal perty shall not be taxed. after the word" Colony," with thesm

an amendment, "That toting the following : "for the paym ion of the people ought and sinking fund on existing loans, this branch of the Legit,- ing the expenses of any further pub 1 having, however, now may be authorized, by means of a g cif desires to record its of taxation." Now, if that is, an int ,nt of the imposition of a the privileges of the other House, a ninimum of property in that I must be entirely in the dark.

individual • should be duties are. When we have incur on. raised loans for what we consider CENNY.—Sir, I consider meat of our own welfare, we ough nimous on my part, after honesty, to make provision forei the other day, if I allowed those obligations. I say that at ,p on. Colonel Whitmore to not doing so, and I say that .t support, or if I allowed dishonest. The honorable gentle' hat proposed by the lion. tradict me, but I venture to say. tl be carried without oppo- side will indorse that sentiment:'; Brent stand to that taken right to be raising fresh loans to pi &more. The honorable sinking fund on loans already create em to me on this subject, not, by a subterfuge, endeavourto,

he will be willing to that we are liquidating our oblige ich I intend to propose to are only paying them out of, bom nk it will remove some of If we want railways or publio works nave been raised by the to do what in the ordinary tram presenting the Govern- we feel bound to do when welim gentleman said we ought namely, find the means of pay ose matters of legislation We ought to tax ourselves, andeit the ordinary course, and a branch of the Legislature to ease: ugh for us to express an shall be glad to hear the Hon. the, taxation when the time tary say that it is not our duty 'WI .o be imposed. I say un- of our own pockets, instead ofeb he time has come, and loans or taking the money from.re,m

fulfilling our duty as like the honorable gentleman .to„ Zara if we did not ex- that for the improvement of oure not let us be rendered it is right and to our interest the; !salon as the honorable the liabilities we have already lawn] ate—that we are inter- enter upon large publio works for, inch of the Legislature. not the means, by raising further, and I would not put on will not be able to meet.. I a.

Id have that effect ; but I a politician or an orator, but mite Zealand, as members of as I observe I was the othei4d s persons equally bearing paper, with not being a financier express an opinion on a asked what had I to do with ea, that of raising enormous Hon. Mr. Sewell,I say that "ani! out what we consider the as to know that when a debt iO3114 be obligations which we honesty demands that it should; rely desire to express an It requires no great acquaints* any obstacle in the way science to know that. It is.theie ing a better mode than and the cloud of doubt into

of common honesty we tions are thrown in connection w, ut it seems to me that el-eels to difficulty. The fact of ye
   the   category of qualities   a gentlemen not agreeing: seat
m politician. In common , —a indebtedness does not renege

fee1e. 1 .

'   . Taxation.   Taxation.   1263
4".e

:pedient to confirm such a resolution as that then move that the debate be adjourned until this

Colonel Whitmore with the amend- day three weeks. No practical object can be at-it have indicated. But I hope the Council tained by this discussion, and we shall reduce the ;not be beguiled by any such artificial argu- Council to the level of a debating society if we t,"but bo willing to record its opinion openly, permit such discussions.

the benefit of the public. Apart from those The Hon. Mr. MANTELL was understood to gears which have been raised by the lion. the say he desired to express surprise that the honoredal Secretary as to the inexpediency and im- able gentleman representing the Government had iriety of our dealing with this matter, I would not taken advantage of the present opportunity

r,a;may honorable gentleman to deny what I to make something approaching a statement of matated, and what I intend to record as my a similar nature to that made in another place, invents., The Hon. Colonel Whitmore will, with reference to certain circumstances which

see that there would be a difficulty with had occurred. As those circumstances occurred gel to the part of his motion which I propose in the Council, it might have been the more spunge, and that it will be better to insert the expected that a statement would have been made la,that I have suggested. Sir, I have dis- to the Council. It was strange that a minisged my duty. I had not intended to speak at terial statement should have been made in the What I have said has been on the impulse other branch of the Legislature, and the Hon. the pit moment, but I could not allow an honor- Colonial Secretary should not have been com- 71entleman to bring forward a resolution miesioned by his colleagues to make one to the coincided with my own views, without say- Council.

omnething upon the subject. If the honorable   Question "That the debate be now adjourned "
Liman does not consent to my amendment, I put and agreed to.

laid I shall not be able to vote for his reso- On the motion of the Hon. 11Ti. WATER- 'n; and I would rather absent myself from the HOUSE, the debate was adjourned to this day sell than record my rote against it. But if three weeks.

senorable gentleman will accept my amend-

t,,'I shall then recognize his action in the   FLOATAGE OF TIMBER BILL.

er, and give him credit for having taken the   The Hon. Dr. POLLEN moved that this Bill
me he has done. It will bo virtually his action, be now read a third time.

nine. I beg to move the amendment which   The Hon.

o   . Mr. MANTELL regretted the Go-

indicated. vernment were not disposed to attach any weight le'Hon. the SPEAKER.—I cannot proceed to the statement he made in Committee a few ,the honorable gentleman's amendment until nights since, when, at the urgent request of two intendment already in possession of the honorable gentlemen, colleagues of the Hon. the

tell is disposed of. Colonial Secretary, ho expressed as strongly as ho ie Hon. Colonel ICENNY.—Well, Sir, the could the necessity of placing some further metric-01 now knows the two propositions that are tions in the Bill, with the -view of protecting the e it, and it will, -with its eyes wide open, Natives. It was true that the Committee refused

t the one or the other. to accede to his request, but he had supposed tho a Hon. Mr. WATERHOUSE. — It is my Government would have taken the matter into tion to vote against the resolution before the consideration, to see whether it was not in their "oil, and it is also my intention to vote against power, without interfering with an important

kamendment of tho Hon. the Colonial Secre- interest, to amend the Bill on the third reading, t,I shall do so in both cases upon the same or by a Governor's message to introduce some and that is, that there is no necessity provision for the protection of the interests of the ever for any action in this particular matter Native race.

s present time. Indeed I will go further, * The Hon. Mr. NGATATA wished to speak on may that a lengthened discussion upon this the subject of the Bill. He was not aware that et ms calculated to do more harm than good, it was to have been considered in Committee the luestiou of taxation will come before us in other evening. When it was first introduced in sual course of eircumetances ; and when it is the other House it had a clause to the effect that ens it will be for us to deal with it. In the the small and large streams should be stopped while, any action whatever on the subject is by means of dams, but that had been revised deprecated ; and I am sure, when the time and altered, and he was not aware whether the irrive, if we are called upon to tax ourselves, amendments were properly made or not. The all not look at our own interests in a selfish people who brought forward this Bill were not !but shall be prepared to take a broad present in the Council. The people upon whose a view of the subject, and not hesitate to lands these streams were, did not know that any irselves any snore themes we have hesitated to such Bill lad been introduced. The people at

ethat taxation upc community which, Hauraki, Raipara, Hokianga, and other places ,interest of the Q..\_ j, we have imposed. where the kauri pine grew, were not aware of mendment has been proposed, and unfortu- the introduction of Atir.li n. TP:11 tn.

3.515 526

▲back to top

 

land might know of it. He was speaking on

behalf of the The streams which would

be dammed were Native lands. If such Bill as this were circulated among the Natives beforehand the question would be clearer. It would be time enough next session to introduce such a Bill. Let the people upon whose land these streams were be made acquainted with the Bill, lest it be like the Treaty of Waitangi, and the Natives of this Island would not understand it. The people upon whose land these dams would be made should be made aware of it. He rose to speak on the third reading, because he was not present when the Bill was considered in Committee. He would like to have heard what was then said, and he would have then spoken to the same effect as he now did. The people who had leased the timber were not present to answer for themselves. That was why he said let it be published to those who were in the vicinity of those streams. Let them not make it in the dark so that they might not be able to see. Let them make it clear to the Maori.

The Hon. Captain BAILLIE said the Bill appeared to him to be as much a private Bill as any measure he had seen brought into the Council, and there was no doubt that the Bill would affect private rights. It was provided that certain notices were to be given to people whose rights were affected, but the Bill could be brought into force by time mere proclamation of the Superintendent in the Province of Auckland, and under certain regulations which he, in his wisdom, might think fit to impose. He might take security for any damage that might be done to any private person, but they knew that contractors in that trade were not worth powder and shot, and their bonds would be of very little worth: The Bill could be brought into operation in the other Provinces with the concurrence of the Superintendents and Provincial Councils. Some honorable members had great faith it Provincial Councils and Superintendents, but he had not. Not long ago, giving such power to Superintendent and his Council as to decide whether such a Bill should be brought into operation, would not have been thought of, but matters were now changed, and almost unlimited powers were given to Superintendents and Provincial Councils. Since this Bill passed through Committee, a member of the other branch of th Legislature assured him that in one instance he saw a man's property, laud ploughed and planted with potatoes, a garden, with a house and other buildings on it, washed away in consequence the rush of water from one of those dams, and £300 worth of property was destroyed in almost as many minutes. His potato crop was swept away, his garden was destroyed, and the ground was covered with stones and timber. The Council now proposed to pass a Bill allowing any one to cause such devastation to private property. It was said that if the Bill did not pass, the Council would be standing in the way of an importantindustry ; but in connection with other large industrie provision was made to prevent private property from being injured. Another gentleman assured

him that on another man who had which he had planted five or six years previously, saw it swept by a body of water could only liken to an avalanche, and everything was carried away, and the rock left bere. He had his remedy at law, but the people he had remedy against were not worth proceeding against If the Council passed the Bill, they would danger private property. One Superintendent a Province had spoken of it as a most dangerous Bill, and one which he would fear to put in force Behind his property there was a large piece of Crown land through which a small creek ran, and if the Superintendent gave power to any one to creat one of these dams, he might have the whole of his garden and stables swept away moment's notice. He would move that the Bill be read a third time this day six months. The measure was a monstrous one ; and more protection should be given to the property of individuals than was provided by the Bill.

The Hon. Dr. POLLEN hardly expected after the discussion which took place on second reading and in Committee, that any opposition would be offered to the Bill on the third reading. It would be hardly necessary for him to recapitulate the arguments he had already used in favour of the Bill, but he would reply remarks of the Hon. Mr. Ngatata with respect to its effect upon the Natives. He desired remind his honorable friend that the Bill to be brought into operation in no Province New Zealand excepting Auckland, unless Superintendent and Provincial Council had sented to it; and thus, Natives whose would be affected by it, would have an oppertunity of arguing their objections before Provincial Council. In the Province of Auckland, with which the honorable member had familiar acquaintance, the sellers of the lands were almost in all cases the Natives themselves; and when they sold the land they, exception, gave every facility for using the and streams for conveying timber. He had known any public complaint made in the of Auckland on the subject of the timber, excepting one that had been referred. He trusted the Council would permit the Bill be read a third time.

The Hon. Mr. MANTELL was understood to be regretted that the Hon. the Colonial should say he had only heard of one case,for had called the honorable member's attention other night to another. The honorable man said the Bill would not be brought operation without the consent of the Superintendent and Provincial Council, and the gentleman administered that as some to the Hon. Mr. Ngatata ; but his friend must know that in Provincial the Natives were not represented. The danger to be apprehended from this Bill be a breach of the peace. The Superintendent of a Province was not interested in keeping peace. On the contrary, he had heard a man high in position in the North, money in his pockets, and say to a Southern

"When you got a war, not know how to keep it," and chuckled over that for which the Colony had to pay very dearly. Such powers should not be placed in the hands of the Provinces, who were not so much interested in preserving the peace as the General Government were.

Question put, "That the word 'now,' proposed

to be omitted, do stand part of the question," upon which a division was called for, with the following result:—

Ayes

Noes

 

20

8

Majority for

 

12

 

AYES.

Mr. Boner,

Colonel Brett,

Mr. Campbell,

Mr. Chamberlin,

Mr. Edwards,

Captain Fraser,

Mr. Hart,

Mr. Holmes,

Mr. J. Johnston,

Mr. Maclean,

 

Mr. Miller,

Mr. Peter,

Mr. Pharazyn,

Dr. Pollen,

Mr. Rhodes,

Major Richmond, C.B.,

Mr. Sewell,

Mr. Stokes,

Mr. C. J. Taylor,

Mr. Waterhouse.

 

NOES.

Mr. Acland,

Captain Baillie,

Colonel Kenny,

Mr. Kohere.

 

Mr. Lahmann,

Mr. Mantell,

Mr. Ngatata,

Mr. Scotland.

The amendment was consequently negatived, and the Bill read a third time.

CIVIL SERVICE BILL.

;

The Hon. Dr. POLLEN, in moving the second

reading of this Bill, said that the law relating to the civil service was embodied in four Acts, with which no doubt the Council were familiar. They were the Acts of 1858, 1861, 1866, and 1871.

The financial aspect of this question, he was sorry

to say, was the one which had been most prominently before the public, and the one which had received the greatest consideration and attention. In the Act of 1858 it was provided that officers

after thirty–one years' service were entitled to claim a retiring allowance upon a scale fixed by the Act ; and it provided, also, that any officer incapacitated through illness should receive a retiring allowance in proportion to the length of

his service. It also authorized the Governor to make certain provision for the families of officers who died whilst in the service. In 1861 an Act was passed amending that particular measure in relation to the granting of pensions, and providing that an officer might retire after he had remained fifteen years in the service, if he had reached the age of fifty. Between the time of the passing of that Act and the year 1866, public attention and he attention of Parliament was particularly called to the civil service, and in 1867 a Commission was appointed to report upon that and other important subjects in connection with it. In the Appendices to the Journals of the House of Representatives for that year would be found the report of the Civil Service , from which he would quote one or two. The Commissioners, referring to the state of the civil service in Victoria, quoted from a report presented to the Government of that Colony as follows :-

" 5. The radical defect of the present condition of the civil service is the total absence of any general rules. There is no rule as to appointments; no rule as to promotion; no rule as to dismissals; no rule as to leave of absence; no rule as to superannuation. There are few defined degrees of rank ; there is no uniform correspondence between salary and duty ; and there are variations of salary between officers of equal rank, who perform similar duties. Although, according to the theory of our Constitution, the civil service is a uniform body, under the control of the Governor assisted by a Council composed of the political chief officers of the various departments into which the service is divided, yet, from the absence of any formal regulations, the service has practically become fragmentary, and is split up into small departmental subdivisions, each of which regards itself as distinct from even kindred offices. We think, therefore, that the first step to remove these anomalies, and to restore to the service its natural and lawful unity, is, the establishment of a proper system of classification."

"8. The general principles upon which we think that the proper organization of the civil service should be based are the following, namely :—Classification; promotion from class to class ; salaries with minimum and maximum limits, and with annual increments for each class ; rules of discipline ; retirement and other allowances in certain cases.

  1. We hope that by these means public servants may be enabled to feel that they are officers, not of a department, but of a Government in which they have a recognized status, and that efficiency and length of service will uniformly lead to preferment ; and that reasonable provision has been made for them in case of sickness or old age.

  2. These principles are recognized in the legislation of the United Kingdom, Canada, the Cape of Good Hope, and the Australian colonies ; and we feel assured that, with some modifications of detail, they would, after a fair trial, be successful in New Zealand. We have accordingly prepared a draft Civil Service Bill, which we enclose."

The Commissioners prepared a draft Bill, embodying the recommendations they made in that report, which became law with very slight amendment, and was known as the Civil Service Act of 1866. From that time until 1871 very little was done. Occasionally complaints were made as to the cost of the civil service, and of the large attendant liabilities which had been incurred by the Colony with respect to the future in the shape of pensions. The Government did not immediately carry into effect one of the principal recommendations contained in the report of the Commissioners, as to the classification of the officers in the service. He found that, in the Appropriation Act of 1869,

3.516 527

▲back to top

 

 

3.517 528

▲back to top

 

 

3.518 529

▲back to top

 

 

3.519 530

▲back to top

 

 

3.520 531

▲back to top

 

 

3.521 532

▲back to top

 

 

3.522 533

▲back to top

 

 

3.523 534

▲back to top

 

 

3.524 535

▲back to top

 

 

3.525 536

▲back to top

 

 

3.526 537

▲back to top

 

 

3.527 538

▲back to top

 

 

3.528 539

▲back to top

 

 

3.529 540

▲back to top

 

 

3.530 541

▲back to top

 

 

3.531 542

▲back to top

 

 

3.532 543

▲back to top

 

 

3.533 544

▲back to top

 

 

3.534 545

▲back to top

 

 

3.535 546

▲back to top